University of Miami - Ibis Yearbook (Coral Gables, FL)

 - Class of 1939

Page 1 of 226

 

University of Miami - Ibis Yearbook (Coral Gables, FL) online yearbook collection, 1939 Edition, Cover
Cover



Page 6, 1939 Edition, University of Miami - Ibis Yearbook (Coral Gables, FL) online yearbook collectionPage 7, 1939 Edition, University of Miami - Ibis Yearbook (Coral Gables, FL) online yearbook collection
Pages 6 - 7

Page 10, 1939 Edition, University of Miami - Ibis Yearbook (Coral Gables, FL) online yearbook collectionPage 11, 1939 Edition, University of Miami - Ibis Yearbook (Coral Gables, FL) online yearbook collection
Pages 10 - 11

Page 14, 1939 Edition, University of Miami - Ibis Yearbook (Coral Gables, FL) online yearbook collectionPage 15, 1939 Edition, University of Miami - Ibis Yearbook (Coral Gables, FL) online yearbook collection
Pages 14 - 15

Page 8, 1939 Edition, University of Miami - Ibis Yearbook (Coral Gables, FL) online yearbook collectionPage 9, 1939 Edition, University of Miami - Ibis Yearbook (Coral Gables, FL) online yearbook collection
Pages 8 - 9
Page 12, 1939 Edition, University of Miami - Ibis Yearbook (Coral Gables, FL) online yearbook collectionPage 13, 1939 Edition, University of Miami - Ibis Yearbook (Coral Gables, FL) online yearbook collection
Pages 12 - 13
Page 16, 1939 Edition, University of Miami - Ibis Yearbook (Coral Gables, FL) online yearbook collectionPage 17, 1939 Edition, University of Miami - Ibis Yearbook (Coral Gables, FL) online yearbook collection
Pages 16 - 17

Text from Pages 1 - 226 of the 1939 volume:

Presented BY The Staff THE IBIS for 1939 PHILIP F E X I C. SON. Editor-in-chief J ()H X C. HOPKINS, LEWIS DORN, Managing Editors S T E P H E N PR A T T, Photography Editor C LI F F HENDRICK, Business ManagerTHE IBIS Animal Publication of the University of Miami foirT CORAL GABLES, FLORIDA + VOLUME XIII 1939To the future of the University . . T he University of Miami will have an interesting future. The exact nature of its development no one can foretell ... Of three things we can be relatively sure. It will be a large university. It will not lack in ideas. It will not fail in its service to the life of the community, and the life of the nation”, B. F. Ashe, President.CONTENTS Our University—B. F. Ashe.................. 7 Education for Democracy—Harold E. Briggs .. 8 Cooperating Colleges—Berenice Milliman 9 Administrators—Helene Putnam 10 We. the Students—Harold Joseph Thomas II A University for Miami—Hedwig Ringblom 13 These Have Been Honored ................... 14 College Life in the Tropics—Betty Hayes 16 The Student Refund Drive—Foster E. Alter 17 Who's Who Among Students 18 The Value of Student Politics 21 —Norman Worthington Active Campus Citizens Roberta Butler 22 The Social Sciences—Pearl Waldorf 23 t Enlightened View 24 Pan Americanas ........................... 26 The Advance of Unity—Charlotte A. King 28 A Forum for Wor'd Affairs- Horace I.. McLindcn 30 The Spirit of Youth—Philip Fenigson .......31 Business and Government—Robert Hillstead 32 Music Collage ............................ 34 Our Music Makers—Bertha Foster 35 The Concert Seacon—Leo II. Fisk .. ........ 36 Choristers—Al Teeter.. 38 Modern Music—Ralph Nelson ................ 39 The Band—Don Chadderdon....................40 60 Bandsmen—I.arry Tremblay 42 Musical DTs—Mildred Zinn 43 Future Trends—Ralph Nelson 44 Ocean Life—John Galbraith 45 In the Laboratory........................ 46 Journalists—Philip Bod man ...............48 A Yearbook—Philip Fenigson 49 Once Every Week—Margaret Shilling! on 50 Thru Books—George IF. Rosncr 52 The Snark- Frank L. Hopkins................ 53 Writers and Raconteurs—Dorothy Hawkins 54 Just English—Brad Boyle ................... 56 Languages—Hilda Ringblom .................. 57 Wherever We May Roam .................... 59 We're Working Our Way—Hedwig Ringblom .... 62 The Y’s Build -Meggs, Mann................. 64 The Baptist Student Union—Lloyd White 65 The Newman Club- Catherine Hefingrr 66 Through Its Works- Ray Reiner .............67 To Advance the Art—Jack Madigan 68 Story of an Actor -Maxwell McLean Marvin 69 Debating—Milton Wasman .................... 71 On the Air—Sidney IF. Head 72 No One’s Safe—Malcolm T. Evans ... 73 With Acid. Oil. and Charcoal Naomi Anderson 74 Fairy Tales— Freda Speizman 75 Adults—Otho V. Ovcrholscr ... 76 Straight Thinking—Clarence Froschcr 77 Ethics for a Changing World—Mildred Zinn 78 An L’nderstanding—Levy, Jacobson .......... 79 “We All Had Fun”- Twitters 80 The Big Dances—Twitters .................. 84 The Old Grads—Downes, Christenson ......... 86 On to Gainesville—Joan Gocscr ............. 87 IBIS 8TAPP. I»J : 1 11 1.11 KKNH-.SON, K«Ulor-in.(h‘»f: CUPP IIKSORICK. JOHN (. IIOI'KINS. I.PAVIS DOIIN, Manuring Editor : STEPHEN PRATT. PhoUgraphy EdPor: F»K' SPKIZM'S. MOM.I '. CONNOR, A» ixI»ir Editor.: CAM. EMIL BENSON. An Editor; C.IIARI.IK FRANKLIN. Sport. Editor: OI.AI'D CORMC.AN. A»o-lnl« Snort" Editor: VI. TWIT KB. Ma.lr Editor: ELEANOR R. M ATTF.SON. HUtlitle Editor: MARTHA DOIIN'. FroUrnllle Editor: lit VAN BULLOCK. Advertising V«"o er. A»i«t nt Editor : Solum I.ee Phillip , Mildred Zinn. Rcrenlcr Mllllmnn. The Intramural Field ......................... 88 Sports Collage ............................... 92 The '3S-'39 Season Charlie Franklin 93 The M Club ................................... 94 The Team—Jack Harding ..................... 95 "Hurricane Hits Gainesville”—George Wa'sh 96 Easy Ones and Tough Ones—Charlie Franklin 98 The Big Upset—Claud Corrigan ............... 100 It Was the Line—Charlie Franklin 101 Our Greatest Season—Claud Corrigan 102 We Had Thrills Galore—Jack Beil 101 What a Job! ................................ 106 Eddie Dunn '38—Charlie Franklin 108 Billy Regan's Sluggers—George Wa'sh 109 Again Basketball -George Wa'sh 110 Linksmen—Claud Corrigan ... ... ... Ill Pop Burr’s Mermen—C fliwf Corrigan 112 The Fencers—Ray Reiner 113 Hurricane Netmen ...................... ... 114 Keeping 'em in Shape—Bill Dayton 116 No One Can Stop Us—Claud Corrigan 117 Fraternities Collage ....................... 118 The Meaning of Fraternity—Eleanor F. Matteson 119 Councils—Matteson, Feller ............... 120 Get That Girl!—Mollie Connor............. 121 Alpha Epsilon Phi ....................... 122 Alpha Omega ................................ 124 Alpha Theta .................. 126 Beta Phi AljSha............................. 128 Chi Omega ................................. 130 Delta Phi Epsilon .......................... 132 Kappa Kappa Gamma ..........♦. ............ 134 Sigma Kappa ................................ 136 .eta Tau Alpha .......... 138 Hell Week—James Munlay ..................... 140 Delta Sigma Kappa .......................... 142 Phi A’pha ................................. 144 Phi Epsilon Pi ............................. 146 Phi Mu Alpha 148 Pi Chi ........................... ISO Tau Epsilon Phi ............................ 152 Pi Delta Sigma ............................. 154 Cass Collage ............................... 156 The Evolution of Students................... 157 Salute the Law School—Richard Arend 158 Phi Beta Gamma—Robinson North ...... 160 Freshmen. Too. Can Work—Don Chadderdon ..... 164 A Typical Frosh Class—Hedwig Ringblom ...... 165 The Sophomores Charlie Franklin 166 Soph-Utopia—Betty Hayes ....., 167 The Juniors—Patton, Connor ................. 168 The Prom of Proms Virginia Witters 169 Our Graduates- —Boyle, Witters ............. 174 “Where to—Which Way?—Elliott Nichols, Jr. ... 185 Faculty .................................... 1 6 Orchestra and Band..... .................... 189 Juniors Not Pictured ....................... 190 Sophomores ............ 190 Freshmen ................................. 192 University Photographers ................... 222 The end sheets. Ibis in Flight, copyright courtesy Charles E. Ebbets, Miami Daily News, 1937. Collages arranged by Mi'dred Zinn DoroMiy llnwkin . Helene Pulnnm. llrdwlR Rlnrbloni. SUIT Photographer : Ma'coliil I'. Evans. Mnnrnr Slnper. Erie Car I von, Roj'er Brown. SUIT Helper ! Hull: McDonald. Adeline Critrer, Catherine lletlngrr. 1'hl‘ip IWidiinin, Alvulvn Borrr. Sue Alim, Mutle VounK. Ruby Berry. Olcvte Ratennan, Witlnl.i UtnRliiiuKb. Pearl Waldorf, l-'roiMV (iron, Lucille l.rfkovlt . Jrannr ('.Irion, llrlm Curnilchurl, Marianne Hill. Virginia Allen. SIMON IIOCHIIRHGER. Faculty AdvDor.Board of Trustees: Mkrvey Allen Bowman F. Ashe Virgil Barker Rafael Belaundk Victor Andres Bela unde Roscok Brunstkttbr William C. Coffin Charles H. Crandon George C. Estili. Bertha Foster John Thom Holdsworth W. B. Lonceneckkr Paul D. McGarry William H. McKennna George K. Merrick Mary B. Merritt Bascom M. Palmer Jay F. W. Pearson Ruth Bryan Rhode Arthur A. Unc.ar Henry S. WestOurUniversity W . . . must contribute culture to the community and the nation. by P. F. ASHE, President When the University of Miami was founded, fourteen years ago. certain definite ideals, aims, and objectives were more or less clearly expressed by the founders and administrative officers. The University’s thirteen years of activity and growth have brought little experience to justify a modification or retreat from the program originally planned. The founders of the University envisioned a large institution, with many students, courses, and schools. Our history justifies the wisdom of this vision. Not many schools in America have paralleled our growth during the short period of our existence, with so little time and effort spent in directly promoting that growth. During a time when enrollments in many localities were static or decreasing, despite efforts to maintain and promote them, we have found it impossible to offer the courses and specialized work sought by literally hundreds of students who would gladly have chosen the University of Miami had it lieen possible for us to care for them. Thus we can confidently predict the eventual establishment of many new schools and specialized courses in the University, as rapidly as funds and facilities are available to add them. Home economics, secretarial work, physical education, engineering, aviation, architecture, pharmacy, medicine, and graduate work in all subjects, are a few of the fields of specialized study which we am expect within succeeding years. As these phases of study are added, we look forward to a constant strengthening of the work now offered, with lietter and better teaching, and an ever more serious response by our students to the educational opportunities which we offer them. Hut the University of Miami should never permit itself to become only an association of scholars, preserving and enlarging the accumulated knowledge and experience of the human race, and transmitting it only to the chosen few who show the highly superior aptitude necessary for admittance to its cloistered halls. A University in America today and tomorrow must be that and more much more. It must take its place in the life of the people and serve all, for all contribute to its maintenance and justify its existence. Knowledge for the sake of knowledge alone, knowledge for the few, knowledge stored away and handled only with reverence, and only upon occasion, has little place in the future of our race. The future of our country and of the world depends upon the rapidity with which the entire human race is educated to capacity. Each man and woman must some day know as much as he or she can assimilate. Then and then only can we expect our human relationships to be conducted in such a manner as to eliminate war. and permit a minimum of human suffering to remain in an intelligent society. A university, in the new sense of the word, must therefore lie prepared to offer as much knowledge as its facilities will permit, to as many persons as possible, and to each to the limit of his capacity, in the fields of his major interest. A democracy can permit no other policy. Furthermore, the University must contribute to the life, culture, and interests of its Students, and to the life of the nation as a whole, as well as to the life of the immediate community in which it is located. The desire for knowledge can be stimulated. It need not be considered purely spontaneous. It is entirely possible to develop a community interest in knowledge, in a better way of life, in a desire for music, art. and what has been loosely called “cultural things.” "A university may build standards of loyalty, clean living, ability to survive defeat, sportsmanship. and may create an outlet for the energy. (CONTISCKH ON I'AOK li»t [7]Education for Democracy J by HAROLD E. BRIGGS Ok the various ideals and theories that have influenced thought and action in the United States, d mocracy has probably been the most outstanding. First finding expression as a phi'osophy in the writings of Thomas Paine, it was later expanded into a program of action by Thomas Jefferson and Andrew Jackson. Accentuated by events in Europe and by the slavery controversy, it was extended in the early twentieth century by the introduction of the long ballot, direct primaries, the initiative, referendum and recall, and by the addition of several amendments to our constitution. Democracy reached its height in the United States when we entered the war in 1917 with the avowed purpose of making the world safe for democracy. The college students of our country answered the call to arms with enthusiasm, convinced of the righteousness of their cause. Many of them died in training camps and on the battle fie'.ds of France that the ideal of self-government might prevail. Since the war there has developed in this country and in various parts of the world a rather strong reaction against democracy both as an ideal and as a practical form of government. The reaction has found active expression in the development of a totalitarian philosophy of government in some countries, in a tendency to centralize governments in others, and in the writings of certain authorities in the field of political science. Another generation of college youth has come to maturity in a world that has come to realize that if democracy is to be saved it will be by the development of intelligent and responsible citizenship through education. The founding fathers of our nation made it abundantly clear that one of the primary purposes of free public education in a democracy should be that of preparing youth for intelligent participation in govern- . . . Self government needs active intelligent voters. ment. In the United States we have no supreme authority to decide what is good for the people. Our democratic philosophy rests upon the assumption that the people can be trusted to choose what they consider best among the alternatives open to them. It is essential, therefore, that citizens of voting age be able to gather facts and information, weigh evidence, carry on intelligent discussion and, finally, to formulate sound and honest opinions. They must be able to decide upon a program of action from various conflicting conclusions. It is as much the function of a citizen to reject unwise proposals as it is to accept sound ones. Hut important as education and information are, they in themselves are not enough to insure successful self-government. There must be an active and intelligent participation on the part of the average voter. Many people today regard government as something apart from the main business of life, necessary perhaps. but only incidental, a function to lx performed by someone else with whom they have little concern. In reality, government is an essential part of every phase of human activity. It is not rightly a matter of choice whether a person shall trouble himself with the affairs of the town, municipality, state or nation, but a matter of preemptory obligation that cannot be avoided by a worthwhile citizen. The experiment of popular government can hardly hope to succeed unless educated citizens generally take part in public affairs. No person is free from that responsibility, which increases in proportion to ability, education and capacity for leadership. Every college trained person should lx? (CONTIXIRI) OX PAGR 19C [8]Dran iluwrll A. Hnvrn Droll llrliry S. Writ I.ran Hr. .ha Footer I.Vaii J.iliii thn:u llol.Kunrtli Cooperating Colleges . . . enable students to get a well-rounded curriculum. by BERENICE MII.UMAX In the University of Miami there is a link between the various colleges. Students in one college may take advantage of the opportunities offered in another merely by enrolling for courses in it. Such a plan leads to greater knowledge of all fields so that the student does not In-come a one-sided person. In the changing world of today, the undergraduate student needs as much information as he can possibly obtain to help him understand and solve the problems that confront him now and in the future. The University of Miami, through the curriculum it offers and through its faculty, hopes to meet this need. Under the guidance of Dean Henry S. West, the College of Liberal Arts has made continual progress since its founding in 1920. Always the root of learning in a University, the College of Liberal Arts has expanded the number and type of courses to meet the demands of a rapidly growing student body. In the College of Liberal Arts, courses are offered that lead to the degrees of bachelor of Arts and bachelor of Science. These courses run from general or survey courses to advanced and specialized lines of study and research. The departments of all collegiate work are found in the program —English, history and the social studies, modem languages, psychology, natural sciences, dramatics, public speaking and debate. art, journalism, mathematics, philosophy, and education. Two-year curricula in pre-engineering, pre-medical, and in pre-law can be arranged. One of the distinctive features of the University of Miami is its dramatics department, where the student receives actual training in putting on a play, in addition to learning lines and acting before an audience. The art of make up is learned, and ex| erience in designing and constructing sets and costumes gained. The art department is outstanding for the opportunity it affords the student in both practical and theoretical experience. The department of science offers a course in marine zoology which is unique. Few other universities have the opportunity to offer students a study of marine life. Other courses such as tropical forestry are interesting to the layman, while the technical student is amply cared for by the diverse specialized courses offered in the various scientific fields. For several years the University has been working on plans for the establishment of a School of Journalism. Since instruction has been secured for that purpose and more courses in journalism added to the curriculum, the goal has been brought nearer. Under the leadership of the late Professor Orton Lowe, the Winter Institute of Literature was founded; and it has been ably carried forward for the last two years by Walter Scott Mason, Jr. For many years the Institute has brought to the University of Miami many outstanding literary figures. The work of the School of Education is carried on by Dean West, who is directly in charge of it. Degrees offered are bachelor of Science in Education and a two-year normal school certificate known as the L. I. Diploma. The work of the School of Education is recognized by the Florida State Department of Education for issuance of teaching certificates without state examination. The first professional courses to be offered at the University of Miami were in the School of Law, organized in 1926. Under the guidance of the late Richmond Austin Rasco, first Dean of the Law School, much progress was made and recognition was gained from the Supreme Court of the State of Florida. Dean (COSTINLKD ON PAGK lt»T Ilarry II. Provlti, J. itii Owrr. Mnry It. Mrrrlll. W. 1. Hratrr Administrators . . . cooperate to promote the welfare of the University. ronality, health, finance, home, and social life. Academic guidance in the form of advice on program of study, conference with faring students, and discussions with faculty members and parents about scholastic programs of students is on her list of duties. Miss Merrill also teaches English and freshman sociology, regarding this as a refreshing activity. She supervises social affairs for all students and extra-curricular activities for girls, together with discussing phases of vocational guidance. While Miss Merritt represents officially the girls of the school, Mr. Hiss holds a purely functional office in that he handles all the mechanics of finances. Although the jxjsition of business manager was created only two years ago. Mr. Hiss was assistant treasurer and auditor for the previous six years. C'oojierating with the President, Dr. Owre, and Mr. Hester. Mr. Hiss is responsible for a preparation and maintenance of budgets for all departments. The budgets are then approved or modified by the president and his staff. The subsequent supervision of the accounting of academic incomes and expenditures of the University is another of Mr. Hiss' duties. Tuitions, fees, instruction expenses, faculty salaries, library, laboratories, and supplies fall into this division, as do the auxiliary departments, comprising athletics, bookstore, cafeteria, dormitories, etc. Improvements as to building and equipment, are approved through the budget. Acting as Secretary of the University is I)r. Owre, general advisor to Latin-American students and teacher of Spanish. This “contact man" for the president and faculty cooperates with Mr. Hiss in the collection and disbursement of many problems. Questions of courses, scheduling, bulletin, appointments. University correspondence, and inquiries are included in his work. Persons requiring interviews are met by Dr. Owre. To see that business is expedited more efficiently is another of this secretary’s tasks, who also works with the faculty committee, insuring the coordination of various departments. After coming here in 1935, Dr. Owre obtained his present position in February, 193S. Although Mr. Hester's work is closely related to that of Mr. Hiss and Dr. Owre. his is not entirely academic. His attention is directed largely to athletic and legal matters. Mr. Hester acts as secretary to both the faculty in law school and to the faculty athletic committee. He works with the athletic department in determining the eligibility of athletes; information about the scheduling of trips goes through the hands of Mr. Hester and Mr. Hiss. Dealing with the clearance of land titles of property owned by the University. together with tax questions, Mr. Hester, too. confers with Mr. Hiss when financial problems arise. He has been teaching law here since he received his [10] by HELENE PUTNAM To enforce their policies for the best interests of the University of Miami and its student body is the objective of the five administrative officials Miss Mary B. Merritt, Dean of Women; Dr. J. Riis Owre, Secretary; Mr. U. J. Hiss, Business Manager; Mr. W. J. Hester, administrative assistant; and Mr. Harry H. Provin, registrar, whose positions are closely connected. All five cooperate with the deans in promoting the work oi the various departments. Miss Merritt acts largely as a general personnel officer for the girls. Having been here since the organization of the school in 1925. and dean since the fall of 1929, Miss Merritt is well known by all current and past students. Together with coordinating the various academic and social interests of women students, our Dean of Women guides the girls in problems of per- buxintM Mmiancr U. J. Hiss (CONTINUKI) ON PA«K 198)We, the Students . . . should be active citizens in the government of our University. by HAROLD JOSEPH THOMAS We, the students of the University of Miami, enjoy the privilege of self-government in its truest democratic form. Perhaps in no other college in America today, can there l e found a student body which governs itself and solves its own problems with the complete freedom from faculty domination that we enjoy here. Democratic government, to be efficient and to fulfill its purposed objectives, must be rendered the guidance of intelligent and open-minded persons whether in a college or national state. Only when the most gifted individuals in the University are selected for the Student Association offices can the student body direct, improve, and enjoy the activities of college life and become more enlightened in regard to the responsibilities they must assume in their respective communities a few years in the future. From time to time, as civilization becomes more highly developed and the duties of government grow more complex, it is necessary to revise the outline on which government is based. As the student body of the University has increased so have the demands on student government enlarged. To meet the new problems arising, the student constitution was subjected to a very thorough revision this year. One of the most obvious defects in the constitution, previous to the revision, was the manner in which a student could become a member of the executive de- Tlir Honor C nirt: Dorn. Iluinlltoii. Chief Juillcr Itrlon. Goe er, Miller. Maillxaii part men t of the Student Association. Heretofore anyone, in five minutes, could circulate a petition, secure the thirty-five required names, and project himself into a race for a high and responsible office. The revised constitution some-what parallels the mode of elections carried on in local, state, and national governments in that the following provisions were made: the student must have attended the University for three semesters prior to the election; ten percent of the signatures of the regularly enrolled students must be affixed to his petition, and in any case where there is a duplication of signatures on two or more petitions for the same office, the signature will be stricken from all petitions involved. This, the revision committee felt, would create more interest on the part of the students themselves. as well as for the candidates, and give them the feeling that they don’t have to sign all the petitions just to l e a jolly-good fellow. To have the political spoils system grip on whatever lies within its grasp is practically a foregone conclusion: to realize that the system does much to lower the efficiency of an organization is almost as readily recognized: but to take politics out is a serious question. The revision committee, after much debate and consideration, finally settled the publications controversy. and removed politics from its make-up. The entire student body will l c benefit ted by this action and those who work on the publications will no longer be bothered by meddling political group. It is common knowledge that all people are prone to neglect many of their important functions and entirely disregard their very pertinent privileges. Only through a practical as well as theoretical participation in affairs may people justify themselves. In the forms of democratic government this is especially true, and an excellent place for young people to learn how to [11] TtUimuo. I’r - l li'iit of the Stuilrnt AsvHrlnlluiiThe Srnnlr: Thntiui . president; Konlham, vlcr-|imklrnl; Goff, secretary; Krrdy k. treasurer; senior iron torn, lllccl, ShllUnjtton, Worth-itiKtoii: Junior senator , Olson, Ocspovlch, Lovett; sophomore senator . A hr. Ilolliitiun, Sul In; freshman senators, Turner. Putnam, Tucker; U« School, Parkinson. Feller. Crutchfield: Music School, VainlcnburR, Teeter. linuniKiirtrn. play an intelligent part is in the colleges and universities. The students at this University should be much more actively engaged in the affairs of government. They have a splendid opportunity here and this is shown, in part, by the fact that all senate sessions are open to everyone. Students are welcome to any of the senate meetings and it would gladden their hearts to hear the debates of the senators either for or against a measure. The remarkable turn out of the student body at the annual elections held recently, is a healthy sign. Seven hundred and fifteen votes were cast in the first election with twenty-three candidates seeking office: and in the run off election for President and Treasurer, six hundred and forty votes were cast. Over two-thirds of the student body participated in the elections. This sets an all time high in student |x litics at the University and gives evidence that students here appreciate self-government. The revised constitution was approver! 522 to 67. Again there is evidence that the Student body wanted a Stable constitution to meet the ever growing demands of organizations and activities. Since the government of the student association is patterned after that of the national government there are. in addition to the executive department, the legislative and judicial department. The legislative department is the Senate, composed of three senators from the freshman, sophomore, junior, and senior classes, representing the College of Liberal Arts, the School of Music, and the School of business Administration: and three senators representing the School of Law. All are elected from ami by the members of each class. The chief jobs of the Senate is the allotment of the student activity fee. Six associate justices, elected from the school at large: a chief justice and prosecuting attorney, elected from the School of Law; and a clerk, appointed by the chief justice, are memlxrs of the Honor Court; they carry out the judicial duties. The duties of the Honor Court are divided into two phases. The penal jurisdiction of the court includes the hearing and determining of all cases arising out of breach of the Honor ('ode and violation of laws made by the Senate. The civil jurisdiction is to pass on the constitutionality of any law of the Student Body or Senate. An interest in a knowledge of student government affairs intensities one's enjoyment of school. It brings the students closer together and causes them to work for the benefit of all students. A student should know the powers and duties of the various departments of the student government, for knowing what is right will create a desire for a strong and efficient government. By taking advantage of our democratic system of government the students can secure training and experience in self-government. Trusting to the indulgence of those for whose benefit the new constitution is intended, and to the candor of critics who. while they find it easy to detect faults can at the same time appreciate difficulties, I conclude with a sincere statement 1 hope coming students will listen to: as long as student government is conducted without financial remuneration, and as long as the officers of the student government solve their problems, and carry out their policies fairly, justly, and do not over-step their authority. the students of the University of Miami in the future shall continue to enjoy the privilege of an unoppressed and unshackled government. Prosccutlnit Attorney Spar [12]A University for Miami . . . dedicates its energy and talents to the City. In years to come it will stand as a cultural center of a cultured Miami. by IIEDWIG RINGS LOOM At its beginning the University of Miami was a flickering light in darkness. It grew into a flame, stronger and brighter. Now, slowly it is l ecoming a radiant light burning steadily. The University lias been the agent of enlightenment to Miami, a benighted city. Miami grew so rapidly there was no time for culture. For years it was a barren city; culture was not an essential element in its life. There was no culture and there was no demand for culture. The University of Miami also grew rapidly, but with its growth there was a constant increase of cultural elements. The beginning was an almost futile struggle, a battle against insurmountable odds, but the educational pioneers broke down the barriers and laid the foundation for the University. Always culture was put to the fore. Miami began to lose its cultural desolation as local students imperceptibly began to weave a web of cultural awareness about the citizens. Interest developed slowly, for few were concerned with the University's problems. With the development of the orchestra and the establishment of the Winter Institute of Literature, citizens became actively interested. They l egan to turn to the University for cultural guidance. Faith, foresight, courage, and energy lias been necessary to do this. Alertness and perserverance has turned adversities into methods of achieving success and recognition. The University can now point to some of its departments as leaders in many fields of arts and sciences. The Winter Institute of Literature, which provided the opportunity for the public to have personal contact with outstanding literary people, is now an accepted cultural element. The band and orchestra have been lifted out of the category of average college music groups and are now capable of accompanying world renowned musicians. These were the main forces that caused the public to become culture conscious. Hut the University could not afford to stop there. Arousing interest was only a preliminary task. The University had created the desire for culture: it must now supply the culture. Two steps forward were made this year in the cultural program. The Winter Institute of Hispanic American Studies ami the Hayfront Park lecture series added to the University's plan for spreading culture. The best American authorities on Latin America lectured in the Institute of Hispanic American Studies. They were men from the greatest schools in the United States, who have done outstanding work in this field. Their lectures have been made available in printed form. This was a definite step in culture, for Pan-Americanism, long one of the University’s ideals, is a type of culture peculiar to this section of the country. The innovation of the Hayfront Park lecture series will stand as a landmark in the fight for culture. It marks the beginning of the University's progressive program for bringing culture to Miamians. Professors lectured on topics that ranged from “Some Characteristics of the Modern Age” to “Accessory Food Facts.” The University was In-ginning to give culture. Miami will never become a cultural center until culture is given to her citizens. People do not seek the University for culture; the University must go to them. Culture should not be for the privileged few. it should lx- for all who want it. A price tag should not be attached. We. of the University, cannot keep to ourselves. We must give our energy, our efforts, our talents and ourselves to the light for culture. University Players could perform for large community gatherings as well as for only a few chosen spectators. Take the plays out of our own auditorium and stage them in a large high school auditorium. Let the performances be open to the public. We might attempt community recreational programs with University students in charge. Through sports activities an interest in finer things can be created. Musical programs and symphony concerts would open a wide gateway to culture if the doors were open to the average music lovers. Other plans can lie worked out. We can pause at present and look back at our accomplishments in the field of culture. Much has been attained. Hut a backward glance is good only to give reassurance and to strengthen the spirit. The University must look forward to the gargantuan task that is still undone. In the years to come the University of Miami must stand as the cultural center of a cultured Miami. [13]"These Have Been Honored At the University of Miami there are many honorary fraternities and societies that hold out rewards to outstanding students. Hut the honoraries that mean most to the University and to the students themselves are, Iron Arrow, men’s honorary; Nu Kappa Tau, women's honorary; and the Freshman Honor Society. The men tapped for Iron Arrow and the women chosen for Xu Kappa Tau are those who have used their talents to help build a greater University; they have l een and are the leaders. The Freshman Honor Society students are chosen for scholarship during their freshman year. IROA ARROW With the feeling that there should be an organization on the campus of the University that would carry a two-fold purpose for the men of the school. Dr. Ashe in 1927 selected eight men who were outstanding in their respective fields to form the nucleus of this organization. He wished this group to be the leaders of the men; selection was made by the combined idea of scholarship and outstanding activity. Chief Tony Tommy of the Seminole Indians gave form to the organization by giving it a colorful ceremony which in itself made the group unique among all campus organizations. Thus Iron Arrow was formed, and men who were deserving by their work in school and the example they set for others could Ik rewarded. A mark of ambition is placed upon the new . . . for their character and contributions to the University. students, for "Iron Arrow is the highest attainment reached by men in this University.” The men tapped in 1939 were: Joe Thomas. Norman Worthington. Eddie Dunn, Brad Hoyle, and Philip Fenigson, juniors: Miguel Colas. Robert I lance, William I.ebedeff, Maxwell Marvin, Joseph Follette, and John Junkin, seniors. Faculty members are: Dean Russell A. Rasco, Mr. William J. Hester, and Dr. Harold E. Briggs. VC KAPPA TAU Nu Kappa Tau, the highest honorary society on campus for women, was organizer! in the Spring of 1937. The nine charter members were selected by the Deans of the various colleges of the University, and by the chairmen of those faculty committees having direct bearing upon student life. The membership of this honorary society is confined to regular women students in the University, who have completed at least five-eighths of the work required for degree credit. These students must have at least two years of residence work at the University prior to their election into the organization. The selection of members is based upon scholarship, character, citizenship, participation in extra-curricular [14] Iron Arrow: Dunn, Medicine Mnn; I'nibinco, thlrf; lloyle. Chiefs Son; Coin ; Worthington: I'nllrtte; Thotiui ; llrlKK'i Tremblay; Fnil Mm; lluncrSu Kiippu Tim: I'lilllips. I‘age, Mogga, Young. Golf. Mllllnion. Connor. Ismic activities, and service to the University. No more than nine new members are selected each year. These members are notified of their selection at a general assembly of the student body of the University held during the early part of the semester. It has become customary for the active and alumnae numbers of Xu Kappa Tau to wear black caps and gowns during the public ceremony of selection. An orange scarf is draped about the necks of the new members as a symbol of notification. Charter Members: Keva Albury, '37: Sarah Bergh. '37; Xcdra Brown, '37: Elizabeth Curran. ’38: Julie Davitt, '37; Mary Frohl erg. '38; Marcia Hargrove. '38: Marie Reichard. '38: Audrey Rothcoberg, 38. Members Selected in the Spring of 1938: Helene Couch, '38; Florence Fowler. '38: Rubilou Jackson. '39; Eleanor Matteson, '39: Jane Mercer. '38: Arlene Richardson. 38: Margaret Shillington. '39: Freda Speizman, '39; Fay Taylor. '38. Members Selected this Year: Mollie Conner. '40: Betty Goff, '39; Evelyn Isaac. '39; Charlotte Meggs. '40: Berenice Milliman, '40: Doris Page. '39; Selma Lee Phillips. '40; Pearl Waldorf. ‘39; Ruth K. Young, '39. FRESH MAX HO SO R SOCIETY Someone has said that, “Tasks without vision are drudgery," that "Yision without tasks is a dream": that “Vision and tasks are the world’s blessings." The Freshman Honor Society extends membership to those students who have learned early in their University life to combine vision and tasks, and who have given proof of this by their outstanding scholastic records. To lie eligible for membership, freshmen must have the grade of “A" in at least fifty percent of credits earned, must have no grade below “B." and must carry a minimum of twelve hours each term, in residence at the University. Great truths do not spring from the slightest mental bidding but result from daily struggles with books. It is only from the combination of this struggle and vision that the student will receive the world’s blessing, an education. Because the University deems it wise to encourage freshmen to continue their early scholastic endeavors, the Freshman Honor Society opens its membership to them. Students selected from the class of 1941 are: Catherine Hefinger. Seymour Simon. Ronald Kerfoot. Phyllis Salter, Clarice Schnatterbeck. William Feldman, and I .aura Green. Those in the class of 1940 are: Berenice Milliman, Algerine Price, Hilda Ringbloom. J. J. (Hickman. Sara Butler. Mary Creel, and Sylvia Raicheck. From the class of 1939 were selected: Sarah H. I'rear. Margaret Shillington, Ruth Emilie Young, Wilma Audrey Hammer, Maude S. Walton. Sydney R. Rubin, and Norman Worthington. HrfliiKT. Mlllliiiji". Krrfo.il, Own, Simon. Schnntlrrbrrl.. Horn I nr. lUitlrr, Worlhlimtnn, ShllliiiKlmi [15] College Life in the Tropics ... is like college life wherever you go - but O, the moon, the sailboats on the bay, the beach, those horses. by HETTY HAYES From Maine to California, from Washington to Florida we find an endless chain of colleges and universities all sizes, shapes, and varieties. Hut on the southernmost point of the United States, on a promontory pointing like a finger to the continent of South America we find the most unique of them all. a typical tropical university. Live with us for a day, wander through the halls and surrounding countryside, listen, and capture the spirit of the tropics. Ours is not a school of imposing buildings and stretches of beautiful campus, but it possesses an atmosphere all its own. Perhaps this is due to the foresight of the founders who based the University of Miami on a spirit of Pan-Americanism, to weld a link Ixtween the Americas. A gesture of goodwill and friendship, and hearty welcome to our southern neighbors. The patio is the Ixginning of all things at the University. Ideas are born beside the pool that shelters coral rocks, botanical specimens, and Joe the Turtle: friendships are former! and lessons are learned beneath the spreading palm trees, and romance finds a beginning on the many benches. Soft grass offers solace to weary siesta-seekers, and the banana tree forms an ideal background for snapshots to send home to Mother, while brilliant sunshine and tropical flowers cast vividness and unreality over all. The patio is the centra! meeting place around which the University literally and figuratively revolves. Classroom life is typical of that of any of the thousands of other schools in the United States, but when the last l cll rings the similarity ends. Ordinarily it would be an unusual sight to see students headed for a few hard sets of tennis, a swim, or a round of golf on a January day. But not so in Miami. At any time one may see happy groups on their way to the beach, sailing, bicycling, picnicking, or fishing. Dawn of many Saturday mornings finds the marine zoology class leaving for a day of deep sea diving from some distant island in search of specimens, or other natural science classes departing in the direction of the Everglades. The beach is also a focal point in the life of the University. Classes seem to adjourn, only to meet again shortly in an atmosphere of sand, bright sunshine and pounding surf, while classes are sometimes abandoned in favor of a lazy day under the sun. Twilight, strains of dinner music from the cafeteria, a soft murmur of Spanish from lingering groups, and the scent of night blooming jasmine are one of the most beautiful parts of the University. Night, and the Miami moon. But night must fall: ami after the last rosy cloud in the darkening sky turns to a silhouette, the typical student returns to resume his intellectual pursuits. Scantily clad, he props his book on the window-sill, and gazes out at the moonlit scene. His roommate also gazes for a few moments before he wistfully wishes that he asked that blond for a date. This leads to a discussion of women in general, who dates who, and what they think of each other. Before the discussion reaches this point, the other students in the building drop in and a bull-session rages on until someone discovers it is time for Cinderella to depart; so the uninvited guests take their leave, and our roommates finally study. But all is not beauty and light. Spring fever often reigns supreme from September until June, and the constant lure of the beach and other equally inviting places makes life one grand bout with temptation. A brilliant moon, smooth waters of the bay, and a wailing sailboat make even the most conscientious student forget his work. Yes, life at the Univesritv is very hard indeed. But beneath the lazy serenity of the tropics is a rush of activity in a forward movement that will eventually place the University of Miami near the top of the collegiate list—the typical tropical University. [16]"The Student Refund Drive by FOSTER E. ALTER Apter a Supreme Court decision ordered the Florida Power and Light Company to refund excessive rates charged citizens of Miami and Coconut Grove, there began a movement fostered by prominent citizens to interest the refundees in assigning part or all of their refunds to the University of Miami. Phis resulted in the formation of the Fullbacks’ Committee with Attorney D. H. Redfearn as chairman, and in the adoption of a single purpose—to build a greater University. From the Committee's headquarters in the new DuPont Building. 38.000 letters were sent out to consumers of electricity in Miami and Coconut Grove. After sending the letter, members of the committee appeared Indore civic clubs throughout Miami, presented the proposition, and received favorable reactions in the form of resolutions by the clubs to cooperate by personally helping with the project. N'ews-pajKTS. radio stations, theatres—all offered their facilities. But in spite of this, the results were not particularly fruitful. While the committee was pondering the question, a group of undergraduates approached President Ashe to offer their help by personally contacting those to whom the letter had been sent. This meant laying the groundwork with a student committee, the absorption of organization leaders on the campus, and creation of general interest in the student body. The students selected their executive committee consisting of Brad Boyle, chairman; Joe Thomas, Bob Olsen. Lew Duff, Al Teeter. Jack Madigan, Maxwell Marvin, and Charles Guimento. . .. meant more than soliciting funds. Personalities developed; new acquaintances made; closer friendships knit. The committee and others received practical exper-ience by participating in the house-to-house campaign. After several weeks of experimentation. March 21 and 22 were set aside as “Student Refund Days." Orange and green teams were organized to create a competitive spirit. On the morning of March 21, nearly 600 students reported in 275 cars decorated with school colors. They went out in a serious attempt to increase the facilities of the University. The results were gratifying. for the students returned sufficient assignment cards to build an addition already planned by the administration but necessarily withheld. 32,000 citizens in Miami and Coconut Grove were told the story of the University of Miami in as fine a demonstration as any student body has ever given. For the students themselves, it meant that timid personalities developed confidence and assurance, new acquaintances were made, closer friendships were knit. There is yet much to Ik done in the way of follow-up. but the spirit of the entire student movement has been so commendable that completion of the enteqjrise is assured. Kach student who participated in the refund drive may feel justly proud that he has contributed a share in the task of building a greater University of Miami. One may rightly say, “We build ourselves at the University of Miami in many ways." [17] KiilhiiklnMIc ivtuilMit ill llw refund drive rally.IVhos IVho Among Students Recognized by prominent college presidents, deans. and business men throughout the United States and Canada as a source lx ok for future employees in many fields. Who's Who Among Students hi American Universities and Colleges contains names and sketch biographies of men and women who have been outstanding in some phase of their collegiate life. Requirements for admission to an organization that stands with Phi Beta Kappa and the Rhodes Scholarship Awards as a standard of student measurement call for individuals who are prominent on their campuses and an asset to their schools. Those chosen have emphasized character, leadership, scholarship, and potentialities in their work. I-'rom the student lnxly of any college or university, not more than one and a half jiercent are chosen to represent any one school in Who's Who, this percentage being distributed proj ortionately l e-tween the men and coeds. In large schools the percentage is even less. Among University of Miami students there arc many whose accomplishments are noteworthy. Several of the most prominent have been selected for Who’s Who by Mary B. Merritt, dean of women; Dr. J. Riis Owre, secretary of the University; and Dr. Harold E. Briggs, professor of history. Ray For dm am, newly elected President of the student body, is a campus independent who has attained success and honors through his winning personality and hard work. He has developed leadership and initiative through the many jobs that have matured him for his difficult task next year. Ray is a self-made man. He started work as a newsboy and tried his hand at being a grocery clerk, a lx at steward, a truck driver, painter, roofer, gigilo. chauffeur, head usher at the football games and at the Ice Palace. In the University he is Dean Holdsworth’s assistant. Ray will continue in law school next year. John Brion is one of those rare politicians about whom one never hears much. He was Chief Justice of the Honor Court during the past year, and managed to settle all disputes brought to him and his court with the minimum of fuss and noise. Personally, he is a quiet, unassuming fellow, well liked and respected. He has been interested in politics throughout his school life; but he managed to keep his |H iitical actions on a level, honest basis, and will no doubt continue this same procedure in his legal practice when he is graduated. Betty Gokp is one of our outstanding woman politicians. Although she plays in the symphony orchestra, she found time to get herself elected Secretary of the Student Association and President of the Florida Student Government Association during her senior year. She took part in most of the worthwhile activities of the University and we prophesy that she will ultimately become another Eleanor Roosevelt if she continues her public career. Joe Thomas probably holds a school record for being the busiest man ever to dash about our campus. Not content with l eing elected President of the student l ody, Joe undertook to manage the school soda fountain and the post-office and bookstore, any one of which is an ordinary man's full time job. Then to lop it all off. Joe decided to revise the constitution of the student government, which successfully served to fill any leisure time he might have found in his life. Joe, who is a member of Pi ('hi Fraternity, was president of his class for two years prior to his election to the presidency of the Student Body. He has been tap| ed for Iron Arrow, and he is a member of Honors Literary Society. Norman Worthington is even rarer than John Brion in his unassuming and quiet jtolitical actions. Few people realize that Norman is even interested in such things. He was student assistant to Mr. McCracken. and a senior senator, and will probably graduate with the highest grades anyone ever attained in this University. But despite his extensive studying. Norman did take part in | olitics, usually playing the part of advisor or balancing wheel to hot-headed politicos. When he graduates, Norman hopes to go away to another school for graduate work and ultimately return here to teach j olitical science. At. Teeter transferred to the University from Columbia in 1936. Since then he has participated in varied phases of University life; in every field that he has Ray Fordham John Brion Betty Gorr Joe Thomas Norman Worthington Ai. Teeter Eddie Dunn Eleanor Matteson Charlotte Meccs Miguel Colas Robert Hance Margaret Shillington Philip Fenigson US]. . . in American Universities and Colleges lists our campus leaders. worked, A1 has given his sober, sincere judgment toward shaping new plans for the betterment of the University. AJ worked hard as a member of the Student Refund committee; as a senior senator and member of the president’s cabinet, he helped student government constructively. He was the main legislative booster for tennis, not because he managed the team for two years, but because he sincerely believes tennis is an ideal sport for this area and that it should be helped as much as possible by the University. Al rounded out his activities by singing in the men's and the mixed choruses, and by editing the Ibis music section. Trrtrr. I'ordhum, WorlhliiRtoii, Thomas. Mrton. Ciolf Eddie Dunn came to the University of Miami in the fall of 1935 from a little New York town. Port Jervis —a lanky, long-legged, likeable football player with a big smile. After being chosen captain of the freshman team, and playing two more years of brilliant football, he was elected to lead the '38 varsity gridsters into battle, with the toughest schedule a Miami eleven has ever faced staring him right in the face. And Eddie led the Hurricanes to their greatest season a season that saw them beat the University of Florida. Bucknell, Du-quesne, and even Georgia. The popular Hurricane star was named as halfback on the All-SIAA eleven, chosen by sports writers at the Captain l: l llc Dunn season’s close, and was picked as a member of the All-Florida eleven along with Chuck Guimento and Walt Kichefski. Resides being elected as Miami’s “Most Valuable Player of the Year" by his teammates, Eddie garnered many other honors—one when he was elected as captain of the first basketball team Miami has had in seven years. A member of Delta Sigma Kappa fraternity, Ed is also Medicine Man of Iron Arrow. Eleanor Elizabeth Mattrson attributes her success to “hard work and a genuine desire to help," but we imagine her intluence. her scholarship, and her infectious good-nature has something to do with it! She has made an imposing record since she entered the University, but she is most proud and justly so—of her work in the International Relations Club, of which she is a past president. Dolly is a member of Xu Kappa Tau; she is an officer of the Y.W.C.A.: she holds and has held enviable positions in her sorority, Beta Phi A'pha; and she is statistics editor of the Ibis. During the past year, she has In-en President of Pan-hellenic Council. In her private life, her interests run to old china, historical documents, piano-playing, singing, and the social whirl. We hope she migrates to Miami in her history-teaching career. Charlotte Mkggs, president of the Y.W.C.A., has made a lasting name for herself in the annals of the University of Miami through her successful efforts to organize and improve the activities and the spirit of the girls. Charlotte is a born executive and she derives real pleasure in opening up new fields for others. In every organization she has come in contact with here she has held an important position. She has been a student senator, she is the student assistant of girls intramural athletics, she is a representative to the Florida Chain of Missions' Students' Youth Council, [19] delegate to the Y.W.C.A. convention, head of the "Big and Little Sister" movement. not to mention her renown as champion pie-eater in the sororities. She is a member of Nu Kappa Tau and pledge-advisor in her sorority, ('hi Omega, and ritual master. So, although only a junior, she was elected to be a member of Who’s Who. Bon Hancf. is the most outstanding student in the Music School. In the absence of .Mr. Sheaffer, he ha--had a chance to show his ability as leader of the band, lie is a cornet soloist in the band, plays first trumpet in the Symphony Orchestra, and gives lessons on these instruments. He sings in the Glee Club, is a member of Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia, the music fraternity, and belongs to Iron Arrow, honorary fraternity. In our school of temperamental future geniuses. Bob is one of the most reliable and rcpsonsible. lie loves music and intends to make it his life work. Miot el Colas, president of Lead and Ink. honorary journalistic fraternity, is the only foreign student of the University of Miami to l c elected to Who’s Who and to be tapped for Iron Arrow in 1938. Mis contributions lie in the Pan-American field; he wants to help bring about a more complete understanding between the two Americas. He helped organize the International Relations Club, and has held executive positions in it; this year he was Pan American Chairman. Miguel believes in stressing the Latin-American thought to the young people of the United States. His weekly column, Latino .1 meric anas, in the school newspaper, besides helping those studying Spanish, has tended to promote greater interest and friendliness between the Latin and American students of the University. "In the future," says Miguel, "I would like to help counteract European cultural influences on South America by reflecting through journalism the economic and cultural life of the United States." Margaret Shillington worked on the Hurricane for a full year before anyone knew she was there. Under Flo Fowler, Shilly was made managing editor, and shed a bit of her mousiness. People began to notice lluuer. MrW . Mutlruon. Coin I-ViiIk-umi, SIlllllllKloli her around the print shop. She wouldn't liegin a conversation, but she would speak when sj oken to. Came 1939, with Margaret as editor. It developed that Shilly could talk. It further developed that she wasn't mousey at all. but a quiet and extremely determined young lady. Year by year, week by week, issue by issue, the Hurricane has grown, until finally last Spring, it made All-American the second highest honor a college newspaper can obtain in the Uniter! States. Margaret was one of the reasons for the paper's rise to these heights, and this year, with Shilly as editor, it has grown even l etter still. Without a doubt, it is the best paper in the Hurricane's twelve-year history. Besides ably editing the pajier, Margaret is a member of Lead and Ink, honorary journalistic society: President of Nu Kappa Tau, the highest honor a woman student can attain on the campus; member of the Honors Literary Society, Freshman Honor Society; and a charter member of Kappa Kappa Gamma. Philip Fenigsox. Editor of this year's his, has spent his four years at the University quietly working for its betterment. During his first year here, he was selected as a member of Snarks. a creative writers' club. From this connection and from the well-written articles signed by him which appeared from time to time in the Hurricane, the student body gathered that Phil was a writer. Last year, he stepped into the limelight again, as editor of the Feature Section of the Ibis. Toward the end of that year, he was tapped by Iron Arrow. This year. Phil was instrumental in reviving Snarks, and in organizing the Campus Citizens, of which he is temporary chairman. He is also a member of Lead and Ink, the honorary journalistic fraternity, and of Honors Literary Society. After his graduation, Phil intends to work for his Master of Arts degree in the social studies at the University of Chicago. [20]The Value of Student Polities ... is not in the inherent significance of campaigning, but in the training and experience which it offers. by NORMAS WORTHINGTON Dutiks and responsibilities are many and important in the advanced state of civilization in which we live. Foremost are the fundamental obligations emerging from the relationship between the individual and his government. Such is the primary source of citizenship. Democracy with its higher conceptions of political abstractions draws heavily upon the individual and demands the assumption of responsibilities that do not exist under other forms of government. An alert, enlightened, and active citizenry are prerequisite lor a successful democracy. Good citizenship is not a social heritage nor is it innate to any marked degree. It must be implanted, cultivated, and encouraged within each individual. To be sure, the basic trailing for future citizenship is to lie acquired in the home where the influence of the parents wields a telling effect on the attitude of the growing child. Our system of public schools from the elementary grades to the high-school level is patterned largely with the objective of making good citizens out of young Americans. It is during this state that the adolescent individual becomes acquainted with the organization and administration of government in general and aware of the real significance of citizenship. The most fertile field for the cultivation and growth of intellectual citizenship is found in college. American colleges and universities have long l een proud of the outstanding part that they have played in preparing the individual to meet the requirements of effective citizenship. In most of the institutions of higher learning. courses in government, history, and related subjects are offered with the purpose of giving the student a broader background in American institutions and practices. The more liberal and far-sighted colleges and universities approach the problem from a more practical point of view. In addition to the regular college courses mentioned above, the student is given the opportunity to actively participate in the regulation and control of student affairs. In many of the more advanced institutions of higher learning the students control, through their representatives, the important financial matters pertaining to the university activities. Problems arising out of the relations of the students among themselves, and between the student unit and the university government give ample opportunity for the individual application of ability and theoretical knowledge to the field of political and economic control. Problems that arise under such intimate conditions are sure to possess a more or less personal appeal to the student, thus inducing him to take an active part in effecting their solutions. This first hand experience is of an unestimable value in encouraging the wholesome and enlightened attitude necessary for efficient citizenship. The habit of participation and interest in the affairs of student government is readily engrained in the make-up of the individual and influences his actions in later life. The inhibition of indifference that is too prevalent in actual citizenship finds no place in student government. University citizenship is not an end within itself, and every student should lie aware of this fact. Too often students become so engrossed in the affairs of student government as to defeat the essential purpose for which they are attending college. Not only does this often lead to the formation of unethical political tactics on the part of the student but it may go so far as to exert undesirable influences on the student group thus smirching the reputation of the college or university itself. The value of student government lies not in the actual or inherent significance of the organization itself but in the training and experience that it offers for prospective citizens. [21]An early Campus Cill rns' comuiltlrr liirrllng Active Campus Citizens . . . stir up constructive student opinion. What will be accomplished depends upon the cooperation of the entire student body. by ROBERTA BUTLER Oct of the school spirit and enthusiasm of students who desire to make the University of Miami go places there has risen the germ of an organization now known as Campus Citizens. It is composed of all those students who are interested in solving University problems and increasing University influence in the community. Every organization, honorary, social and religious, has been asked to send representatives to the meetings, but it is not limited to them alone. Anyone who is interested may help. Campus Citizens was not begun to take the place of any organization on campus. Its idea is to stir up constructive student opinion concerning our problems as an aid to solving them constructively. It can hardly lx called an organization at all. We have started to work on the problems that seem most outstanding right now, but how much will be done depends upon the student body as a whole. If it supports Campus Citizens, we cannot fail. What has been done so far? Three committees have been appointed by the chairman to work on the various purposes of the organization. First is the orientation committee, now working out plans to get a two day orientation period for freshmen next year. Whether this can l e accomplished will be decided by the administration. James Munley, I-oslic Mann. Harry Odell, Ray Creel, and others are working on the project. The cultural committee is designed to plan for free University dramatic presentations: a limited number of free concerts and extensive use of recordings of the orchestra and band in schools and civic clubs of the area: motion pictures of the University classrooms, campus and athletic activities, to be shown throughout Greater Miami: more radio programs from classrooms and radio lectures by our professors: Pan-American University programs in schools and clubs. Working on this committee are Henry Meyer, Jack Madigan, Steve McCrimmon. and others. Campus Citizens hopes to make the culture of the University indispensable to the city of Miami. The project committee is trying to improve student life in many ways. Their task is to plan promotion of a library browsing room: elimination of chatter in the library projjer: elimination of inconsequential announcements and calling students out of classrooms during the period: seeing that we get copies of all text books put on reserve in the library so that students will not get behind at the beginning of the term: suggesting that football players may In given their text l ooks permanently: helping to eliminate cheating; and starting an open forum for discussion of topics of general interest. Those serving on this committee are: Seymour Simon. Robert Hillstead, Lloyd Whyte, Ce-cile Gaddis. Mildred Zinn. Hetty Jean Vasary, Bernard Sokolow, and others. Further organization of the group is limited to a chairman, at present Philip Fenigson, and a secretary. Roberta Butler. As the group becomes more fixed, it will become more organized. Whether its purposes will be accomplished and new problems brought up to be solved depends upon your initiative, students of the University of Miami. [22]'The Social Sciences . . . prepare the student to solve his problems today, and to meet the even more difficult situations that will confront him tomorrow. by PEARL WALDORF The social sciences, in matter of scope, number of courses, and importance, make up one of the most vital influences of the University of Miami curriculum. It would be impossible to obtain a diploma without coming under the direct effect of the social studies. The social studies teacher is concerned primarily with inspiring in students a proper understanding and appreciation of our democratic institutions, procedures, and practices. This has been done through a proper regard for the past, suggested plans for the future, and a general policy of making the students vividly and deeply aware of our social world so that they will lx able to solve the problems that will confront them. In this field — the study of human relations — are history, economics, sociology. political science, etc. We are most concerned with the four mentioned. It is not an exaggeration to say that it is difficult to state where one lx gins and another ends, because any one of the four embraces the other three. As sciences these four are babies. Their development is only in the formative stage, and daily our old concepts undergo changes as our investigative processes broaden. The name, social studies, is most apt. One could not doubt for a moment that they are social: the very-essence of each is man- or the human factor. As for being "sciences’' this depends entirely upon the approach to the study. In the University, whether by virtue of the texts used, the method of teaching, or learning, it is true they are sciences. The approach to these subjects is based upon a consideration of all the available data; conclusions are drawn from this study. It is not always possible to go to original sources for data, but students are well disciplined in the use of projx r authorities. The place of the Social Sciences in the University curriculum is a difficult question to answer, l'or example: at most universities, courses in economics are found in the College of Liberal Arts; the University of Miami places these courses in the School of Business Administration. This in no way hampers the Liberal Arts student, for the close cooperation of the departments allows a student to take courses in all the schools at the same time. It has been indicated that these subjects, as such, are young. However, their rapid rise in prestige gained in the last thirty years leads one to the discovery that there is a definite trend toward emphasis of the social sciences over the pure sciences. More and more an enlightened view of the problems facing man is becoming necessary. Nowhere can a more intelligent key to the situation be found than in the field of social science. Here ever) phase of the relationships of man are viewed impartially, technically. and fully—i.e. scientifically. Without at least a basic knowledge of the social studies, citizens cannot lx? intelligent voters. A doctor, though he saves many lives, is not beneficial to his community or to himself if his unenlightened vote helps to elect an unscrupu’ous candidate. He has an obligation to society to find out about and to help cure “sick” issues and “sick" candidates, just as he has an obligation to help sick jx ople. If we do not recognize the obligation to study issues and to vote intelligently, then our democracy is seriously imperilled. To safeguard ourselves against the empty promises of (Kiliticians and the glib but subtle propaganda of newspapers, we must study the social sciences. If we are familiar with our own as well as foreign history, we have a concrete basis for evaluating present historical trends; if we understand the sociological structures of our institutions and the processes of social change, we arc less likely to lx perplexed by recent social changes; if we know economic laws and the problems of economics, we can lx tter judge the financial projects of our government: and if we know the intricacies of |x litica! science, all the rigmarole of party politics becomes greatly simplified, and we are free to judge issues and candidates objectively. Heading the history department of the University of Miami is I)r. Harold E. Briggs. Other faculty members are Dr. J. Paul Reed, associate professor of sociology: Dr. Robert K. McXicoll. assistant professor of Latin American History and Institutions; Mr. Paul E. Eckel, instructor in history: Mr. Robert B. Downes, instructor in history; and Mr. Ernest McCracken, instructor in economics and political science. Inevitably any progress of the University will carry with it the growth of the social science curriculum; looking ahead, one can almost sec. or at least predict, the expansion of the social studies toward broader opportunities for the undergraduate in planning his college courses — always with that ultimate goal of preparing the student to solve his problems today and to meet the even more difficult situations of tomorrow. 123]An Enlightened View . . . of human relationship, approached objectively, is gotten through the study of history, sociology, political science, and economics. HISTORY A study of the social sciences is vital and pertinent. The average person today is greatly concerned with political developments, economic theories, and social unrest. In the social sciences history occupies a position of importance; an understanding of it gives one a major approach to all social sciences. To the ancient Greeks history meant inquiry or learning by inquiry. The earliest records of the past were passed on by word of mouth. The formal teaching of history came when princes were taught about their own land so that they might rule it letter; when military men studied it for the values gained in their field; and when the men of letters gave attention to it. The crowded curriculum of the Middle Ages gave little or no emphasis to the study of history. By the 16th century, historical study gained importance and was a natural outgrowth of the nationalistic spirit of that age. The greatest expansion came in the 18th century with the origin of scientific history. Today, as in no other age, there is need for a basic understanding of history. Innumerable values may lx derived from historical study; citizenship is built upon past and present concepts: and society is better understood in the light of ancient people and cultures. To Comprehend the growth of dictators and other present political developments there must exist knowledge of past actions that have made such conditions possible. In its last analysis history is the presentation, scientific and literary', of the evolution of man in his activities as a social being. The modern student recognizes the values gained from the study of history. Every year the registration in history courses has increased throughout the United States. In the University, over two hundred students are registered in each of the survey courses in European and American history. The history department of the University of Miami is continually expanding its program. Under the leadership of Dr. Harold E. Briggs, graduation requirements for students majoring in the field of history have been set. Dr. Briggs, recognizing that the advanced history student needs more specialized knowledge, has introduced required courses in historiography and thesis writing. Survey courses in both European and American history are offered to the undergraduate desiring a broad outline of civilization. For those students desiring special study within the various fields, courses such as history of American frontier, of American diplomacy, of the South, protes-tant reformation, and Latin American culture are available. Bernice Milliman ECONOMICS Thk teaching of economics is handled by Messrs. Ernest McCracken, Otho V. Ovcrholser, Stewart W. Girriel, and Robert Downes, in addition to their other courses in other fields. In the University of Miami economics is found in the School of Business Administration, but the course is taken by students from all schools. The beginning courses are preceded by an elementary course of principles of business. This is a general survey class designed to give the students an idea of what to ex| cct in the regular and more advanced courses. Then come Economics 111 and 112. In these the field of economics falls naturally into live main divisions; namely, consumption, distribution, production, exchange, and government with a sulxlivision of economic control. Among the advanced courses are included: Economic Problems; Economic History of the United States. Europe, and Latin America: Marketing: Salesmanship and Advertising; Real Estate Principles and Practices: Public Utilities: International Economic Relations; and Advanced Economic Theory. This plan of courses includes a step by step analysis of the underlying principles and applications of the field. Leading up to the ultimate course in Advanced Economic Theory, which includes a development of economic doctrines and schools of economic thought from earliest times, with extensive reading in source material, the courses are well-rounded. In consideration of the progress made in recent years they are comparative to what is offered in some of the largest universities. The plans for the future expansion in this department are great and since many of the economic ideas are constantly under pressure of criticism, the flexibility of the courses at the University will serve as an asset in future development.—Pearl Waldorf POLITICAL SCIENCE During the 17th and 18th centuries there was some doubt as to the possibility of a study of the state. Today it is imperative. As we have no longer an old world and a new, neither have we independent politics but rather world |M litics. Present trends in world [24]Social Science faculty: Krlxtlv Downrs. Reed, Eckel. McCracken politics necessitate a thorough knowledge of principles and operations of political science by the student as well as the present citizenry. Students need to leave their colleges and universities with clear, logical thinking and a sound public opinion which only the facts and principles of political science can provide. The functional method is used in the presentation of the course with students participating in class discussions and research. Comparisons of the early documents of the American government and the present: the philosophy of the past and present in Europe, is done by the students independently. Having a twofold purpose, this method trains students in individual political thought and builds a critical attitude toward propaganda. Extensive consideration is given to the processes and mechanisms of the state, its fundamental character, origin, nature, and attributes. The administration, formation, and inteq retation of public law is presented with the appreciation of the corresponding rights, services, and obligations. The operation of our national and local governments the states and municipalities -aims to give the students an idea of how we are governed, the scope of the increased services, and the voter's position in the scheme. At present political science is in the School of business Administration with a number of excellent allied courses 'offered to the students of political science. Because of the trend of world events, it is to be expected more emphasis will be given to such subjects as comparative government and world politics.- Mary Reed SOCIOLOGY Dr. Harold K. Briggs, of the history department, who gave a few courses in sociology for several years, was instrumental in establishing sociology as an independent department this year. Through sociology the entire group of social sciences are coordinated; bringing together history, political science, economics, and psychology, sociology forms a perspective of social interaction. Consistent with the growth of the University is this year’s addition of the sociology department, in which students may now earn a minor. Not only is it possible to study a local field, but one that has barely been touched. An initial service to ihe department will be the gathering of data by the students and faculty, while Greater Miami has voiced an enthusiastic welcome to this addition to the curriculum. Professional social workers see the University as a vital factor in the preparatory service of opening this field of social science. In the introduction of all courses. Dr. J. Paul Reed emphasizes the attempt to maintain the scientific ideal of an unbiased treatment. He encourages his students to make their own evaluation and form their own |)crsj ectives. With this in mind, principles and theories are presented in a systematic attempt to account for social organization, exposing the student to an organized survey of the thought and research in each field. It is now possible to enroll in an introductory course each semester, the only requirement being sophomore standing. This course presents an insight into social situations with observations made on social groups, (CONTINUED ON PAGE 199) [25]Pan Americanas '■y' he constantly increasing danger of European ec-1 onomic and political penetration in Latin America is strengthening the ties between North and Latin America and bringing a more compact solidarity in support of democratic aims in this hemisphere. Peace, commerce, and friendship are the basis for this New Pan-Americanism. No ideal can become a reality without the pioneering of the intellectuals and the illuminating help of education. In this field the University of Miami is striving to further the ideal of Pan-Americanism. We present here a symposium on Pan-American ideas, many of them based on events that have taken place in the University during the year. Their projection into the future has been also considered. Miguel Colas HISPANIC -A MERIC A X STL DIES Everyone who is acquainted with the writer knows that he has long been enthusiastic on the subject of Miami's possibilities in the field of Pan-American relations. Most people in Miami agree that this docs seem to I one way in which the University can quickly attain prominence. Yet. with all the Spanish-Americans we have had at the University in the past and all the “Latin-American Forums” we have held, we didn't seem to create any great impression in the general North American scene. We did know, however. that Miami was one of the best known American schools in parts of Latin America. The trouble was that we didn't have any permanent record of our activities and that we didn't interest enough American authorities in what we were doing. This year. I)r. J. Riis Owre and I, as co-directors of the first "Winter Institute of Hispanic-Amcrican Studies" did something different. We obtained the best authorities in the United States for our lecturers — people from the greatest schools and institutions in our own country, scholars who are now producing the best writings on Hispanic-America. Next, we made arrangements for the lectures to appear in printed form. From an academic standpoint, the dividends have been enormous already. Mention has been given by such publications as the Xev York Times. The South Atlantic Bulletin, The Journal of Southern History, The Chicago Tribune and many other leading newspapers and scholarly journals. This is only the beginning. When the publication of the Hispanic-American Institute is distributed to the leading libraries and journals of the country we shall definitely be in the catalogues and bibliographies of students all over the world. We shall be making a real contribution to culture because several of the lecturers, like Dr. John l ate banning of Duke University, have said that their lectures here will l e their first words in print on matters to which they have given years of study and research. The fact that such contributions to the advance of knowledge should l e made under the imprint of the University of Miami will lx a source of pride to every student who agrees with the thesis that a university is a center for the discovery ami dissemination of Truth as well as a place of training and discipline for youth. It is the opinion of the directors, based on the comments of numerous professors and leading citizens all over the United States, that the first Winter Institute of Hispanic-Amcrican Studies has been a real investment in academic prestige and a means of focussing national attention on the fact that Miami is a logical center for Hispanic-American studies and that we intend to do something about it. Robert E. Mc.Nicoll MISS CABR ELA MISTRAL There can Ik no true Pan-Americanism unless the people of both North and Latin America learn to know each other’s cultures. One way to understand the Latin-American mind is to study the lives of their great writers and their works. [26]. . . a symposium on Pan-American ideas, many of them based on events that have taken place in the University this year. In December Miss Gabriela Mistral, one of the most outstanding women in Latin-America was the guest of l)r. and Mrs. Ashe at Grant House. Dr. J. R. Owre has written the following article about her and her works.—M. C. Gabriela Mistral is undoubtedly the foremost poetess now writing in Spanish. Her work is distinguished by what I might call a profound and intimate, and yet delicate, emotion. Like many Spanish-American writers. her work is full of fantasy, and yet this fantasy is never superficial, but rather, a fantasy whose roots lie deep in the sincerity of her soul. She writes of many subjects, but she prefers especially the common experiences of life, and these almost always come from her pen transfused by the poetess’ imagination into something strange and wonderful. Her work, in effect, represents a new phase in Spanish-American poetry—a realization of the value of the ordinary things of human experience. Too often Spanish and Spanish-American poets have sought the exotic and unusual as subjects for their works, but not so with Gabriela Mistral. Senorita Mistral’s work is known and loved by all who know the Spanish language. She has built for herself an enviable reputation as a poetess; and she has also become distinguished in many countries throughout the world as a diplomatic representative of her native land, Chile. For sixteen years she has represented her country in many other countries and in many capacities from consul to minister and ambassador at large, and emissary of good-will. Her work and her personality are strongly influenced by the Indian heritage that is hers and her country’s. This element represents one of the most important trends in the Hispanic-American life of our century the gradually growing realization that all the components of Hispanic-American civilization have a part in its tradition, and may make their contribution to its future growth.—J. Riis Owre OUR PA. -AMERICAN FUTURE Consuls of the Latin American countries at Miami, foresee the future of the University of Miami in its relation to the growth of Pan-Americanism and the economic evolution of the deep South. In order to know what the representatives of the Latin nations think about the possibilities of our institution. they were asked appropriate questions. 1'he questions were arranged by weighing the advantages of Miami as the crossroad between the Americas, the present trends in the western hemisphere, and the potent ial value of the University of Miami in the development of international good will. The reporter interviewed the several consuls and obtained their opinions as the voice of the countries which they represent. —M.C. Agency for Personal Contacts Mr. Howard Brown, Consul of Panama, and District Director of the National Youth Administration in Miami: Question: What will be the place of the University of Miami in the promising economic evolution of the South especially in connection with the growth of Pan-Americanism ? Answer: Its place must Ik that of an agency for bringing personal contents between students and professors of both continents, and for translating and interpreting Latin American philosophy of life to the average American citizen. In this University of the future, the new concept of Pan-Americanism, based upon the ‘good neighbor' policy instead of upon former diplomacies must l e the basis for teaching. With this enlightenment, the assembled youth of both continents will contribute to continental cooperation and will stimulate national policies. Forum for Intelligent Understanding Mr. Manuel Urruela, Consul of El Salvador, Central America: Question: Your additions to the discussion of Mexico in the first Winter Institute of Hispanic American Studies have been widely commented upon. What do you think about the future of these institutes in contributing toward greater intellectual comprehension among the nations of the Americas? Answer: I believe that the Winter Institute of Hispanic American Studies should have more popular ap-j eal. This may be brought about by presenting each (CONTI Nf BO ON PAOK MO I [27] I.uIkiii .otidrntik at tlM UlllvrrultyIlciltrri F_ MeNlcoll economically independent nation with the specific aim of retaining the profits of enterprise within Latin America itself. The major trend has been the rapid growth of industry, especially in southern South America: and these southernmost countries may lie-come very im| ortant industrially in the next fifteen years. The growth of industry has brought to light the need for social legislation, which has been attempted through the enactment of labor laws, high tariff, crop diversification, national industries, and control of currency. In his second lecture. “Totalitarianism or Democracy?", I)r. Rippy clearly defined dictators as we find The Advance of Unity . . . is the most effective way to promote peace in the Americas. Our Hispanic-American Institute is a forum of good will. by CHARLOTTE A. KING PiKsuiKNT Asm:, since the inception of the University of Miami, has seen the need of fostering studies in the Hispanic-American field as the one true means by which we may advance sympathetic inter-American understanding. Hispanic-American forums in the past have had many noted Latin-Americans participating, but this year, under the able direction of Drs. Robert E. Mc-Xicoll and J. Riis Owre. the students of the University and the public at large were enabled to hear the views of the most outstanding North American scholars of H ispa nic-American affai rs. The 1939 Institute was formally opened January 9th by Dr. McXicoll. He introduced John Barrett, nephew of the late Dr. John Barrett, to whom this year’s Institute was dedicated in appreciation of the gift of his famed Pan-American Library to the University. The gift was presented to us by his nephew at this time. Dr. J. Fred Rippy of the University of Chicago, who is perhaps the outstanding North American authority on international relations with the I atin American countries, was the first speaker. It was interesting to note from Dr. Rippy s first lecture on "Economic Trends in Latin America" that it is only since 1930 that the Latin American countries have begun to attempt to liecome industrialized and thus independ-ent nations. They have been climbing out of that class of nations with frontiers open to any who might wish to invest capital and exploit their resources to the them in South America and in Europe today. This left no doubt in minds that there are no totalitarian dictators in Latin America. This gives great comfort to the majority of people although they, the Latin American dictators, give only lip service to democratic ideals and ways of life. It liehooves us to prove to them that we, the greatest of the democracies, though we, too. give more lip-service to democracy than we practice, are worthy of friendship and imitation. We must not sit liack in bland complacence or over-bearing arrogance and expect friendly simulation of our ideals. This thought leads to the third of Dr. Rippy s lectures on “World Relationships.” He divided this topic into three divisions: first, the growing cordiality with the United States, fostered in recent years by Presidents Uoolidge, Hoover, and the “good neighlxir” jwilicy of the present administration. The response in Latin America on the whole has not lieen unfavorable but all nations must be mutually helpful. His second division—flagging interest in the League of Nations—is almost too well known to need recapitulation. At one time all twenty nations were members but the first country in the world to withdraw was the little Central American republic of Costa Rica and at present only eleven of the twenty are still members. Some are actively striving for an American League of Nations. The third division, the Fascist threat, has perhaps been given more thought than any other of the problems with Latin America and has been the means of arousing our awakened interest in our southern neigh- [28]bors. On the whole. Dr. Hippy is optimistic although he admits that the Fascist countries. Germany. Italy, and Japan are making tremendous cultural and commercial drives in Latin America. He stated that the commercial gains of the totalitarian nations were at the expense of England rather than of the United States: but the greatest safeguard we have is the individualistic character of the Latin Americans themselves with their devotion to personal liberty, peace and justice, democracy, nationalism, and their proven capability of effective resistance to foreign control. Dr. Ralph S. Hoggs, folklorist of the University of North Carolina, brought an entirely new concept of international understanding with the knowledge of the folklore of differing people as a basis. Folklore has always been a force in cultural life, that of time honored tradition divorced from science, with qualities of sincerity and unadornment: it reflects the truest form of the fundamentals of life. It fluctuates and yet is stable, since it preserves the Ixtsic values and nothing is more typical of a people than their folklore, which shows the race genealogy the cultural family tree. When one realizes that it develops fairly the same throughout the world it readily becomes valuable as a medium of international understanding, which must always precede international relationships. Dr. Boggs pointed out that although folklore is a science in that it is a comparison and identification of the revival of archaic beliefs and a study of the unrecorded traditions of a people, it has until very recently l ecn accorded only the interest of the nursery. It now awaits the conquistadores. those who will carry on in the field, living careful in the methods of bringing the folklore of one country to another, in that it should be impartial, not on the basis of one's own standards. It is bound to grow as a science and lake its place in universities, libraries, archives, and governments; then a firm basis of international understanding may lie formed with folklore as the common denominator of all peoples. To have a comprehensive understanding of the Latin Americans, their background in Spain is an essential prerequisite: the Directors of the Hispanic-American Institute afforded the opportunity of hearing Dr. Homero Seris, of Spain, known for his work in the field of literary criticism. Dr. Sens gave a discussion of the Literature of Spain not only in the first Golden Age of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries but also the claims for recognition of a second Golden Age in the nineteenth century. The fourth speaker. Dr. John Tate banning of Duke University, is the recognized authority on Swinish American colonial universities: in his lectures he [29] clearly brought home the fact that there is absolutely no basis on which we may place our customary attitude of arrogance and condescension toward our southern neighbors; for South American culture, civilization. and intellectual pursuits antedates our own by over one hundred years. When we realize the ser-vilism inculcated by the scholasticism of the colonial regime, we can more readily appreciate the profound struggle that must have taken place in every individual to bring about the philosophical revolution in Latin America in the latter part of the 18th century, which of necessity must preceed the | olitical revolution of any country. Beginning the last week of the Institute Dr. Wilfrid Hardy Callcott of the University of South Carolina, spoke on the subject of Mexico, that country of all the Latin American countries with whom we have had the most trouble throughout our respective histories. Dr. Callcott gave a most comprehensive picture of Mexico, politically, economically, and socially, in a manner with such compact comprehensibility that his point is clear: Mexico is pursuing the proper path and will undoubtedly work out her own destiny. Dr. Richard Pattee. Senior Divisional assistant in the Division of Cultural Relations of the Department of State, completed the lecture series. The majority of people in thinking of Latin America, think of it as Spanish America: this is a fallacy with no realization of the fact that one country in South America is larger than the United States and is completely Portuguese in origin and |M licies. Too many have neglected the study of the Portuguese contribution to America. Brazil is a tribute to an advanced stage of civilization and culture in that her jieoples conquered not through fire and sword, but through spiritual means, three great institutional evolutions without war or bloodshed: the separation from Portugal, the abolition of slavery, and the establishment of the Republic. This has meant that Brazil has been a bulwark of peace and tranquility on the American continent and goes far toward explaining our friendly relations with her (CONTIXI'KI) ON PAtilt W.. John Tutr 1-iiiiiimk J. t-'rrJ lUppyA Forum for World Affairs by HORACE LADD McIJNDE.X In the civilized world there has always been cooperation between thinkers: it has been conspicuous in the most brilliant j eriods of history. Never has such cooperation required as much assistance and organization as at the present time. It is, therefore, the aim of the International Relations Club to set up an exchange for intelligent opinion. Through unbiased consideration of world affairs we try to discover new | erspectives, for we feel that a clearer understanding will bring about a more personal meaning in the news. We feel sure that the future of knowledge and peace depend in a large measure on a collective effort. Specialized centers are required for the collection of information; such centers alone can keep up with tin-changes made in the various fields of study. They must constitute living organs of information. In a not too small measure, the I.R.C. is equipped to do this work on the campus; to carry out this task we maintain a growing library as well as an active membership. We are a group that has become future-conscious. Without false ambitions we today acknowledge that it will he individuals like ourselves who will be tomorrow's leaders. We have only to look about us to discover the serious-minded individual leading in society. Perhaps these remarks have seemed a far cry from any real description of the organization. Hut I cannot Ik too emphatic in stressing the individual as lieing the most important factor; the group is a vital element in the University because of the individual. In other words, the | eople in the club are students endowed with the intellectual curiosity necessary for the achievement of personal and group culture. . . . tries to discover new perspective. The International Relations Club analyses the importance of world events. In our international world, this past academic year has lx»en more than significant. We have watched more stark drama recorded than in any like | eriod since the World War. Wc have scanned the Oriental and European stage with real concern. We have seen the cancerous plague of intolerance sweep civilized nations into retrogression. We have lx cn alarmed at the power of propaganda in all countries. Wc have discussed events that compel us to question the future of democracy. In these post-Munich days we feel that intelligent research and discussion is necessary if we are to continue to lx free men. There have been many times when we have disagreed among ourselves—and to disagree is but one cherished right which every member of the I.R.C. feels he can and must take when he believes in his opinion. Wc put the highest of all values upon the luxury of protest, upon the right of any minority. It is that small but vigorous voice which can keep our nation and campus democratic. The members of the I.R.C. have had an active year. They were students who were not content to lx merely consumers of culture at the University, but producers as well. By their experience they have become more articulate: and by so doing have realized that their own perspectives have broadened. The result has been a sharper consciousness of news and the desire to analyze its effect. This is the reason for the I.R.C. (CONTIM'KI) ON PAGB W.i [30] I.R.C President Ilud McLInden addressing Ihe ClubThe Spirit of Youth . . . braces our morale and optimism, helps us grit our teeth and hit things hard; leads to forward-looking not backward-looking plans. by PHILIP FEXIGSOX Miami is a sheltered place: China and Spain struggle against "civilized” hordes of planes, tanks, poison gas. heavy artillery, sanguine Moors and bow legged Japs, “superior" Germans and scared Italians—but here the sun is a caressing maiden and the air a natural cooling system; millions of men. women, children were cold this winter, and hungry and disillusioned — while we sailed the Hay and became complacent. purring stomachs sleeping on the beach, our eyes closed to the world: tension of death in Europe here the tension of the roulette wheel and the slot machine. Yes, Miami is a tucked-away place, a beautiful magically perfumed balsam-city where even the hurricanes visit on schedule and are awaited with less excitement than the approaching racing season. Miami, too. is a kind place where the IkhkI-clipping old can retreat for bridge and gossip: where the sick can lie healed. Hut what does Miami offer us. the youth? the healthgiving sun. ocean, tennis courts and golf links, the l each: and death to the intellect, the deep spirit within us that must lie stirred and nurtured by thought and social action if it is to In-come human? How can we, the youth, be spared from the balsam that is embalmment, the perfume that is hemlock? For we must In- spared. Complacent youth is duped youth, parasitical and unhealthy. We can be spared by becoming students instead of mere enrollees at the University of Miami. We must get, from the liooks and teachers, all that our inherent ability will permit us to get. And. too. we must attempt to make our education more complete by developing a social awareness. What, you ask, is this thing called "social awareness"? Wc might say that it is a genuine objective outlook on things and people; an ethical judgment of a problem after all sides of the question have been studied inductively: and. further, the willingness to do something about the thing. It is a hard thing to get. this social awareness, not only because the tropics are a sort of drug, but because very few of us give a damn about people and things outside of ourselves, our fam- ily. and our friends. We say, We have our own lives to live, we want some enjoyment out of life. And such, rightly, is our privilege. Hut what about duty? Duty to whom?, you ask. And conscience and plain common sense answer: duty to our government (for we are citizens) and duty to the world of men (for. perhaps, we can Ik called men). You will have nothing to do with duty?, you say. Hut wait. Duty is no longer even part of life's bargain of give and take. With the world bloody because our "righteous” people are our hv| ocritical jK-ople; with democracy, the young tree of man’s young seed of morality, bending under the force of a storm—duty becomes more than a privilege: it becomes a necessity of free life. Perhaps many of you are snickering by now at ranting, pedantic preacher? If you are. I am sorry, for it is probably my fault. Perhaps the words falling heavily like hammer blows (or do I flatter the writer, in a way?) do sound pedantic: perhaps 1 should have chosen simpler language and a less concentrated style. Hut. whatever the faults are in the writing, what is being said here is not empty preaching that can Ik forgotten like the Sunday sermon is usually forgotten after we have had a big dinner and a warming nap. What is being said here is simply facts about a rapidly changing world; and the purpose of saying it is also a simple one: in this generation the world will either change to a fanatical place of bigotted. quarrelling nationalistic states (for a time, at least) or slowly develop toward a world brotherhood of men. This is not mere guessing: we can see the trends taking shape from what we read in the newspapers. The youth of America can help the world choose its future. In few countries are people as free to think and act morally as we are here in the United States. In Germany and Italy morality is being suffocated because nationalism cannot tolerate the thing we call conscience; but here we can sti’I attempt to solve problems unselfishly. If we will. This is the big thing —this "If we will.” For wc can either say. We can't [31] C.ONTINt KI» ON PACE WBusiness and Government . . . arc interdependent. The School of Business Administration studies this relation and equips the student for the business world. by ROBERT UILLSTEAD In 1927-28, Business Administration courses numbered approximately twelve at the University of Miami. As the entire University grew, the Business Administration department made equal progress and today is one of the most well-balanced schools in the University. I)r. John Thom Moldsworth is the Dean of the School of Business Administration of the University and has been greatly res| onsible for the rapid development of the school. The purpose of the school is to turn out men and women with a thorough knowledge of the economic and ethic principles underlying all business. Assisting Dr. Holdsworth in the preparation of men and women for business careers arc: Mr. Ernest McCracken. instructor in economics and |x litical science; Mr. John A. McLeland, instructor in accounting: Mr. Otho V. Overholser, instructor in business law and economics: Mr. Stuart Girriel, assistant professor of economics and marketing: and Mr. Robert Downes, instructor in history and political science. The freshman curriculum is not a stereotyped affair calling for rigid specialization in business principles and practices to the exclusion of all else. Rather, it is quite general or “liberal" in the first year or two; then, after the student has made up his mind as to his future course, his work may follow the lines of a broad understanding of business principles or may fall into a specialized field of accounting, insurance, advertising or finance. Many students arc interested in Business Administration solely from a desire to familiarize themselves with the workings of the business world with no intention of entering it as a profession or career. For these students the less technical courses are more generally chosen. On the other hand, there are many who plan to make Business Administration their life work and who. as upper c’assmen, concentrate on accounting. finance, insurance, real estate, and the advanced courses in political science. A brief description of a few of the courses offered may Ik of interest. One of the first requirements confronting a Business Administration student is one year of accounting, consisting of principles and problems. Taught by Mr. John A. McLeland. it is the basic course for all advanced work in accounting and according to many students is definitely out of the "crip' class of courses. It is one of the most practical courses offered in the University and equips one to keep almost any set of books for the average small business. In addition it simplifies many of the finance and economic courses providing a clear understanding of proprietorship. partnership, and corj orate forms of business organization. The second year of accounting consists of more specialized problems dealing with consolidated statements, realization and liquidation, and that bugaboo of all second year accounting students, actual science, concerned with such things as present values, annuities, etc. Each succeeding year of accounting becomes more and more specialized including such courses as cost accounting, financial investigation, auditing, C. P. A. review, and federal tax accounting. This last course should be included in every Business Administration student's schedule as it consists essentially of a searching study of the federal income tax laws, including individual, partnership, and corporate income tax returns. In addition to accounting, the freshman in the School of Business Administration usually finds himself enrolled in Economics 111 under Mr. McCracken. This early course in economics is concerned primarily with the fundamental principles underlying all studies in applied or ‘'business" economics. Like accounting 101 it keeps almost entirely to broad general principles, and does not require the student to work out specialized or practical business problems. Here the prospective business man or woman finds out what causes the wheels of our modern world to turn as they do. He becomes acquainted, | erha| s for the first time, with such things as wants and how they come alxtut: price determination under conditions of competition and monopoly: the different forms of remuneration for labor, land, and capital: and the essentials of taxation. It is a course well designed to make students think seriously about things they have always taken for granted; and it lays the groundwork for all advanced economic courses. Advanced courses in economics are usually confined to one subject and cover all phases quite thoroughly. A few of these are: marketing, and advertising and salesmanship, both taught by Mr. Girriel; real estate principles and practices, taught by Mr. Overholser; and public utilities and advanced economic theory, two advanced economic courses taught by Mr. Mc- [32]Itiivlnri . Administration faculty: Drnn HoldMvorth, McCracken. Downes. Mel-Huixl. Ovrrbolsrr. Glrrlcl Cracken, which are as the names imply quite specialized. Courses in economic geography covering North America, Latin America, Europe, and .Asia are advanced courses in geography with particular emphasis on the economic resources and trade of the respective continents. The subject of finance starts out with money and banking, which is taught bv Dr. Ho'dsworth from his own text. This course includes the principles of money, prices, anti credit. and a complete monetary history of the United States. It traces the history of banking from the first bank known to man down to the modern banking systems of the leading countries of the world. The student learns of the workings of the Federal Reserve system and its control of the nation's credit machinery, and of the new domination of monetary and credit policies by the government. While Money and Ranking is a comp’ete course in itself, it serves a; an introduction to further studies in finance, particularly banking and financial problems which consist of practical problems in the banking business. Courses in finance include investments which, as the name implies, is concerned with the investment field of finance and emphasises the nature and methods of investments, and the different types of securities. Here the student learns to interpret the maze of statistical data on the financial page of the newspapers. This course is taught by Dr. Holdsworth as is public finance, a course concerned with the various systems of taxation and government finances. Personal finance is designed to be of interest to all college students as it goes into methods of budgeting for personal and family purposes, and various ways of financing the purchase of a home. Also included are such subjects as insurance programs, investments, and old age and unemployment protection. Mr. Girriel is the instructor. Political science is taught by Mr. McCracken. The introductory course, political institutions, is a survey of the evolution and machinery of government in the United States. Other topics included are political parties, the constitution, and the functions and operations of the three branches of the federal government. Political Institutions lays the foundation for the more specialized courses: Local Governments, Government and Business, American Political Parties, and World Politics. In addition to a comprehensive series of courses, the School of Business Administration offers shorter series in several other subjects. Such courses being Business English and Writing: Life insurance: and Public Speaking. A’l courses, combined with those available in the College of Liberal Arts, are carefully designed to give the student a well-rounded knowledge of the workings of the business world. The student runs the gamut from the underlying principles as set forth in the basic economics and finance courses, to the technical distinctions to be drawn in the higher accounting courses. The political background and the relations between business and government so important in recent years are given careful study. Upon graduation from the School of Business Administration the graduate is well-equipped to take his place in the business world. It is not contended that because he has a diploma he is prepared to step into a responsible executive position in a large corporation, but through the knowledge and mental discipline gained in the University, his advancement in the world should be facilitated. [33]Our Music Makers . . . teach, rehearse, give concerts, and generally make themselves heard. by BERTHA FOSTER '"T''hb Symphony Orchestra under the direction of 1 Dr. Arnold Volpe. and the Symphonic Hand, under the direction of Walter Shcaffer and his assistant. Robert Hance, have added another successful season to their list. The band presented a series of concerts with Percy Grainger, Reinald Werrenrath. and Joseph Barclay as soloists, with some members of the band also featured. The orchestra had a very successful season this year. | art!y because of the excellence of its program and the efforts of Mrs. Volpe, as manager. The concert production of Samson and Delilah was the opportunity to introduce one of the new and very fine music groups, the University chorus, under the direction of Robert Reinert. Mr. Barclay has done such fine work as voice teacher that we are becoming increasingly singing-conscious. Another help in achieving an appreciation of line singing has been the work of Mr. Tom B. Steun-enberg with a vocal quartet consisting of Pauline Kleinhessilink. Dean Forthman. Frank Walsh and Alexander Azzolini. They have sung many places this winter and have been heard over the radio a number of times. Reinald Werrenrath prolonged his stay from four weeks to eight weeks, not only teaching a large class, but presenting to his pupils an informal recital every week of unfamiliar songs, to increase the students' repertoire. Mrs. Charles Lyon Krurn offered a number of recitals by artists who were in her singing class. Another orchestra group is “The Little Symphony.' composed entirely of Phi Mu Alpha members. Mr. Alan Collins has taken charge of this new organization as well as the student string quartet composed of Florence Geschwind, Leah Krolich, Peter Buoncon-siglio. and Harry Kstersohn. The faculty string quartet gave concerts and played over the radio a number of times. One of the features of the work this year has been the Sunday evening meetings of the music faculty and students. Sometimes an informal program was given by the faculty ami sometimes by the students themselves. with an occasional guest artist. Through this medium of informality the students in the music department have the opportunity to relax and once more assume the role of the pure lover of [35] music. While there is contact with the professors, nevertheless, the atmosphere prevailing over these meetings is one in which student and professor alike shar cin the beauty of the subject, and not one in which there is a taskmaster and apprentice. This Sunday evening group has had the privilege of hearing for the first time a number of arrangements and compositions from the pen of Dr. Carl Ruggles. noted American composer who has a class in advanced composition at the University. Since Dr. Ruggles is so widely recognized in the world of music, we are indeed fortunate in being able to receive his counsel and to hear his compositions as they come from his pen. We have had two very stimulating series of lectures this winter. Henry (Ircgor, of Washington, gave six lecture-recitals, which were illustrated with his piano playing. Mr. Edward Clarke, of Chicago, presented his lectures ever) week on biographical musical subjects and discussed the Symphony programs. Mr. Clarke had the assistance of the University faculty and students in illustrating these lectures. At the recent music festival in the Burdine Stadium sponsored by the Miami Daily .Vru 5, each of the bands was led by a conductor who had graduated from the University of Miami. Also, the winner of the Girls’ Voice contest was one of our pupils. Franklin Harris, Hannah Asher. Warner Hardman, and Joseph Tarpley in the piano department, have presented a number of excellent pupils in public recitals. Joseph Taqdey gave a piano recital during the winter, and Warner Hardman and Joseph Barclay gave a joint recital. One of our former students. Larry Tremblay, is teaching clarinet as a member of the faculty. New additions to the faculty this year have been Alan Collins, Cello and Theory; Joel Belov, Violin; and Joseph Barclay. Voice. TTir School of Mti.Or fncullj : lltmlutaii, Belov, llorrh. Bcnn footer, , hrr, lUiKKhv Clarke, fiwtrr. Tarplcy. Collin . StrunrnbcrK. Trrinblny, HarrU, BarclayTop: Mhrhii Rlllinn. Rollom: Mine. Ijh% Karina ami Ismlor Achron by LEO II. FISK Novelty and variety were the dominant features which characterized the programs of the University of Miami Symphony Orchestra during the 1938-39 subscription concert series. Orchestra Hall was packed to capacity on December 7th when Miami’s musical season was inaugurated with Mischa Elman, world renowned violinist, appearing as guest soloist. Although one usually looks for "rough edges” in the first concert of the season, there were surely none apparent that night. After thrilling the audience with a beautiful rendition of Brahms’ violin concerto. Mr. Elman returned to offer numerous encores including an “Ave Maria” and the beautiful “Air for 0 String". The excellent performance given by the orchestra again offered proof of Dr. Volpe's ability to develop a group of inexperienced and raw musicians into a tightly knit unit, comparable in skill and ability to some of the leading symphonic organizations in the country. The season's second concert presented Isador Ach-ron, American composer-pianist, and Mine. Lea Karina. Mr. Achron was heard in an interpretation of his own piano concerto, a work written in the ultra modern manner which can best lie described by saying that it is a cross between Tschaikowsky and Gershwin. Mmc. The Concert Season . . . Elman, Achron, Bishop, Gordon, Glade, Samson and Delilah. Karina’s selections included the aria “0 Mio Fernando” from La Favorita. some Finnish folk songs and a composition by Dr. Volpe. A severe cold handicapped Mine. Karina in the operatic aria; but in the lighter works she was able to exhibit a beautiful and colorful voice, which showed her mastery of the folk ballads of her people. A portion of this concert was related at Bay front Park as a part of the program of University Week. The young, handsome American pianist Frank Bishop was the featured soloist on the third concert. The only pupil of the late Ossip Gabrilovitch. Mr. Bishop literally enthralled the audience with his In'autiful playing of the Rachmaninoff concerto for piano and orchestra. And this was another great night for the orchestra for Dr. Volpe was at his best as he conducted the immortal I) Minor Symphony of Cesar Franck, and this inspired the young musicians to a point where one felt he was listening to the New York Philharmonic instead of to a college orchestra. The next concert, the most daring innovation of the year, was the presentation of Camille Saint-Saens' opera “Samson and Delilah” in concert form. The newly formed University Mixed Chorus, conducted by Bob Reinert. '37, former bassoonist with the Symphony Orchestra, was introduced to Miami audiences here and actually “stole the show.” By their excellent performance they made it apparent that the band and orchestra are not the only two musicil organizations that we may feel proud of. Early rehearsa's of the Mixed Chorus looked rather dismal, but Reinert proved to be a real “go-getter" and built up a truly great chorus by interesting students in working for a goal. The orchestra has l een recognized as one of the outstanding musical organizations in the country for years and the success of the chorus now makes it possible to present operas, oratorios and the like. The orchestra was at its best and the soloists who handled the featured roles. Carmela Ponselle, Santo di Primo. Reinald Werrenrath and Harrison Christian. [36]Ur. Arnold Volpe aquittcd themselves creditably. All were in excellent voice and one has a hard time forgetting the rich tenor of Mr. cli Primo or Mr. Werrenrath's almost perfect tone. So popular was this concert that the entire performance had to be repeated with Frank Walsh, freshman baritone, replacing Mr. Werrenrath. Walsh sang with the ease of a veteran. With the three groups skillfully welded together by Dr. Volpe, the “Samson and Delilah" presentations will go down in the musical annals of the University as a real forward step. Looking back at the concert season, 1 believe the outstanding performance by a soloist was given by Mischa Elman. His playing thrilled the audience. According to Joel Belov, professor of Violin in the Music School. "Mr. Elman played last night as I have never heard him play in the twenty-one years that 1 have attended his recitals. He was superb." This coming from a man who has been prominently associated with the New York Philharmonic and the Philadelphia symphony orchestra sums up all that is to be said about Mr. Elman very concisely and very fully. Mr. Elman's encores were Air for the G String by Bach, La Folia variations by Correlli. Nocturne in E tlat by Chopin-Sarasate, Horra-Staccatto by Heifetz. Danse-Espagnole by Da Falla and Ave-Maria by Schubert-Wilhelmj. [37] The fifth concert presented Jacques Gordon, Russian violinist and leader of the Gordon String Quartet. Mr. Gordon, who is one of the greatest violinists I have ever heard, performed the difficult Bruch concerto in a truly artistic manner displaying a sensitive recognition for the delicate in music as well as the robust. The orchestra rendered the ever popular “Emperor Waltz" of Johann Strauss and their performance of the Brahms’ Second Symphony was the high-point, perhaps, of the entire concert season. As an encore, Mr. Gordon, like Mine. Karina, chose a composition of our own Dr. Volpe. We now know Dr. Volpe as a conductor, but must not forget that he first achieved world renown as a violinist and composer before taking to the podium. The Rustic Wedding Symphony by Goldmark, with its many colorful passages, was the outstanding selection on the last subscription concert which featured Mile. Coe Glade, mezzo-soprano of the Chicago Civic Opera Company. Mile. Glade left nothing to be desired in her rendition of several operatic arias. She was especially excellent in her rendition of “Adieu Forets” from Tschaikowsky’s "Jeanne d'Arc". All in all, the season was one of the most successful in the history of the Symphony Orchestra. We congratulate Mrs. Volpe on her excellent choice of soloists. In addition to the regular subscription concerts there were extra concerts presented in Miami Beach. Bay-front Park, and in Palm Beach. The orchestra, always strong on brass and woodwinds, now boasts an exceptionally fine string section. This year Dr. Volpe played, for the first time works of Ravel and Sibelius in addition to masters like Tschaikowsky. Brahms. Beethoven and Wagner. These experiments will add in making future seasons more successful and more diversified to performers and listeners alike. Frank lll»lt |i Mllr. CM Olndrni«- I'nlvi-rnlly Mivnl Chorus Choristers ... will soon equal thcorehesetra and band in musical versatility. by AL TEETER For the past few years our various choral groups have played an integral part in the musical life of the student body, serving as an outlet for those students who neither had the time nor the inclination to play in either hand or orchestra. Phis year has been a banner one for these groups since they have at last come into their own and obtained recognition from large audiences and critics alike. All scheduled ambitious programs for the season, and were more than compensated by the results achieved. The Women's Chorus, again under the direction of Dean Bertha Faster, has given public recitals as well as radio broadcasts and has proven to be a very-popular organization. Likewise, the Men's Chorus under the capable tutelage of Bob Reinert. '37. has been quite active and took part in many pep meetings, in addition to over thirty radio broadcasts. And we must not forget the other song groups that were present on the campus including the Aeolian Chorus, a group of women who were interested in both singing and the University, and the University Mixed Quartet which consisted of Pauline Klcinhesselink. soprano: Dean Forthman. alto; Alex Azzolini, tenor; and Frank Walsh, bass. Both of these groups participated in many University musical programs and did their share in advancing the cause of music here. The Aeolian Chorus was conducted by Miss Foster, while the Quartet was coached by Tom B. Steunenberg, composer and member of the School of Music faculty. Unquestionably the outstanding choral group on the campus this year, however, has been the University Mixed Chorus which is also directed by Bob Reinert. This group was originally made up of about one hundred and ten voices: but when they undertook to prepare for their appearance with the Symphony Orchestra. it was discovered that many members would be in the orchestra pit during the performance, reducing considerably the size of the mixed chorus. Undaunted, however, director Reinert set to work with a group of about eighty: and. aided by Mr. Steunen-lx rg and others and a fine spirit of cooperation on the part of the memljers of the chorus, he rehearsed that laxly into excellent shape for its first public appearance. On Monday evening. February 21st, when the curtain went up on the stage at the Miami High School Auditorium, it marked the beginning of a new era in the musical life of the University. For that performance of our fine symphony orchestra under Dr. Arnold Volpe gave us the first opera in the school’s history Camille Saint-Saens' “Samson and Delilah" lieing presented with Carmella Ponselle, Santo di Primo, Reinaid Werrenrath and Harrison Christian as soloists and our own mixed chorus as the chorus for the opera. And what a triumph it was! The orchestra was at its best, the soloists handled their roles with skill, and mainly, Bob Reinert’s chorus "stole the show" and showed the audience that a third star attraction had risen on the musical firmament at the University. So popular was the performance that it had to lx repealed on Wednesday night with one of our freshmen, Frank Walsh, replacing baritone Reinald Werrenrath. who was called back to Gotham, and aquitting himself nobly in the role of the “Aged Hebrew". So pleased was Dr. Volpe with the way the chorus synchronized with the orchestra and soloists that more operatic presentations are planned for next year: and Mr. Reinert also hopes to produce some light operas with Mr. Walsh and other student soloists. Next year and the years to come promise many opportunities to the singers of the University. [38]Modern Music . . . seeks to carry man down the strange colorful corridors of life. by RALPH NELSON From childhood, our ears have been made to believe that certain melodic tones can only lead to other melodic tones, and that harmonic tones move in an even more restricted manner. Since the standards have been very nearly the same for several hundred years of musical thinking, it is but natural that the possibilities of original composition in the old manner are slight. Modernists feel that theirs is a perfectly legitimate reasoning in the violation of past conceptions of tonality and harmonic methods. While the freedom of melodic and harmonic movement of modern music is beyond all doubt a logical and a definite step forward in the slow evolution of music, the use of previously forbidden intervals and harmonies strike shockingly upon the ears of a world grown accustomed to the saccharine sounds of eighteenth and nineteenth century music. Hut it is not alone the novelty of new harmony and instrumentation that keeps the tempest of musical discussion raging. Far from it; it is the ideas being expressed by contemporary composers which have set the world on its ears, and in some instances, holding them. Always it is the idea of anything that creates a round of tongue clicking and head shaking; and, naturally, modern composers are expecting too much when they write of mystical and spiritual things in hope that it will be accepted and understood, especially when the average man's understanding of music goes no deeper than a jig. Hut then, again, that is only natural, since the average man has had a lifetime of listening to jigs, and is. therefore, in a position to understand them. Nevertheless, with a hopeful aim of progress, the modernists go about their work with the Indief that eventually they will meet with universal understanding and approval. And what is so radical about their methods as to create so great a controversy? Simply far greater expression; every tone and semitone of our present scale system has been liberated and enjoys complete independence of all other tones. Despite the fact that old rules are disregarded, new principles, rather than rules, restrict the modern composer acutely. To be able to hear individual chords is not enough; the ear must be sensitive to dissonance in the phrase movement of any number of voices. Contrary to popular conception, just any note cannot be used. Since there arc no textbook rules as yet devised of determined usage for the desired effect of any dis- m sonance and the progression of its tones, the composer must rely solely upon his car for the proj er tonal combinatin. For the spreading and placement of those tones to obtain the greatest clarity and effect of melodic line and chordal expression, the composer must also depend on his ear in connection with his knowledge of sound vibration. The vitality, color and movement of a modern work is determined by the com-poser’s ability to hear those elements in a flowing dissonance rather than his intention or attempt to create new and unusual chords. Vet with all the principles involving restraint, modern composition enjoys a freedom unknown to any other creative school of music: for above all, its form is based on movement, and in music, movement and freedom are synonmous. With sound liberated, now with sound triumphant, composers seek through rhythmic phrasing and a broad conception of harmony to portray thought, scene and action, accomplishing with musical tones those things which poets have been doing with wor ls for centuries. The expression of thought and the picturing of spiritual action are the primary interest of most modern composers. They have become psychologists in a school of realism, stripping the soul of its conventional veneer to reveal the basic emotions of man. The eternal mysteries of life are discussed musically, as they have been talked about verbally since the beginning of time, even as the sounds of nature make them manifest. It is a dealing with the abstract wherein the individual is able to grasp for himself the emotional content and apply it to his own spiritual situation. And so it is that modern music, through elemental sound, seeks to carry man down the strange colorful corridors of life, past the grim, the terrifying and the unreal, to the eulminative and peaceful realization of his ultimate destiny. Coii.j.v r». « . Ba»» ItauniKnrtrn. CoMThe Symphonic Kami The Band ... rallied the crowd and featured Grainger, Werrcnrath, Ruggles in concerts. by DON CHA DDERDON tmie University of Miami has always been proud 1 in presenting its symphonic band in a series of concerts, ably directed by Walter Shcaffer and sup-ported by some of the world's most outstanding soloists. But this year the band surprised everyone by adding another accomplishment to their already fine record as a symphony organization—the development of one of the finest collegiate marching units in the country, a group that did as much as any organization to bring glory to the University by supplying a wealth of color as an added attraction to our excellent football team and acting as a “good will" ambassador on the two trips that it took. It was hard for the boys to get used to rolling out every morning at six-thirty for drill, but they soon found that this was necessary in order to perfect the intricate drills formulated by drum major Walter Cunningham. The result of this hard work was clearly evident in the sparkling performance of the band at the football games with Rollins and Tampa Universities. The l and was then rewarded for its efforts by being sent to Gaines-ville to participate in the first Florida-Miami football game. There it created a sensation with its snappy and brilliant drills. The surprise of the year was in store for these hard-working boys. Just twenty-four hours before the football team was to leave for its annual inter- sectional game with Catholic University in Washing- ton. D.C., official word came to the band that they were going to the capitol city with the football team. At Washington the band came through in fine style, despite lack of time for dri I work on the special formations that were worked up by the drum major. The National American Legion Commander said, “This is not only the liest marching unit that I've ever seen in Griffith Stadium, but it is also one of the finest sounding bands I've ever heard anywhere." So as the football sea-on drew to a close, we were justly proud of our marching organization for its excellent | erform-ances at all of the various school functions at which it served. Upon the close of a successful football season, the boys began to settle down to some serious work on the concert programs that were coming up. Even though the band this year was badly hit by the graduation of many of its stellar players, Mr. Shcaffer's ability to bring out the best in musicians soon had the band in good condition for its first concert of the season. On January 30. the band, under the leadership of Walter Sheaffer. open.d its season with the world-renowned baritone of the operatic world. Keinald Werrenrath, as soloist ; he sang Vision Fugitive from “Herodiae" by Massenet as his feature number. Norwood Dalman. assistant solo cornetist of the Waller MirufTrr [40]band gave an excellent rendition of the difficult Clarke solo. “The Southern Cross." At the first concert of the season one usually looks for the rough edges but there was no evidence of this. The band outdid itself at this season's inaugural; and with Mr. Werrenrath’s voice sounding like the Werrenrath of old, the Werrenrath often alluded to as "the greatest American baritone." the concert was truly one of the finest ever performed in Florida. The highlight of the season both for the general public as well as for the members of the band came in the personage of Percy Grainger, well-known composer, conductor, and pianist, who was guest soloist at the second concert of the season. His folk dances are known throughout the world and are appreciated most by those who have the good fortune of playing them under his leadership. Among his many selections were "In the Garden,” “Children's March,” and the ever-popular "Londonderry Air." which were all received enthusiastically by the audience. Assistant conductor Robert Hance conducted the program in the absence of Walter Sheaffer and a great deal of credit must go to him for the way in which he handled the program. The eccentric Percy Grainger again showed us the stuff that great musicians are made of. and his genius was important in the success of the concert. In this writer's opinion Mr. Grainger is one of the outstanding musicians of the day: as a conductor he possesses the vigor and vitality that make him a pleasure to work with. His compositions, renowned the world over, are the type that all of us. no matter how limited our musical Ixackground may be, know and love. And, of course. Mr. Grainger is best known as a pianist. For this appearance with our symphonic band, he prepared a new composition, "The Merry King,” which he played as his opening number with full band accompaniment. This piece is a little more complex than the usual Grainger composition, and if he continues this trend of writing, he will probably encompass more of the modern school. On March 27 the concert hall rang out with the world’s outstanding marches in the third concert of the season marked "Marches the World Over." In addition to having Robert Hance again on the podium, we were honored by guest conductors. Henry Fillmore, whose marches are internationally known, conducted the band in his newest march. “Miami,” which he dedicated to the city of his new home. Kenneth Snapp gave a beautiful interpretation of the difficult cornet solo by Herbert Clarke entitled "Stars in a Velvety Sky.” Later in the program the second guest conductor, Ccasar La Monica, took the baton. Mr. La Monica is the popular conductor of the Miami Drum and Bugle Corps, the Mahi Temple Band, and many other local music organizations. He conducted "The Venice of America." one of his own compositions, as well as a few marches. After taking the band on a tour of the world’s music. Bob Hance returned to home soil to p’ay a novel arrangement of the ever popular Sousa march, “The Stars and Stripes Forever.” The regular subscription concert season drew to a close on April 24th when a variety concert was presented under Bob Hance. Carl Ruggles, noted American conductor and composer of Modern Music, was guest conductor. He first conducted his own arrangement of the beautiful and melodic “I’reludio e Sicel-lana" from Mascagni's opera “Cavalleria Rusticana," with Joe Barclay, '$7, baritone, as soloist. I-ater I)r. Ruggles conducted "Angels,” an arrangement for brass from his symphonic suits "Men and Angels.” This music, written in the new idiom of ultramodern music, had only been performed once before, at Carnegie Hall, and was well received. Mr. Barclay returned to close the program with a group of beautiful ballads. This year the band has kept up the high standard set by our splendid organization of three years ago. Through their cooperation during the year with Walter Sheaffer, Walter Cunningham, and Robert Hance. the band boys have shown their willingness to work for the best interests of the University. IVrcy Griatwtrr llrtunM Vcrrriir»!li [41]'I hr march limul off In ioln v lllr 60 Bandsmen . . . marched into the hearts of 115,000 incredulous spectators. by LARKY TREMBLAY In seven home and two out-of-town games during •he past football season, more than 110,000 fans cheered the University's 60-piece marching band for its well-planned and snappy entertainment between the halves. But only a few of those cheering fans knew that the band boys worked out those neat formations by “falling in" every morning at 7. “How come so early?" you ask. Well, let's begin at midnight and retrace one of the boy’s activities for a day. A half-hour ago he had hopped into bed and within four minutes nothing mattered anymore. He was tired. Me had studied for an hour before giving up. and before that he had tickled the ivories for an hour or so. Cornet happens to Ik his instrument but he’s working for a music degree, and that means he will have to do a fairly neat ten-finger dance on the black and white keys Indore he gets that degree. From 5 until 7 he had worked in a nearby cafe waiting on table, and prior to that an orchestra rehearsal held him from 2:30 until 4:30. He went to orchestra from a 1:30 class which had kept him awake when a nap would have come in handy. The 1:30 class followed his only free period of the day. lunch hour. English at II :30, History at 10:30, Economics at 9:30 (think he's tough, eh? Well you're up to your neck in clover and don’t know it. Just wait until you get tangled up in that Political Science course) and Spanish at 8:30. A bite of breakfast was snatched before Spanish and it sure tasted good after the drill. The command to “fall out" came after hundreds of left rights and "watch your lines.” It was cool at 7 o'clock, but it was ten times as bad at o. Our hero grumbled this morning. ‘ Who's idea is this?” He groped for a shoe without success, so he rolled back into bed. "This 7 o'clock drill stuff is Cunningham's idea," another grumbled. Zip! The clock turns back six hours and here we are where we started. “We need a band here at the University that can get out on the field at the half and put on a real show," someone said last September. "(Jive me full swing with a 60-piece kind and you will get what you want." Cookie answerer!. “Go to it!" the other replied. So Cookie did . . . and he marched a 60-piece band right into the hearts of 10,000 people in Washington, 15,000 in Gainesville, and 90.000 home folks. Sirullln down Ihr UrlJ [42]Musical DTs . . wherever we go—like ’em or not. by MILDRED Z .Y.V The hall outside the orchestra room. Comes the swirling, furious winds of nether Hades, where the carnal sinners are doomed to eternal wandering, where weary Francesca and Paolo are compelled to rush wildly onward, never resting. The orchestra is rehearsing “Francesca De Rimini.” "Oh. my heart Ixdongs to Daddy, so 1 simply couldn't he bad, ’cause my heart belongs to Daddy, da da da da dad,-strange contrast emanating from the big cabinet radio in the Phi Mu Alpha room where the University’s potential Philip Sousas congregate. A sorrowful, melancholy sound whines its way downstairs from the third floor. St. Saens’ “Swan" is slowly being murdered. Downstairs in the band room some jitterbugs are “swingin' out" O. slap that bass, and Paul Barbuto pounds it out. Pete Dominick takes a chorus of "Diana”. Walk through the music department any time. You waltz to the strains of Strauss' “Blue Danube”; you dream to the tune of "The Afternoon of a Faun"; you're startled from your reverie by the bombastic chords of a Rachmaninoff Prelude. You may become religious; here are the chords of a Bach Chorale. Pass Mrs. Bergh's room; you’ll hear anything from “Three Blind Mice" to a Stravinsky Suite. Walk any place, you hear Bob Reinert's choristers, chorusing around. It's wonderful, the music we hear. From out of nowhere comes zoom zoom: zoom zooms the big bass fiddle as an aspiring koussivitsky or perhaps “Pop" Foster goes through his basses—oops- paces. Sprightly sounds of a rhumba and a throaty soprano compete with a Chopin Nocturne. Somewhere along the line the obligato of an oboe. Orchestra is in rehearsal. The conductor raps for attention. "What's the matter with the drums!" Silence. Everyone looks blank. No drummer in sight. I'lir (irnnaii linnJ l» a lively, lively inlit Trrmlil»}''» band wrnmlilr worth Iwlwrrn lutlvr "What is the matter with Gregor)’? Where is Gregory?" Again vacant stares. Manager Lebedeff, good-hearted soul that he is, looks dismayed, turns red, mutters something alxuit a toothache. Quietly, insid-uously, there are murmers of. “Dolan, Jimmy Dolan.” Dr. Volpe suddenly points an imperative baton. "Dolan. you play drum!" Dolan looks pained, reluctantly rises, says, "1 guess I play tetter drum than viola." Carmela Ponselle is rehearsing with the symphony. “Oh, Samson, Samson” . . . All ears are intent, eager to detect the slightest error. Seasoned musicians, these members of the symphony, mature critics, each of them. A pause as the last note flies away. A slow rise of voices, murmuring. Someone remarks in a stage whisper. "Confidentially, she stinks!" Too bad for the artist who doesn't measure up to the standards of our critics or who doesn't have as winning a jiersonality as Frank Bishop. All good things come to those who wait, they say, so you'll be grateful to learn of the German band, pride and joy of the music department: When the bamI goes out to play There's sure to be the devil to pay; For they’re all dressed up to fit the part With costumes really works of art. With moustaches wide and handsome. With noses red and then some. They're a lively, lively sight So glad to give us a livelier night! Our German musikers are also recorders. Without too much persuasion, their one recording has been sold to connoisseur Al Teeter, patron of all the finer things in life. Elman, Grainger. Bishop and the other music greats hail our wondrous music-makers. But not to seem as if we're patting ourselves on your back, well let you in on a secret: what you hear at the concerts is flat stuff comjxired to our l»est efforts. To hear us when we're really "in voice" drop in some day when we're rehearsing Mr. Ruggle's "Portals.” [43]FutureTrends ... in music are taught in the University by Carl Ruggles. by RALPH SFJSOS In keeping pace with the trend of modern thought; in making available the best of the new as well as the old, the music department has one of the foremost musical thinkers of the age. A student with a thorough background in the concepts of the past masters, Carl Ruggles presents a new trend in thought, especially for those seriously interested in composition. To lx gin an article alxnit Mr. Ruggles in the conventional manner would he an insult. He is no conventional personality, and deserves more than an ordinary article. Any man who can upset all the rules and conventions of musical composition, as well as those of drawing room conversation, and still maintain his standing as a great composer and gentleman, certainly requires more than an everyday biographical sketch. Mr. Ruggles is an individual so thoroughly American, so patriotically a prophet of this new world, that in harking back to European culture, we native born Americans are apt to be unable to understand the works of a man who is so fundamentally our own. Mr. Ruggles has not studied abroad, and although he began composing at the age of fifteen, he did not develop into a composer overnight. He will tell you that he is still in a state of development, a constant state of change and revolt. Although he has written more than a hundred songs in the old idiom, few would realize that when listening to his later works. It was not until he had absorbed completely the technique of the great masters that he came forward with any creations of his own. It was a hope for the future which led Mr. Ruggles to the University of Miami. Its forward looking attitude. its newness and the fact that progress is its only tradition, makes him feel that there are great possibilities in the development of appreciation and understanding of modern music by young musicians. Mr, Ruggles strongly believes that only through the proclaiming of experiment can music progress; and it was something in the nature of an experiment, and a successful one, when early last fall the student symphony began rehearsal of “Portals," a composition for string orchestra. "Portals" is but one of Mr. Ruggles ultra-modern works which have been performed by leading orchestras throughout the world. His "Sun Treader" was chosen by the International Society of Contemporary Coni|)osers to represent America at the music festival Carl HukkIc in Barcelona and created a furor in Europe. His “Angels” was also chosen by the International Society of Contemjxirary Composers to represent America at the festival in Venice. Despite his original and ultra-modernism of style, Ruggles is somewhat the mystic in his writings. Lawrence Hillman and other leading critics of the day have compared his music to the j oetry of Blake. What is perhaps his most truly American work. "Men and Mountains,” was written after lines of Blake, "when men and mountains meet.” “Portals," a work of struggle and spiritual conflict is marked by a quotation from Wall Whitman. "Sun Treader,” his greatest work, was inspired by the line "Sun Treader. light and life be thine forever,” from “Pauline" the poem in which Browning refers to the poet Shelley. Mr. Ruggles never attempts to be concrete in his musical composition because he feels there is no great art but the abstract, that quality which embodies the spiritual essence of being. He is interested in all the arts, and perhaps most astonishing of all. he is a successful artist. His works have been purchaser! by the Brooklyn Museum of Art. the Anderson Callaries. the Detroit Museum, and others. However, far over-shadowing his undeniable ability as an artist and a musician, is his genius of character, that innate quality which marks him as a truly great man. His pride in his son, his devotion to Mrs. Ruggles. his interest in the world of affairs all show plainly that he is a very human person. The fact that he is an honorary member of Delta Sigma Kappa, a fraternity coni| osed almost wholly of athletes, and of Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia, the music fraternity, attests to his universal popularity around the campus. His vitality, originality and constant encouragement make of him the master his pupils admire, for truly it has been said, "His heart is like his genius, ever in renewal.” [44]Ocean Life — strange and fascinating, is dissected by marine zoologists. by JOIIX GALBRAITH One of the most interesting and constructive courses in school is Marine Zoolog)'. Through this medium the student secs the life of the sea in natural surroundings and learns to some degree just how much humanity depends on the sea and the life in it. Many people assume that the student spends his time diving to see what the ocean bottom looks like and what grows on it; but there is a great deal more to the course than that. The student does dive: but, mainly, he brings back many different specimens to the laboratory each time where he learns their life history, and with volumes of literature traces them through a complicated key to find their exact names. Along with the collecting of specimens is their preservation. Almost ever)- animal requires a different technique, and all this has to l c learned by the student before any actual collecting begins. The diving trips and laboratory periods, besides lx ing interesting, are instructive in the art of working out problems alone. They are kept on a regular schedule as much as possible; and each student is assigned a certain group of animals which it is his responsibility to get back to the laboratory in good condition. Once in the laboratory, he must preserve, dry, or keep alive his specimens for future use. In his assigned group he docs extra reading and study so that he becomes somewhat specialized in that field. Of course he studies other groups too ; but in specializing this way he learns much more, and letter specimens are collected for the University museum. Oil n diving trip In I hr lalxirntory People often ask how deep we go down, and if there is any danger. The usual depth for diving is between twenty and thirty feet. At a greater depth the pressure is too great for most people without the aid of a diving suit. There is little danger at this depth, however, and most large fish, such as the shark and barracuda, are scared away by the stream of air bubbles and the divers’ movements. A weekend field trip would run something like this: The boat leaves on Friday afternoon for Elliott’s Key. about ten miles offshore from Homestead. Elliott's Key is covered with a dense vegetation, and is surrounded by reefs which abound with tropical sea life. After the evening meal the class is divided into two groups, one collecting and the other preserving the material caught. At this time of night we catch many types of microscopic animals known as plankton. They are caught in a fine, funnel shaped net with a bottle attached at the narrow end. Examined under a microscope the animals assume various odd and unusual shapes. The next morning the class is again divided, one group diving and the other collecting on the flats at low tide. The diving group returns at noon with buckets of stony and soft corrals, basket stars, sea fans and other queer animals. After lunch the groups change places. The group on the flats found many curious shells, crabs, worms, small fish, and corals. The evening is spent in preserving or taking care of the sj ecimens collected. The procedure of the following day is much the same; and the class leaves for school late in the afternoon. With live corals and sea anemones as subjects, the student studies them to see how they react to light, temperature, feeding habits, and how they live with other animals. After such a course of training and investigation he knows a little about why the ocean behaves as it does, and something about the strange but fascinating life in it. [45]Scimc - family: Miller, Phillips, lljorl. Clouiw. IV rson, Follrttr In the Laboratory - True scientific research is seldom carried on in small liberal arts colleges. The expense involved is usually prohibitive. The location of the University of Miami, however, is conducive to individual study on a larger scale than is possible in colleges not so ideally situated. Miami lies between two great unknowns: a tropical sea and tropical swamp, both teem with life, under conditions that allow life to progress normally but swiftly. Into the sea, the flats, the swamp, and jungle, students go to observe, collect, and classify. No other school can offer valuable field excursions during the school year. All of them need great steam toilers under high pressure to heat their halls and rooms. The great mass of animals and plants are here. Everything seeks sunshine and warmth. With two such large laboratories, and those smaller to house equipment and control groups, this University strides on in scientific endeavors. No other place than South Florida could furnish so broad or fertile fields for undergraduate work. Citrus fruit is wasting its comparative wealth, and the chemical problems involved are of commercial significance. Seeing the wealth of plants, we wonder about chlorophyll and plant organisms. Under the adjacent sea. so fine for sailing, bathing, and fishing, are numerous animals whose histiological details are unknown. This University and true science should be synonomous. Both are growing and shall be dependent on each other. . . . student scientists concentrate hard and long. A few advanced workers attempt original research. The four articles below are written by students from the separate departments of science in this school.—Clayton Hendricks ' VS ICS The Physics department adder! to its curriculum. Topics in Modern Physics, a continuation of modern physics. These courses deal with the developments in the physical world which have taken place in recent years. Professor Clouse introduced this course because there have been so many scientific developments in the last three decades that one modern course was insufficient to cover them. The periodic table, fundamental in both physics and chemistry, is explained on the basis of the quantum theory. Reasons for belief in molecular structure is looked into rather fully, as is radioactivity the phenomenon in which one heavy element degenerates into another element by the spontaneous expulsion of alpha, tota. and gamma radiation. The possibility and apparent discovery of the hypothetical particule. neutrino (little neutron) is realized. The greatly publicized theory of relativity, with respect to motion, time, and space, the history and investigation of cosmic rays, and the growth and use of astrophysics are among the vital topics studied. Clarence Froscher is continuing the work he togan last year on copjn'r chromate crystals. The crystal user! is about one tenth the size of a pin head. From this crystal Laue, Bernal rotation, oscillation, and Powder X-ray photographs were made in the lator-atories of the University of Chicago. The photographs are based primarily on the fact that when radiation strikes a slit system whose openings are of the same RaMXUMrtl. ('Joum, mid Hang lii I hr tili Vies lalmrutory [40]order of magnitude as the wave length of the radiation, diffraction takes place according to certain predetermined laws. In this case the crystal is taken as the slit system and from the predetermined laws the symmetry. size, and arrangement of the crystal can be determined. The crystal has been limited to a centered cell of either triclinic or monoclinic symmetry. Unfortunately these are the two types with the least number of characteristic qualities and therefore offer the hardest obstacles to the worker. At the present time, one of the better Bernal oscillation photographs is being completely analyzed in the hope that a clue to the final solution will lx found.- Quentin Rasmussen, Clarence l-'roscher, Daniel Hang ZOOLOGY Endocrine study is one of the major problems in physiology today. To make first hand observations, I performed several operations on white rats — typical mammals—hardy and resistant to infection. Infection l eing the main thing to be guarded against, all operating instruments were kept in seventy per cent alcohol and the hands were washed in it to kill harmful Ixtc-teria. The rats were first anesthetized with ether and kept under ether for the duration of the operation: they suffered no pain. The region about the intended incision was shaved as another precaution against infection. The incisions were carefully made and the organs to l e studied removed. To prevent any serious hemmorhages the blood vessels were tied before lx ing cut. After the desired organs were removed, any viscera that had l een lifted out of the body cavity were replaced and the incision closed with white silk thread. The inner stitches remained in the rat. but the outside row lasted only long enough for the incision to begin to heal. The rats were placed in a special box and kept warm until they regained consciousness, became active again, then were placed in cages. After a day or two the edges of the incisions had grown together and the rats chewed the outside row of stitches off. The hair soon grew back and they were almost as good as new. The rats appeared to suffer no ill effects from the operations. Moreover, the rats did not develop a fear of lxdng handled as an aftermath of the operation, but remained tame. After a time, the rats were killed and examined to determine the effects of the operation. The observations were recorded along with an account of the operation. In this way. by comparing a large number of these reports, we were able to determine the relation of the organs removed to the other organs of the Ixxly. Vernon Gregory l»7] HOTASY Most botany classes at the University must lx- taken in conjunction with laboratory work. In the laboratory, the student has a chance to see living and preserved material about which he has previously heard in lectures. He is trained to use the microscope and to observe. it would lx? an ideal situation if the students could go in the field to find and prepare for use in class the material which is necessary. This would prove interesting to the students but. because of the large number registered in the beginning classes and the lack of time, this is rather a difficult task to undertake. There are two courses in which the student goes into the field to study. One is the class in field botany in which the student endeavors to learn the names of the more common plants in this region, and the other is the class in ecology in which the student studies the natural groupings of plants as the occur in nature, especially in the southern part of Florida. In these classes the student has a chance to find and prepare his own material. The everglades, pinelands, hammocks, and beaches serve as his laboratories. Trips are made to these various regions and a study conti nii:i on i»agjb aiii Topi ii tioluiiy Ilrl.l trip IIoIIiiiii: I .nr m'Ii. In chmitxtry laboratory working " citrus fruit experimentI .rail tin I Ink: W'ltlrrs. I.rur.v. Vorllili»((too, Doru, Sprlxmaa. urcrrUry: CoIns. prr ldrnl; SlirililKtaa, Imuilirer; Mnllrr, Whrrlrr. Penljtaoii, Goc r Journalists . . . learn the tricks of the trade in an embyo department. by PHILIP BOOM AN Journalism at the University of Miami is a comparatively recent innovation. In 1937 courses in journalism were inaugurated in the school's curriculum and have been growing both in number and popularity until, at the present writing, nineteen hours of journalism credits are offered. In the past, courses covering news and reporting, principles of journalism, secondary school publications, copy editing and make-up. and advertising principles have been offered. Among the more recent additions to the field are history of journalism, law of the press, and literary and dramatic reviewing. Interest in journalism as a major makes conjecture pertinent to the future of journalism a rampant subject among student writers. With nineteen hours currently available, presumably only live additional hours need be added to round out the subject to a major. According to Mr. Simon Hochborger. instructor in journa'ism, courses to be introduced will undoubtedly include advanced reporting, advanced copy editing, editorial writing, and feature writing. All of these, being three-hour courses, would bring the total number of journalism credits offered up to and past the twenty-four hour requirement necessary for a major in the University. Up to now, there has not been a close tie-up between the journalism classes and the University publications, the Hurricane and the Ibis. It has been the expressed hope of some of the students that the future will see more direct affiliation between classroom work and staff writing on the publications. Reasons offered for this co-ordination include the increased motivation that would be apparent if classroom work were actual- ly published, and the lessening of some of the burden now shouldered by inadequate publication staffs. Nevertheless, some of the work done on class assignment has been published. During Open House Week at the University last semester, for example, the Hurricane issued a special section written entirely by students in journalism classes. And during May of this year and last, the Miami Herald published complete feature sections, the advertisements for which were composed by students in the department. Courses now presented, and those being planned, are designed to meet, as time goes on. requirements of the American Association of Schools and Departments of Journalism. This crediting organization insists. of course, that university study of journalism meet academic standards on the one hand, and professional requirements on the other. Short as has been the history of the department, several students have already found places as staff members of Miami daily and weekly publications. Affiliated with the Hurricane and the Ibis, the Lead and Ink Fraternity, founded in 1932, stands as an organization to foster higher standards of journalism in University publications. Presided over during the past year by Miguel Colas, the group, tapped from the ranks of the more able student journalists, holds meetings twice a month to discuss problems relative to the school publications. Present plans are to create a Forum of Journalism which will recur annually and will include lectures by outstanding journalists in the Miami area, and to create a fund which will enable representatives of the fraternity to participate in the annual conventions of the American Collegiate Press Association. Another project being considered by Lead and Ink is the establishment of an annual scholarship to be awarded to a Florida high school senior who has demonstrated special aptitude for journalistic writing. In all probability, the scholarship will materialize within the next school year. The fraternity members are: Mr. Hochberger, Mr. Leonard Muller. Mr. Lewis Leary, faculty members; Miguel Colas. Freda Speizman. Virginia Witters. Margaret Shillington, Joan (looser, Lewis Dorn, Norman Worthington. Philip Fenigson, Cliff Hendricks, and George Wheeler. Only students from the junior and senior classes are eligible. [48]A Yearbook ... is made by fools like us, but only you can judge it. by PHILIP PEMGSOS 'TH m Ibis for 1939 is an experiment. The convon-JL tional yearbook is usually a superficial word-picture glimpse of the school year. This book aspires to do much more: it aspires to be a living history of the University oi Miami in 1939; and like important historical writings, it also aspires to imply a guide for the future of this University and for college people throughout the country. How modest of us. you say. Perhaps we are presumptuous: and perhaps we have attempted a thing too big for our facilities, our talents and our pocket-book. If we have failed, through the articles mainly (but of course you must read them to find out), ami through some of the pictures and drawings, to make the reader conscious of the problems haunting the students of this University and of other universities today; if we have failed to say how many of these problems can be attacked by the students themselves, then our time working on the liook. and your time reading it. is tragic waste. Hut, give what we have set before you a fair trial (again, all you need do is read), and time will judge the merits of our work and its effect on you and on the University. Perhaps this sounds like an evangelist's blurge. that you are damned to hell and we, the Ibis-makers, have dedicated ourselves to saving you. Not at all. What we have done is simply to say a few things pertinently that we felt needed saying pertinently. To say these things, the Ibis had to lie shaped differently from former yearbooks: its emphasis changed completely because its purpose had been changed. Instead of pictures and lists of names dominating the book, the printed material has become the backbone of the book and the reason for the book’s being; the Clwckliij; iw««r proof: IYiiIkvhi. Urnvon. Connor, Mllllnmii. Ilnwkiii , lliwhbrrfrr, Bower . Dom pictures and drawings, though we have attempted to make them as interesting as our photographic and artistic talents could, are used merely as illustrations for the text. This experiment, we believe, is new in yearbooks. Its success can only lx? measured by the integrity and the practical value of the writings in the book. Those of us who worked on the book feel proud of our job. It was a big job not because the words to be written were many, or liecause of the work of copyreading. proofreading, and planning of the book; but because the staff was small. But no. this is an understatement : really, the staff was not a coordinated staff at all; it was simply a few people sweating. Because too often the sweat got in our eyes (we were too rushed to wipe it away), much in the book is haphazard and not thorough. We do not apologize, for the faults are not our personal ones. They hapjiened because the whole Ibis set-up is ridiculously inept to handle the job of putting out a yearbook. This is the Ibis set-up: the staff must lie newly formed each September; no one except the editor and business manager can lie “told" to do a thing: editorial assistants, contributors, and advertising salesmen must lie tactfully solicited and pampered to get work out of them: the staff has no private office, nor even a ____________ typewriter or desk (the office is the editor’s notebook). This mess can lie fixed by having a class in—say, feature writing—take over the Ibis as its laboratory work. If responsible positions were given only to those who have had the course and have worked for at least two years on the book, the staff would become self-perpetuating and work could be done more smoothly and with less worry. Until some such plan is worked out. the Ibis will continue to be at the mercy of a pickup gang that might quit en masse liecause the editor says people on the staff must come to at least one meeting not later than forty-four minutes after meeting time. [49] MuUrtoit, Trcttr. Horn, Krnnklln. Mrn.lrlok (CONTIM KIl ON I’AUU 212Ilw print oilier: l ulu»ni, IUugl l Mii. SbllllnKlon. Franklin. Cnrrignn It is to the print shop th:it copy is brought on Tuesday morning—that is, any copy that has come in, generally only the Music Box, Tintypes, and a few notices from the music department. It has a happy respite from all Hurricane contamination until after fraternity and sorority meetings Tuesday night when the editor and managing editor drop around to give a pretense of doing something constructive. Wednesday is the day. By afternoon the Hurricane editorial staff (all five of them) are hard at work at the print shop. Sports editor Claud Corrigan is writing alniut golf matches at the comjiosing room typewriter, news editor Uedwig Kingblom is struggling over an editorial, copy editor Helene 1’utnam is turning out re-written news stories at the rate of ten an hour, and Charley Franklin, managing editor, is trekking down Once Every W eek . . . the Hurricane staff, five strong, struggles, and toils, and give its life’s blood to bring out Thursday morning’s paper sometime Thursday. by MARGARET SHILLIXGTOX 'rsiik Miami Hurricane has always believed in 1 doing things in its own inimitable way. It doesn't worry about staff meetings, deadlines, style books, make-up dummies, or efficiency. All it worries about is getting itself out every week sometime Thursday afternoon. And every week it accomplishes this seemingly impossible feat with the minimum of red tape and the maximum of fun. Not everyone, however, appreciates the Hurricane's kind of fun. That's why, though twenty-five eager young journalists may re|x rt for duty at the first staff meeting of the year, after a couple of weeks they aren't there any more, and a faithful five or six, able to stand the Hurricane's peculiar kind of gaff, are putting out the paper. The Hurricane has a nice airy office with a northern exposure near the Social Hall, but no one has ever lieen discovered doing any work there, except a couple of Miss Merritt’s office girls using the typewriter. To sec the Hurricane staff in the throes of getting the paper to bed, you have to come to the Parker Art print shop where the actual deed is done. The real test of the Hurricancr is whether he likes to hang around a print shop. If he doesn't .there's no hope for him. If he does, he'll proliablv lie editor some day. A fact worth noting is that Hurricane journalists don't aspire to get jobs with the Xnos or Herald after they graduate, but. to a man. desire to get a paying job at the print shop and they wouldn't quibble alxiut the figure either. to the Herald office to liorrow cuts; all this complicated by the mental turmoil occasioned by discovering how many stories have not lieen covered at all. worrying aliout the mistakes that will inevitably occur, and praying fervently that the minimum of people will lie offended by the week's issue. After dinner, the Hurricane holds social hour at the print shop with alxiut half the student liody dropping in to chat and dish the latest bit of gossip. No tea. however, is served. Since the dqiarture of Dave Elsas-ser, the Hurricane has lieen strictly teetotalitarian. Things are very' cheery for a while till the advent of Kay Reiner, assistant business manager, who comes around about this time to check on the ads and give a first-class impression of "A Man Tearing His Hair.” There has to lie someone to worry alxiut finances on every well-run paper and Ray feels that's his job since Business Manager George Wheeler is not the worry-ing type. By II o'clock the company is gone and Editors Kingblom and Putnam pack up and go home. The sports page has somehow got itself finisher! by this time and Corrigan drives off. leaving everything rather peaceful and quiet. In this atmosphere the editorial page is put into the form. If there are any blank slices, we just sling in a few “Quotable Quotes.'' A page proof is taken which we carry home with us to proof-read in our sleep. By 12 o'clock everyone has gone but Charley Franklin who makes it a point to lx the last man out. One night he beat his own record by staying till 4 a.m.. [50]Pace Two found himself locked out at home, returned to the print shop to sleep in the front office rocking chair, and narrowly escaped being swept out with the trash in the morning. Thai brings us to Thursday, a day of quiet desperation when all the last minute news has to be rounded up, most of the headlines written, and type juggled around till it looks like a newspaper. Here we would like to pause for a moment of silent tribute to Bland Bowers and Allen Baker who are supposed to be printers but who are really the most important members of the Hurricane staff. Out of a mass of type they make the Hurricane what we will call without fear of succesful contradiction. one of the w$l-tooking college papers in the country. The Hurricane pretends that the pa[ er comes out around noon Thursday— that is, it does until noon Thursday. Then we abandon hope and work doggedly until it is finished around 4 o’clock and consider ourselves lucky. When the first paper finally comes off the press and we hold it all fresh, white, and gleaming in our hands, we feel the week’s first and only thrill of pride. Then we go home, dig ink out of our pores, and settle down to read the paper. After we discover about twenty mistakes, we can't take it anymore and put it tenderly away; tenderly, for with all its faults, we love it still. Sometimes on Thursday night or Friday after each and every mcml cr of the faculty and student body has registered his regular weekly complaint with us, we are inclined to become sad over the situation. But we console ourselves with the thought that past editors must have had the same moods of depression and yet the paper has gone right ahead getting better and better each year and has now reached All-American rating in the Associated Collegiate Press Association survey—or par for the course. And from the looks of this year’s crop of Hurricaners we think we can safely predict that it will go right on getting lietier and better. But we think we can just as safely predict that the Hurricane will never be perfect. It will always make its weekly quota of mistakes and enemies, it will always be put out by a handful of students who like that kind of work, it will always Ik disorderly, helter-skelter, and fun. That’s how it was in the beginning, is now, and probably ever shall be. And we think we ll say amen to that. Arauml lli«- tlunr: linker, Slom . Franklin, Ihmrn, MiIIIIiikIihi 151] The Miami Hurricane OFFICIAL STUDENT NEWSPAPER OF THE UNIVERSITY OF MIAMI MEMBER Collegiate Digest Associated Colleotalf Press RCMHIMTIO TOM NATIONAL AOVINTIIINO »» National Advertising Service, Inc. Co legc Pubtithm Refrreteml+lh 20 maoiiom Avr. New »o««, N. v. Chi,iso ' Imioii ' U» iitiui St Iih'iKO Hi a w n b t a h ti tl tl c a MARGARET SH1LLINGTON Editor CHARLES FRANKLIN......._ Managing Editor George WHEELER Business Managtr RAY REtNER Au'l Business Managrr EDITORIAL STAFF Associate Editor Virginia Witter . Joan Goeicr A’etc Editor Hcdwig Ringblom Copy Editor Helene Putnam Sports Editor Claud Cortigan STAFF WRITERS George WaWh Leo Fisk Hank Meyer Maty Lineaweaver Larry Long Seymour Simon Phil Bodman Alice Magruder Winona Wchte Wilma Resnikof! Jacques Wilson Mildred Zinn Jean Small Sumner Wilson Ralph Nelson Miguel Calas Claud Corrigan Jack Madigan Dorothy Hawkins A1 Teeter Wally Tyler Lucille Lcfkowitz Betty Have Charles Baake BUSINESS STAFF Advertising Manager Charle Baake Circulation Manager Marcus Jones Ass't Circulation Manager Nat Kibble Secretary Wilma Resnikoff Advertising Associates Dayne Sox Ben Axleroad Frank Kerdyk Richard Magnus Ira Van Bulloek No Time To Be Modest tf we are ever going to do any boasting, we must •“■prepare to do it now. This is no time to be modest We have just received word that the Hurricane has. for the second straight year, been awarded All-American honor rating in the critical service conducted by the Associated Collegiate Press, a service to which most of the college newspapers subscribe. Now to make All-American rating, is the ne plus ultra of college newspapers; it's like batting .500 in baseball, or making the All-American football team, or bidding six spades doubled and vulnerable in bridge and making it. You get the idea—you’ve got to l e good. To say we don't think we deserve the honor would lx? a little hypocritical. But we can truth- re tl P y; ii i ; 3 r a Vi 1 f e i h it r i y i i. ia s 3 hi '3 , I ’ k. e I a j l a. n ot •n at til i :W lev orLibrarian : Mr . Lowr. Mr . Miller. Ratnrr Thru Books ... we build a University; for a library is the nucleus of knowledge. by GEORGE IT. ROSSER iik history of the University library is as inter-1 esting as anything that can be found between the covers of a book. Starting with a mere handful of volumes dumped in what is now the corridor before Miss Merritt's office, the collection grew, or rather evolved, into its present size and location. Today it numbers over 16.000 books and constitutes an investment of more than $75,000. In its early days the library, along with every' other department of the school, struggled valiantly for existence. Improperly housed and inadequately equipped, its greatest asset was the strong spirit of cooperative enthusiasm shown by the faculty members, the librarians. the student body, and the many friends among the local residents. These various groups were united by a singleness of purpose; they realized that if the University was to succeed, its intellectual strength and growth depended upon a well-stocked library. A college does not attain stable maturity in the same way as does a factory- or a business. Its medium is literature: its tools are books. Knowing this, everyone bent his efforts toward the acquisition of books. Money was scarce: a definite library budget was out of the question. A call went out for voluntary contributions. The enthusiastic response was at once the joy and the despair of the librarian So many books arrived that the problem of cataloguing became acute. Sororities, fraternities, clubs, and societies raised funds through a series of dances, luncheons, and carnivals, for the purchase of l ooks. Splendid private collections were given in part or in their entirety. Students donated their time and energy to the vast job of sorting, arranging and maintaining the rapidly growing collection. At the end of the first year 1.800 books had been added. Five years later. 1932. the total reached 8,000. and last year. 1938, with the addition of the Orton Lowe Memorial Collection, the 15.000 mark was passed. To meet the rapid increase and to provide seating space for the enlarged student liody. physical expansion was also necessary. Last year the General Reading Room was lengthened and a Reserve Hook Room added. This momentarily reliever! the strain, but already the new space is proving insufficient. The limits of expansion have been reached. Paradoxically we have gone forward by moving backwards. To continue would mean forcing the music department out of the building. Vet the library is bursting its seams and must have more space. The library has lost some of its earlier advantages of informality. The necessary evils of progress and efficiency have taken away a very worthwhile contact with books by excluding students from the stacks. Everyone likes to handle books, to read a chapter here and there at random, to leisurely pass among them for the sheer joy of ripening an acquaintance into a lasting friendship. To lx denied this privilege is a serious handicap to the book-lover. It can lx? solved by the addition of a browsing room. This would be a place where students could come during odd moments, and by easy access to open shelves read for either pleasurr or profit. Such an arrangement has shown itself to Ik-a decided benefit, and very few University libraries arc without it. It cannot lie denied that minds are trained, strengthened and directed by the use of books. The present mode of life demands a special procedure of learning which depends mainly upon the knowledge of books. We can make no better contribution to ourselves and to the future of the University than in consciously striving to build its library, for the library is undoubtedly the anatomical heart of a college body. [52]The Snark . . . sincerely wants to write; but lo, the muse forever and ever eludes him. by FRANK L. HOP KISS 'T'he Snarks Club first appeared on the campus in I 1936 and died a natural death at the year’s end. No one seemed anxious to start again, so 1937 slipped by with no Snarks Club on the roster of campus organizations. Shortly after the start of the 1938 semester Philip Fenigson reorganized the club with ten members. At present the Snarks are Philip Fenigson. Frank Hopkins, Jeanne Van Devere. George Rosner, (’lenience Levy. Bertha Xeham. Ralph Nelson, Philip Bod-man. Mollic Connor, and Evelyn Isaac. Mrs. Natalie Grimes Lawrence and Mr. Lewis Leary kindly consented to act as co-sponsors for the group. The word “snark" is taken from Lewis Carroll’s book. "The Journey of the Snark.” It refers to a search for the elusive, the unattainable. Each Snark strives hard to grab-hold of the "snark.” knows that holding it means success in the literary field. The Snarks Club is an organization devoted to the encouragement of creative writing among its members. A meeting is held every month at the home of a member. There, anyone who has written a story, poem, or essay may read and present it for discussion and constructive criticism. In this way the embryo writer can gain the assistance of others in correcting bad writing habits. The meetings are very informal, and free from restraint. Everyone usually has something to say and says it in spite of many interruptions. A member has a story to read, it is announced. All sit back to listen, that the big test is to make the listeners sit bolt up- Blase, with the accent on the first syllable, would fit this "Board of Judgment" very well. The reader sees right in eager interest. If he fails there is no need for him to feel discouraged, for very often not even a Poe CONTI NCKD ON I'AOK 2I2i The George P. Brett Poetry Award Judges: Dr. Clarke Olney. Dr. William L. Halstead, Lewis G. Leary, and Mrs. Natalie Grimes Lawrence. A X G E R by Ralph Nelson Like a sluggish hibernating snake When it feels the unaccustomed warmth From a brush fire in mid-winter, An old anger stirred in me today Slowly at first, writhing slightly With the stiff stupidity of awakening, Then coil from coil unwound. Flexing as the flow of life returned, Till cunning filled the evil brain And hatred glazed its glinting eyes. Then with no warning hiss, or sibilance It struck, straight out; and missed. The stone, that is my will dropped upon its middle, crushing it; And there it lay, blind with pain and fury, Striking left and right Until its strength was spent. One moment it lay still, then heaved And bent upon itself, and sank Its fangs deep in its own dark straining back. [53] I he Smirk : Ro-oirr. Mr . Ijiwmicr, Uiimr. Nlchol . U-vy, J-VnlUwm, l-rury. Crunk tlopkln . Van Devrrc: Connor, Srliain, N«l»on, John liopkln . IVxIniun, not plclurnlI l«ili| Wyllr Dorothy CanArlil KUhrr Mn Kr»kliw Writers and Raconteurs . . . brought contradicting ideas to the seventh Winter Institute of Literature by DOROTHY HAWKINS Big things art told alxjut the Winter Institute of Literature . . . great . . . entertaining . . . constructive; hence, it was with a great deal of anticipa-tion that I began the three weeks of study. The Institute. which just completed its seventh year, was started in 1932 by the late Dr. Orton Lowe; is now under the direction of Walter Scott Mason, Jr. When I sat down in the second row of the auditorium on the Monday of the first series. I noticed with pleasure that I was right behind John Krskine. the dominating figure of the first week. He proved to lx‘ the most generally liked of all the speakers, endearing himself to the audience by his graciousness, friendliness, his smile, and his sense of humor. His lectures were spoken in an amazing dialect, a cross between an Oxford and cockney accent. Although Mr. Erskines books will probably never be considered as great literature, he is widely liked and read, and those who want to write for |M pularity found his lectures meaty. He dealt with the subject, " The Literature of the Novel," and stressed brevity and simplicity. According to Mr. Erskines style of writing, no story is worth reading if it is cluttered up with character descriptions, unnecessary scenic descriptions. and anything that is not immediately important to the plot. He emphasized the importance of being certain that your story can lx shortened to an anecdote of one or two paragraphs: otherwise, he says, it will become involved and tedious reading. He man- ifested a horror of "preaching" in the novels, giving the impression, whether he meant it or not, that novels with a message or purpose should remain unwritten. His lectures were delivered to the entire audience, ami Mr. Krskine seemed sincere in his beliefs about writing: but those who really wish to write great novels were a little dubious about many of his statements. Speaking in the same week as Mr. Krskine was Philip Wylie, author of many | opular novels. His lecture, although interesting, was not particularly inspiring. In fact, it was rather discouraging, dealing with the hardships of a movie-script writer. It was disheartening to aspirants in that field to learn that a script writer's pencil is not his own. but loo often directed by producers who commit wholesale murder upon stories. John P. Kennedy and Leonard I.eibling headed the program for the second week, but because Mr. Kennedy was subpeened as a witness in the then current Hines trial, he was not present at his first scheduled lecture. Carlclon Smith, music editor of Esquire and Coronet magazines, substituted for him. Mr. Smith was a pleasant surprise, and although he strayed considerably from the theme of the Winter Institute of Literature. his lecture was highly entertaining. He spoke of his travels in foreign countries, and though his anecdotes were often superficial, he told them all amusingly. Mr. Kennedy finally arrived, and his lectures, dealing with the subjects, "What's Wrong with the World?”, "The Fifth R. Radio." and "What Makes Personality" (combined into two lectures), were two [54]hours of the most dynamically delivered trijx I have ever heard. “What’s Wrong With Kennedy?," I began asking myself. He, who is one of America’s leading journalists and radio commentators, should have Ix-en the highlight of the entire series. He wasn't. With characteristic Kennedy punch he slammed his ideas at the audience- ideas which were confused and wandering. They had all the force ,.. and. sadly, all the effects of... prussic acid. People were stunned at his remarks. We bow our heads regretfully at the passing of a great illusion . . . that John B. Kennedy is a brilliant man. Being the editor-in-chief of “The Musical Courier." and a musician of worth himself. Leonard Leibling knew of what he was speaking when he dealt with the literature of music. His knowledge of music and musicians is fathomless. He is human enough to approve of swing. He’s a very nice man . .. but oh. so boring. He could have been much more interesting if he hadn't run overtime and lapsed into the technical side of music so often. We. who really want to write, found Dorothy Can-field Fisher and Charles Francis Coe, speakers of the last week, ambrosia and nectar for the brain. Mrs. Fisher reminds one of mignonettes and parasols. being a small, dainty white-haired lady. Her lectures bulged with useful, practical hints for writing, and contradicted those of Mr. Krskine in many places. She said, “The plot is not so important, as long as the characters are human." While Mr. Krskine stated that a writer’s personality in a story is not so necessary’,. Mrs. Fisher said, “The material you put into a lxx k must lie thought over for a lnog time, and you must take in your attitude of life.” Mr. Krskine maintains that a book is finished when the story is told. Mrs.. Fisher says it is really impossible to know when you are finished, but most novelists quit when they feel they have nothing further to offer their novel. Wnllrr Srott Mmvmi. Jr. Listening to Charles Francis Coe was like playing a very fast game of handball with an expert. Mr. Coe's ideas were thrown at us with speed and agility, and having been made very alert by his personality, we caught the ideas and never dropjxxl them. Mr. Coe, who writes for The Saturday Evening Post, is also a lawyer, and it was very apparent in his stage delivery. Kverylhing he said was tense, to the point, and he said just about what Mr. Krskine said, only he took one hour to do it in. Mr. Coe states that whoever has the urge to write, has everything any genius ever had: the rest depends upon the amount of energy expanded. He Ixdieves that even,- word put into a book should have a direct bearing on the plot, and if one “the" is not needed, it should be omitted. He thoroughly agrees With Mr. Krskine that character should never be described, but should lie developed by means of the three principal mediums- what a man says. does, and . Jxiks like. [55] l,rimuri! l.rililhiK I'Jwrln I'fjlu-U Or John II. KriiurU)TJir I'.nftlUli faculty: Alter. Muwni. Head. Gluey, |ji«rriuv. Merrill, l«ry, ItooliberKer, IliilHtrnd Just English interchangeable, or at least, the instructors must think so. Finally the theme-writing stage is past, and the frosh, by this time athirst for finer things, is ready for his plunge into the works of the immortals, those fabulous creatures whose names are so reminiscent of castor-oil, cat-o'-nine-tails. and other childhood joys. “But what's this? It doesn't even look like the English we know -maybe it's Esperanto- . but no, it's Chaucer and we have to read it, 'cause it's good for us." With the change from the Reader's Digest to Chaucer comes another strange phenomenon. The ogre who used to assign theme after theme has become human. He even looks human—a friendly, humorous gentleman who has discarded the worn stub of his red pencil out of sheer pity. And as he hauls the sophomore along in his wake through the strange, hopeless muddle. Chaucer doesn't seem so bad after all. . . . just Shakespeare, Keats, Shelley, Wordsworth, Masefield, and themes. by BRAD BOYLE C iiaucbr to Hemingway A long step, but all in the day’s work for the English Department. The transition is not painless; the average student enrolling in a freshman English course is tortured with nightmares wherein verbs rampant on a field of complex sentences joust unceasingly with nerves already weary from years of studying the intricacies of English grammar. And the horror appears endless as he slips into the classroom for the first time and sees a grinning ogre licking his lips gleefully as he assigns the first theme. Those themes! They must have been an outgrowth of the Spanish Inquisition. What a welter of corrections and bold red slashes across the paper! Spelling—sentence structure — construction — subject matter — an endless merry-go-round of errors to the tune of “another theme due Monday.” And the final, bitter blow that comes when the words “I read the Reader's Digest, too." appears on the outside of the paper. Those words and the “F" in the alphabet must be Ulrr.tr Honor Society: Walker. Itoll, Searing. Ktlrrbmok, Wood, Krltybrrgrr, Uomlnr. Edward . Jnckvm. C.lunry, lutar, Hutlrr Connor, Spelunan, Keiilgvm. IMxIrr. lloMirr. Worthington. 1-rary. Ik.yle. NichoU. Gaddis. Trrler After Chaucer the first taste of literary ambrosia comes with the massed jxtges of Shakespeare. All the pain of theme-writing anil Chaucer is washed away in a Hood of wonder and awe that so many things written long ago should seem so true today. And in steady procession march all the great writers of English prose and poetry with the banners of their fame Hying before them. On they come Keats, Shelley. Milton. Wordsworth. Swinburne. Browning. Masefield. Kipling. Wells, and Chesterton; Freneau, Longfellow. Whittier. Emerson. Hawthorne. Twain, Sandburg. Frost, Stephen Crane, and Gale, parading all the glory of a people, undimmed by time: a pageant of immortal culture. Then the fill up without which no literary dish can lie complete, the Winter Institute. Seeing, hearing, and talking to men and women who heretofore have been only names in textbooks. Seeing a new world, new vistas of knowledge and culture open as they talk. This study of English is peculiar. Students seem to feci as though it is just another of the necessary pills to swallow lx fore they can lx come educated: however, it can lx mighty interesting. Though we gripe and kick a lot about theme-writing, there's something like pride felt in seeing a pa| er shape up. Chaucer may look as though he had a language all his own but as we see it is merely our own speech in embryonic form, we don't mind so terribly much sweating over it; ami those great writers from Shakespeare on show in concrete form the heritage of the language. What else need be said about the English Department ? Nothing new, nothing unusual it's just English. [56]Languages . . . bring us closer to the customs and feelings of other peoples. by HILDA R1NGBLOOM “rvu, Du Liegst Mir Im Herzen,” “Alouette," or “Clair dt la I.une" frequently float down the hall into the classrooms. Singing is only one phase of the study ol languages here in the University. This singing is to teach correct pronunciation of the words, and to afford a little amusement in the classroom. Mrs. Rosborough. our German instructor, says, “This is the pleasantest way I know of giving students drills in pronunciation." Two years of language study is required: when fundamentals are completed, a variety of courses in the study of the literature and life of the people in foreign speaking countries is offered. In these classes the topics of discussion include such subjects as the scientific, political, economic, cultural, and historical background of the jH ople. All of these afford a real opportunity to become acquainted with the foreign countries, their inhabitants, life, and relationship to us. Courses in elementary French, German, Spanish, and Italian are given. The beginning classes teach correct pronunciation, fundamentals of grammatical construction. and development of a reading vocabulary. These are necessities for the students who wish to go on with the advanced classes. Singing of folk songs and ballads is also included in the elementary classes in French. German, and Italian. One of the features of the language classes is the use of foreign newspapers. A course in each language except Italian is devoted to this reading. The Italian department is the youngest of all, and has been well received by the students. This course is attended by a number of those studying music who wish to learn Italian pronunciation, and desire to become acquainted with the language in a general way to aid in their study of music. The study of the drama, poetry, and novel is included in German. French, and Spanish courses. The literature of each language is included in the course of study. A new course in scientific German has been added in which students read widely in various fields in which they are most interested, and in which they wish to specialize. A new feature of the language department is the addition of special conversation classes. These are Tin- I jim'unKi- fnrully: Mullrr, Mjiyminl. ilnrr, IlntlmrniiRh; Oluuukrv nut | ) -lurr.l given for the students wishing to major in the field. They have proved very interesting ince the class is devoted to conversation and written work about present-day events and topics. The Spanish department is the largest. Most students enroll in the Spanish classes because they feel they will be able to use a knowledge of Spanish to a greater advantage than that of another language. This department offered this year for the first time the Institute of Hispanic-American Studies. Much of the advancement in the French and German departments is due to the efforts of the individual instructors. They arc keenly interested in broadening our resources and each of them works actively with local organizations. Some of the organizations with which they are cooperating are the Pan American League, the German American Club, the Deutschege-sellschaft. the French Society, and the German Ladies Society. We are indebted to these organizations for numerous library contributions. The study of French and German is especially valuable ior those who are working for advanced degrees, as a reading knowledge of these two languages is required for the Ph.D. degree in almost every American university. A special class in English is given for Cuban students coming to the University. It offers the Latin American students a chance to learn, speak, and read English. The English department will be enlarged in the future to include courses in English language, literature, and culture to be offered to the Latin American students. The Modern Language Department offers the student a real opportunity to acquaint himself with the people, and the life of the people of other countries. This knowledge is necessary if we are to really understand. be tolerant toward, and not too severely critical of other | eople far and near. f57]Wherever We ... we’ve got to come home to sleep. University dormitories have beds and mothers. OUR COLLEGE HOME “iiyCY, how you have grown!" Remember how you 1VI used to hate hearing grown-ups tell you that when you were little? Although we hated it then, we’re all proud now to think that the same expression is applicable to our University. It wasn't very long ago that our University was just starting here, with a student body consisting of only a few hundred boys and girls. Right along with the school’s development, we've seen the growth of the girl's dormitory. At first, there were only about eight girls who lived in half a building, under the direction of “Mom” Koch. Then students from all parts of the country heard about "the new school in the South," and came down to see if it were really as nice as people said. Soon “Mom” found that she. like the old woman who lived in a shoe, “had so many children she didn't know what to do." The result was that the dormitory expanded to include the other half of the house. As the dormitory grew, the dorm customs changed. Old timers came back and told us stories of ice-box raids and breakfasts in bed. Now, instead of raiding the ice-box. the dorm girls sedately place orders for "cokes" and crackers. A mad dash to get dressed and over to the cafeteria has replaced those leisurely breakfasts in bed. The dormitory, as well as the school, has its own individual traditions. One of the oldest is that of bedmaking. Each freshman is expected to make the bed of an upperclassman every day. How the freshman look forward to the day when they will become sophomores. and cati order the new girls to do the bedmaking ! You probably know all about the Queen of Clubs and Kampus King, but do you know that there is another member of royalty in school? Her official title is Campused Queen. Whenever a dormitory girl breaks any of the dorm rules, she is punished by being campused, which means that she must forfeit her next "night out," and remain in the dormitory. At the end of the year, the girl who has been campused the most automatically wins the title of Campused Queen. Of course, even the dormitory has its perplexities. For instance, haven't you ever noticed a girl wearing a dress very similar to her room-mates, only to dis- [59] May Roam cover later that she had merely borrowed it from her room-mate? Dorm life differs a great deal from living at home. For many girls, it is a novel experience to share a room with a girl her own age, and to live in such close proximity to many other girls. Lasting friendships are easily formed in the congenial dormitory atmosphere. Each year finds more girls coming to the University from distant cities. Even the enlarged dormitory has become too small. This year the seniors and juniors were moved to another dormitory known as Senior Hall. We are all looking forward to the day when there will be one large dormitory near a brand new University building, and we feel confident that we will not have to wait long. Selma Lee Phillips SEX OR HALL Will wonders never cease? The halls of the University are painted; the patio is landscaped; there are bleachers on the intramural field; and there is Senior Hall, a wonder of wonders. Time sneaks on. startling our undergraduates with its subtle surprises. The upper classmen now have a very special dormitory all to themselves. They wouldn't have had one this year either, if the old dormitory hadn't become unexpectedly crowded at the last minute. So the administration went a-gunning for a place to put those pesky upperclassmen, and they found one right over their collective noses. The girls were herded together on the third floor of the l)i Castro Apartment building. across the lane from the University. Relieve it or not. these twelve incorrigible repeaters are the trusties of the University dormitories. To them, go all those petty but desirable privileges denied to the first offenders. On week-ends, they are allowed to stay out until the wee hour of morning. This is the greatest privilege of them all. They, too. have the delightful l llir Ctrl ' Dormitory nitli “Mom" KurilAt SriiUir 11 n 11 with Mrs. (tolilnv mi opportunity to listen to the murmer of manly voices at all hours of the day and night, for below them dwells an assorted mixture of collegians. Ah, those collegians! In October, they sang (or at least they attempted to sing) “Lights Out Sweetheart" every night at eleven o’clock. The novelty has worn off, but a few of the more persistent swains, still remind the coeds to turn out their lights and have pleasant dreams every night at eleven in their inimitable falsetto voices. Then again, there is the telephone. A real telephone that works without benciit of nickels. This lovely instrument of communication rests on a desk that is not too low for the tall girls, nor too high for the short ones. In fact, it fits everybody. Whether they like it or not, the inmates of Senior Hall are sentenced to a full school year of hearing music. Music in the Hall, like nature in the raw, is seldom mild. Every loyal student in the University knows that there is always music in their Alma Mater: but the girls in Senior Hall know it best of all. They hear every rehearsal, every lesson, and every practising student every day. And there are all those romantic serenades in the dark. There are house mother and house mothers; but Mrs. Robinson, the guardian of the Senior dormitory is the housemother supreme. What a woman! For years, her family consisted of one son and a husband. Then, without a murmur, she acquired twelve grown daughters. Even that supreme Greek God could not equal her record. She is human. Love radiates in all the nooks and crannies of Senior Hall. The girls are all in love—with their steady boyfriends, with the roomy apartments, with Mrs. Robinson, with the view of the Biltmore, with their neighbors, with the elastic rules, and even with the little black telephone. Love is grand! -Freda Speizman LE JEUNIi np hat good old building on Le Jeune Road that has 1. rested many a tired and weary football-man is not very tasteful to the eye. but very nourishing to the memory of those boys who have built up its great traditions. It’s in this temporary home that Mrs. Wei-land. our “Mom,” has worked so jwtientlv and under-Stnndingly to create the happy atmosphere that prevails there. Of course you’ve all heard many hilarious tales of activities in other dormitories. The l.c Jeune takes no back seat! Why, I can remember one occasion after a victorious night game over a prominent northern school, when a few of the boys decided they wanted to practice up on their bowling technique. Now there wasn't a dime amongst them, so it looked as though their wishes were to lie unfulfilled until a bright idea was uncovered by Johnny Douglas. Ten waste paper baskets were put at the end of the hall on the second floor in pin formation; a basket of different sized grape fruit was brought up and the game began. The hall floor was the first alley. What u time and what tech- All kidding aside, the dormitory is alive with activity. During football season it is very quiet, with regulated time for study, sleep and concentrated football reviews. Hut after the season closes, time regulations and rules are discarded. Different groups of boys whose work might be in the afternoon, evening or night, rush off to get to their jobs on time and come in at all hours the same way. The house can never lock its doors at night because the Florida Power and Light lioys come straggling in at 9:30; the West Flagler Kennel Club boys at 12:30; the Biscayne Kennel Club boys at 1:00; the Miami Beach Kennel Club boys at 1:45: and any number of stray lads coming in to rest in time to hear the roosters crow on the few nights they might have to spend strictly on social calls. The Le Jeune is not only a metropolitan home in its different state representatives, but also in its human characters, natures, and voices. A tired and disgusted, but willing Florida cracker is displayed in “Doc" Mr . Wrtluiiil uiul v mr Lr Jrunr heron [90]"Mont" MoComli keep Hip Hllntt Stump happy Sapp; a drawling West Virginian in “Cobb" Grimes; a nutty Georgia cracker in George Pittard; the Bostonian in George Hamilton: a New Jersey man in Terry Fox; a Midwesterner in Walt Kichefski: and a Mississippian in Grant Stockdale. The Le Jeune is a school in itself. The boys are all from different districts in the U. S. and consequently each one's ideas and ideals are expressed in daily conversation and this gives a lilteral education to all John Noppenberg . F E A T T11 •: HU R V T S T UM V 3 a.m. Tom Kearns drags his size 14's down the hall. (Leather soles and leather heels—what a heel!) Voices from the "Stump's" innermost recesses — "Quiet!” 4 a.m. Life at the “.Stump" officially starts with the serenade of the mocking bird outside the window, disrupted by a few snores from Brother Buehrer. resembling, in sound, the action of a rip saw on a piece of ebony. 5 a.m. No life yet—Dead as hell! 6 a.m. Same as 5 a.m. but Buehrer s snorings are now in the bass clef. 7 a.m. Slumber is broken by the tinny clamor of "Big Ben” (Not the London one. but Woolworth's 98c special). Brother Hance raises up with a wide, sweeping motion to see the countenances of Governor John W. Bricker (Ohio) and Gypsy Rose Lee (.Minsky's) regarding him from yonder wall, and yells. “Good gosh, I've over-slept." to which Brother Buehrer replies. “Why don't you shut up and go back to sleep? No use getting up in the middle of the night." 7:30 a.m. Mom McComb’s bugle-like voice sounds first rail to which everybody turns over once. At the fifth call the mass of humanity (if you can call it so) begins to stir or pour forth from its cavern-like rooms and down the main passage-ways to the lav-oratories from which room comes the roar of an angry mob incited by Lebedeff who had sneaked all the soap and shaving cream from the first floor. 8 a.m. Chuck Buehrer still sleeping peacefully. First [61] call for the bus driver .Mom McComb's voice rings through the upper hall. “Listen, Bud Stern, if you don't get down here and drive this bus to school. I'm going to report you to Pop Koch, and I don’t mean maybe." The mob growls assent in the background. 8:05 a.m. “Hold the bus!” Campbell Gillespie (the best looking man in “Gawga") comes running out in his plaid shorts with his shirt in one hand and his pants in the other . . . and Mom McComb looks out a window ... maybe. The bus rumbles off leaving Gillespie fuming in the middle of the street. The stampers are off for another day at the I'. 8:30-12:30. Classes. 12:30-2:30. Practice teaching. 2:30-4:30. Rehearsal. 4:30-5:30. Private lessons. 5:30-6:30. Eat. 6:30. Back to the Stump for the evening's festivities. The “Mad Russian" Lebedeff is in trouble again. This time it's Siegelstein’s shaving cream. Guess Vasili has a date with Tillie again. Most of the boys are broke tho Some heading for the Gables to grab a beer. 7:30. Riot again! Chuck just got caught dealing from beneath the deck. 9:00. Can't study. That damn poker game is the noisiest . . . Wish frosh rules were still on. Then could stifle half of them. 9:30. Think ought to get in the game for a few minutes. Gonna go to l cd at ten. 10:00. Down a buck! Can't quit now! 11:00. Here we are at "Honky Tonk." Guess never get to bed. 12:00 Boy! this Bock is good. 2:00. “Sweet Adeline". 2:30. Christmas! Who put those extra beds in our room. 2:31. “Ah!" 2:32. Zzzz-zz-zzh. — Bob Hance and Chuck Buehrer (CONTINl'KIi ON l»AC.K 2001 Mr . IW-niiH nuikc I hr Village boy Mud} llir newspapersTylrr illtcv Rosi-neraiitx typc.% IlmilllHIcIl lllnpv We re Working Our Way by IWDWIG KI.XGHLOM The jangling of the class-dismissal bell brings joy to some students because it means the end of a day's work, but to others it means the beginning. One group leaves, perhaps to spend a sunny afternoon sailing on a white capped bay, or knocking balls around a golf course, or just indulging in some strenuous loafing. The other group hurries to take up the work of pounding a typewriter, cutting meat, or embalming corpses. Almost all students think they are working their way through college by brain power, but a vast number think in terms of man power and dollars and cents. It Munry «' '• through college: dishwashers, cooks, mannequins, undertakers, anything. is not unusual to find a student who is taking a full credit course and working on the average of eight hours a day. A reason must lie behind this effort. The workers realize the necessity of an education so strongly, they are willing to do almost anything to obtain it. From the labor of earning funds for room, board, and tuition down to doing tasks for incidental expenses, the students of the University have expressed their desire to do something to contribute toward their education. Hours for jobs range from early morning to late at night and assorted hours between. The jobs range from choir singing to professional gambling. Without the aid of N'.Y.A. and T.C.A., innumerable students would not lx seeking an education. Most of these jobs include assistants to instructors, laboratory assistants, janitor and maintenance work, library attendants, office helpers, cafeteria, soda shop, music, copying, and teaching. Among our working students are the boys who do janitor chores. Corpulent Hob Crane pushes with firm strokes: Leslie Mann sweeps listlessly; Rap Noppen-burg and Lee Strickland go about in a businesslike manner: Harold Walbcck lets the broom support him; J. ('. Rose does odds and ends: Harry Jacobson graduated from janitor's duty to a physical education director. ••l'nlvrr»lt of Miami!' [62]hold down many jobs: leach on X.Y.A., play in dance bands for private entertainment and meetings, and sing in choirs. Leo Fisk has his own orchestra. Paul Gustafson is an embalmer and ambulance driver. Julian Quarles takes his job as an undertaker’s assistant very philosophically. Vernon Gregory, zoology 'lab" assistant, was a hospital orderly. Csaky and Hob Rigney | ay part expenses by being professional blood donors. Dave Abrams, chemistry lab assistant, works in the cafeteria. Elizabeth Rosencrantz. Miss Merritt's assistant, has been employed as a cashier, package wrapper, secretary. bookkeeper and. a model in a hat concern. Charlie Franklin looks upon his days as a Bible seller as his most successful working experiences. Pauline Klcinhesselink. in the short time she has been in the University, has engaged in many varied and interesting activities. She plays cello in the school string quartet and symphony orchestra. She plays violin in outside engagements. She accompanies singers on the piano, and sings solo engagements herself, and models besides. Donald Bleeke does odd jobs of carpentering and sings in a Church choir. Jackie Ott acts as a water clown in pool shows during the winter season. George Wheeler is an instructor in accounting and works as a junior accountant. Jimmy Dolan is an odd job man. Local newspapers employ students aspiring to Ik journalists. Whitie Kelly and Luther Evans are sports writers. Hen Axelroad is a copy lx y. foot man, and editorial writer. Although working their way through college is a strain on students' time and energy, most of them do not think they are martyrs. Some regard the experience as a privilege: they feel that the work strengthens their understanding of responsibility and helps them to better fit themselves for their life work. The lm » workhiK Ml llir patio ilurliiH tlir summer Lloyd Whyte and C. A. ('old. dramatic assistants, take care of the stage and properties: George Rosner is a library attendant; Ruth Penny does library work; Cynthia Diamond has made the round of departments: botany. German, and music. When football does not Occupy the time of the players, jol s do. Thirty-one are employed as mutuels, ushers, and leadouts at local dog tracks. Ten work for Florida Power anil Light Company. Stan Raski. Andy Csaky, Rocco Famiglietti hold down berths on the lecal police force. Eddie Dunn works for First Federal and Carl Jones for the Miami Laundry. During the summer Csaky and O'Domski work in coal mines. Mat Borek in silver mines, and Zomps Zelesnick in ore pits. John 'opj enberg works in a mill and Mike Barto for the Pennsylvania road department. Ralph Nelson, student poet, spends his evenings behind the counter of a local liquor store. Mary Louise Becker, English assistant, boasts of exjierience from numerous jobs: salesmanship of turtles and dresses, and in an auction gallery: bookkeeping is a side line. Salesmanship has attracted many Miami students. Virginia Allen and Margaret Wyant have tried their hand at it. Jack Marden and George Strahlem are salesmen and bus boys. Ben Lewkowitz plays in vaudeville shows and sells shoes on Saturday. John Quim-by helps his father sell rugs. Keith Avey, who teaches drums, has driven trucks, done farm and factory work. Bu l McLinden is the manager and salesman of a candy-butcher shop. Hank Meyer is a camp councilor in the summer and a picture salesman in the winter. Kenneth Snapp returned to school with shriveled hands one Septemlfer after a summer of dipping cu-cumliers into brine in a pickle factory. Philip Doucet spends his time cutting meat. Philip Ackerman is a companion to an old man. Jimmy Kces gets all floury in a bakery. Ray Fordham started as a newsboy and eventually became a grocery clerk, a boat steward, truck driver, roofer, painter, gigilo. chauffeur. head usher at football games and Ice Palace, and Dr. Holdsworth’s assistant. Some students do odd jobs for incidental expenses. Ruth and Marie Young work in a doctor’s office. Mary Joyce Walsh and Janet Seerth are mannequins. A freshman boy confessed that occasionally he makes a few dollars playing nursemaid to neighborhood children on parents’ night out. Wilma Resnikoff saw her laundry piling up. so she piled up pennies by rolling cigarettes for the dorm girls. Music students make up the largest group of the working students. They mim Women' Chrlntldn A M -I«tl .in The Ys Build ... spirit, mind, body; teach real values. YOUNG WOMEN'S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATION by CHARLOTTE MECGS As a fellowship of women students, alumnae and faculty, the members of the YAV.C.A. seek full and creative life for themselves and for all people. “We, the members of the Young Women’s Christian Association, unite in the desire to realize full and creative life. We determine to have a part in making this life possible for all | eople. In this task we seek to understand Jesus and follow Him.” The primary reason for the existence of the Young Women’s Christian Association on hte over-organized, activity minded campuses of today is that it is a voluntary religious movement. It is only in a religious movement that we are able to look at life in its entirety. In a time when education has become extremely scientific in its approach, it is highly important that religion be articulate in its function of giving value and meaning to life. Religion at its highest note not only gives us flashes of insight into the real values of life, but also gives us the dynamo to conserve those values at any cost. The primary function then, of this Christian Association is to discover through study and insight the values inherent in religion and to make them effective in all our human relationships. While developing themselves mentally, physically and spir- iCONTISt'KI ON 1‘AC.K 212 Younts MriiN ChrMUui Awtrlnllmi YOUNG MEN’S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATION by LESLIE MANX. JR. From the year the University of Miami opened its doors until the present time, the men students have found in the Young Men's Christian Association a release for their devotion to the teachings of Our Master and the innate desire for fellowship. The “Y” triangle stands for Spirit. Mind and Body. Body is the firm foundation upon which both the mind and Spirit stand. The best road to useful Christian citizenship is through a high standard of physical development. This physical reshaping is being strengthened in the “Y" through active participation in the intramural sports of the University. Mind is the coordinate of the body. The strength of the body is futile without the mind to guide it and the mind is useless without the body to express it. Together they form an impregnable fortress against evil and an omnipotent crusader for good. This realization blossoms into scholarship, the primary aim of University life. Spirit is the most predominant and potent side of the triangle. It is greater in strength than the body and greater in wisdom than the mind. In order to promote the development of spirit, the club inaugurated the monthly Vesper Service in collaboration with the YAV.C.A. and with the cooperation of the religious groups and the music group on the campus. This series brought outstanding speakers and delightful music l efore the students, their parents, and friends. Under the excellent leadership and advice of its sponsor, Mr. Paul Eckel, the Club underwent a complete reorganization, and was placed on a firm and permanent foundation. Under the new organization the officers for this year were: president. Bud McLinden; vice president. I.loyd Whyte: secretary, Leslie Mann. Jr.: treasurer, Miguel Colas: vesper chairman. Larry Long. These officers, with the aid of Mr. Eckel, gave the first Thanksgiving Day Breakfast at the City of Miami Y.M.C.A. Dr. McMaster addressed the group, which included more than 60 people, it was decided at the breakfast that it should be made an annual affair. Later in the year I)r. John Brown. Jr., international Y.M.C.A. figure and member of the executive committee of the American Olympic Committee, addressed the student body of the University under the auspices of the Club. His subject. “Sports in Modern Life." gave the students a new sense of values in the field of sports. Just as the Y.M.C.A. has always stood for service to the community, so the University Y. M. C. A. has l04j CONTINUED ON PACK 211.The Baptist Student Union . , . trains college students for future spiritual and civic leadership by LLOYD WHYTE Throughout the world today there is a rising tide of emphasis, appeal, and very alluring propaganda for worldwide outlook, contemplation, and activity. As a prerequisite to this, strong appeals arc being made for unity. At present it is called "Christian unity," and obviously this is a preliminary step toward church unity and denominational unity. To no sector of Christian life is this appeal being made more alluringly than to college students. The inqiact of this activity is powerful and will prove more powerful. The college students of Southern Baptist stand in a strategic place. They need information, counsel, and guidance. Into this counsel should go our greatest care and deepest wisdom. The B.S.U. is seeking to meet this need. It stresses international emphasis and contracts. li.S.U. Philosophy The sutdent religious activity is church-centered. The approach to the students is through the church in the college center. Students are urged to join the church in the college center. The B.S.U. is a student movement in that students themselves cooperate with adult leadership throughout the program. The students are given only the best of whatever is offered. This applies to literature, leadership, convention sjieakers and student secretaries. Bv giving them the ! est, there is a response by and from the best in them. Furthermore, the best put their l»esi into the work. Physical and intellectual development is matched with corresponding spiritual development. Scrupulous fidelity and loyalty to the church and denominational program arc consistently stressed. An abiding and dependable affection for their church and loyalty to its program arc encouraged. Thus the four-year chasm of college experience is safely bridged. Upon finishing the college experience the student returns to his home and home church for dependable service in the advancement of the kingdom of God. Such is our philosophy. Founded in 1938 at University o) Miami A group of Baptist students formed the present Baptist Student Union on this campus in April, 1938. With the aid of Ur. Frank Lea veil, secretary of the Department of Student Work of the Southern Baptist Convention, and other prominent Christian Student leaders, the B.S.U. Council of the University began to function. Efforts have been made to enlist all the Baptist students in some phase of the B.S.U. movement. In June of 1938 the local B.S.U. sent three representatives, Mary Louise and Cecile Gaddis, and Roberta Butler to the Southwide Baptist Student Retreat at Ridgecrest, North Carolina. The Council has assisted in inaugurating a monthly vesper service at the University and has taken an active part in its program. (CONTINUED ON PAGE 2I3i [65] Tlir lbi|ilUI MuUrnt UnionA Srwtnan Club mrrtliia "The Newman Club . . . adds spiritual and religious guidance to secular instruction. by CATHERINE HEFINGBti Almost fifty years ago. the first Newman Club in America was formed at the University of Pennsylvania. Even at that time this movement was not new. but was a continuation of the movement begun at Oxford University in England by John Henry Newman fifty years earlier. Every student is familiar with the character of John Henry Newman, founder and patron of the Newman Club. While a student at Oxford, his scholarly mind was the object of veneration to all about him, but Newman was completely detacher! from this homage, concerned only with things of the mind and spirit. Cardinal Newman, therefore, has been chosen as Patron of Catholic students in non-Catholic institutions for his qualities of mind, of heart, and of soul. To his scholarship he brought intellectual honesty and thoroughness. From a brief history of the organization its puq oses and ideal can best be explained. The first Newman Club in the United States was established at the University of Pennsylvania in 1893. At present, 225 active chapters have been organized in the United States; eight in Canada, one in Hawaii, one in Puerto Rico, two in the Philippines, one in China, and three in Japan. The majority of these are bound together in an international organization known as "The Newman Club Federation." representing a Catholic Student membership of more than 50,000. Today the membership of Federation extends from Canada to Louisiana, from Florida to California, and from New England to Washington. Delegates from the clubs meet at National Conventions once each year. The purpose of these Newman Clubs at non-Catholic institutions of learning is to supplement the work of secular instruction with spiritual and religious instruction; to give the Catholic students an opportunity to come together and know one another; in a word, to foster the spiritual life of students, their religious instruction, and their social life. The Newman Club of the University of Miami has followed a program in keeping with the purposes of the national organization, into which group it was initiated on March 26. There have been guest speakers and open discussions at the meetings and the local chapter has donated literature to the University library. Social meetings, parties, and breakfasts have been held. Members of the Miami Deanery of the National Council of Catholic Women are patronesses of the University of Miami chapter. Each year the Newman Club Federation honors the most active workers in its member clubs by granting them membership in the John Henry Newman Honorary Society. iC.ONTINl'ini ON 1‘AC.K 3071 [66]"Through Its Works by RAY REISER Alpha Phi Omega, national service fraternity, was founded at Lafayette College. Has ton. Pa., in 1925 anti the Alpha Pi chapter was established on this campus in 1935. Soon after its formation, graduation depleted its membership and when the fall term began in 1935, only six members were left. The fraternity then became inactive but reappeared in the spring of 1938 through the efforts of Larry Lewis. With a complete new membership the fraternity elected Ray Fordham as its president. One of the first acts of this rejuvenated fraternity was to hold an open house for the high school seniors of South Florida. This project was such a huge success that it is now an annual event. Next, the fraternity undertook the publication of the M" book the handbook for freshmen and transfer students. This project kept the members busy during the summer holidays and the I onk made its appearance during registration this year. It was said to lie the best edition ever put out and work is now being started on the 1939 "M ( ook bigger and Ix-tter than ever. APO is constantly looking for worthwhile projects and during the past year it has kept the bulletin boards in order, erected 4,no parking" signs around the administration building, organized "get out and vote" campaigns, and furnished all freshmen with identification buttons. At present APO is engaged in making a walk from the outside of the cafeteria and planting vines to make this stairway harmonize with the rest of the patio. Members of Alpha Phi Omega are leaders in campus functions and may l»e seen in all the leading activities of the University. APO is proud to have in its member-ship the president and treasurer of the Student Body, president of the I.R.C.. president of the B.S.U., assistant-business manager of the Hurricane, two members of the varsity debating team, and many more outstanding students. Alpha Phi Omega is constantly trying to develop the ideals of friendship, leadership. and service. It welcomes students who have those principles and wish to see a Greater University of Miami grow through the application of these worthy ideals. Hut this fraternity is not satisfied with ideals as such. Its members have consistently srtived to do their utmost to make their [67] .. . you shall know Alpha Phi Omega, the service fraternity. ideals realities. During this school year, the members of Alpha Phi Omega have ! een very practical indeed. They liegan by painting the offices of the professors and the student organizations of the University. From just plain wall painters, they developed into sign painters, and one early morning in March, these hardworking young men began digging through the coral rock to set attractive new no-parking signs in the lawn around the University. Then when they became used to the rock idea, they could be found placing a coral rock Ixmler around the grass and flower beds in the patio. Now, one year after its revival, Alpha Phi Omega is steadily becoming one of the most | owerful organizations on campus. Its ideals have carried it a long way this year, a year packed full of activity and new ideas. Ofpickrs: President, Ray Reiner: 1st Vice-president, Stephen Pratt: 2nd Vice-president, Ray Ford-ham : Secretary, John Quimby; Treasurer, Robert Ilillstcad : Historian, Dan Mayer. Active Members: Lewis Fogle, Hob Crane, Hud McLinden, Norman Worthington. Hemal Schooly, Frank Kerdyk, Albert Collins. Jim O'Malley. Lloyd Whyte. Bill Reynolds. Stuart Wilmarth. Wallace Penney. Thomas Baumgartner. Jack Hugulet, Hunter Blake.’ Advisors: Dr. Jay F. W. Pearson, Mr. Otho Over-holser, Mr. Krnest McCracken. Mr. C. L. Kinsports, and Mr. A. S. Mac Far lane. Al|itiu I hl OinrjiuTo Advance the Art . . . of dramatics in colleges, Theta Alpha Phi works toward a complete school of drama in the University of Miami. by JACK M A DIG AN Thk Florida Bela Chapter of Theta Alpha Phi. National Honorary Dramatics Fraternity, was installed at the University of Miami April 25. 1956. supplanting the former University Players Club. Membership to this body is highly selective, open only to students of at least sophomore rank, who are outstanding actors or actresses, or who have contributed something to the advancement of the dramatics department. It is the highest honor a student player can receive. The purpose of this fraternity is to advance the art of dramatics in the colleges and universities of this country. There are some sixty-five chapters in almost every state of the Union. Florida has three chapters: Stetson. Miami, and the recently installed chapter at Rollins College. The local branch of the fraternity presents two annual productions to the student body. One. the Theta Alpha Phi Follies, is an old-time vaudeville show of approximately twenty acts, in which any organization or individual on campus may participate. The outstanding feature of this show is usually the Hurricane chorus, a group of rather hefty football players doing a ballet dance. The other show is a full length play, in which members and alumni of Theta Alpha Phi take part. This year the show will be George S. Kaufman's and Moss Hart’s famous “You Can't Take It With You": it is now in rehearsal and will l e given May 11. The present membership includes the following students and faculty members: Maxwell Marvin, president : Adelc Rickel, vice-president; Eddie Baumgar-ten. secretary; Phyllis Young, Becky Parham. Mabclle Gilbert, Jack Madigan, Peggy O'Donnell. Jean Moore, Sylvia Locke, Dan Satin. Phyllis Salter. Joyce Christenson, Luis Molina. William Probasco. and Mr. and Mrs. C. H. Motter, faculty technician and dramatic instructor. Mr. Walter Scott Mason and Mrs. Natalie Grimes Lawrence arc honorary members, along with Paul Green, famous playwright and lecturer at the University of North Carolina. Mr. Green was initiated into the fraternity last year while lecturing at the Winter Institute of Literature. The publciation of the fraternity is the “Cue". The pin. or l adge, is in the shape of the conventional theater laughing mask, with the Greek letter Theta Alpha Phi forming the eyes and nose. A National Convention is held each year. This year it was held in Salt Lake City. Utah, and it is hoj cd that the Convention may be held in Miami within the next few years. The future of the dramatics department is largely dependent upon the activities of this theater fraternity. It is the hope and aim of Theta Alpha Phi that there may some day be a complete School of Dramatics at the University of Miami. [68] Thru Alpha PhiMrs. Mottrr ilirrCtlllK A Slight C»i« of Munirr his fancy and after a year spent in a dramatic school, during which time he encounters his one and only love, is jilted, thus becoming an ardent cynic, he takes up his abode at the college of his choice. This is all very well until he discovers that the theatre plays a very minor part in school life there, so he changes his sphere of endeavor to yet another institution for. remember—he wants to be an actor. He enters the school after the term has started and so necessarily is somewhat at a loss for activities and friends to attend them with. This matters not so much as you might think, for he is accustomed to being by himself; drinking takes the place of activities and reading takes the place of friends. Then comes the initial moment in his, shall we say “earnest theatre." He studies, listens to directions, and achieves a moderate success in the final production. This pleases him mightily for now. he says to himself. "1 am started." "Oh.” but you say. "You have forgotten, this is the story of Bilial." No, it is not not forgotten for as we have said before Bilial is all actors and all people. The next two and a half or three years are uneventful except for one thing. The young man learns that most successful jwople in the theatre have vast theatrical backgrounds, so he says, "If that is so I must have one. too. For I, too. would become famous." Thus is born his "theatrical background," but he doesn't repeat his childhood mistake. This time there is a vein of truth in all he lets be known, to lend his story credence. So we come to the last year, the turning point. The young man. or Bilial, has studied and listened attentively so he has prospered. His faults he has eradicated insofar as possible. He is ready to step up. But this seems to take the form of an entirely new assignment. He is at a loss to know where to start or how to start. Story of an Actor . . never ends; opportunity will come — tomorrow. by MAXWELL McLEAN MARVIN And so after many false starts, an actor, yet in the embryonic stage, sits down to relate the story of an actor. Before we begin let us give our actor a name; to give a name is to give a personality, l.et us call him William Death, or Alan Squiers, Paul Jones, or Sandy Tyrell. Any one will do for his is a complex nature and so tits all names and personalities. The story begins in a little town somewhere in the world. Oh. you say. "That’s too general, indefinite." Then it starts in Kngland near the “Black Wood," or in Arizona near the | etrified forest. It makes no difference for our actor is a cosmopolite, at home wherever he may lx- dropped. Bilial, as we will call him. for this is a part of all. even as our actor is a jx»rt of all, starts life in an innocent enough way. all heedless and unaware of the trials to come later. It seems it all started with a lie. A lie told in the innocence of extreme youth. One day Bilial came home as his mother was leaving for the city and she had to kiss him goodbye and tell him to lx? a good boy. But horrors! "What is that in your shirt |xxket?’’ she asks. "Can it lx? that you are carrying cigarettes?" “Oh, yes, Mother dear, but they are not mine, they tielong to Bill and I’m going to give them right back to him." But it seems that Mother wasn’t fully convinced and finally through much moral persuasion, the horrible truth was known. Now strange as it may seem Bilial wasn’t chastened by lx ing caught in the act of wrongdoing. but only because he had committed the unpardonable sin of “not getting away with it." And so a sly thought entered his mind—Now if I were an actor, hmmmmrn. Thus the seed was sown. As time went on various thing; happened which lent weight to this idea. Our young actor-to-lx? becomes a musician of sorts. He joins a dance orchestra and is successful to the extent that he leaves home rather than give up the work. This satisfies his artistic leanings for a number of years but only as a means to an end, for, remember, he wants to be an actor. Finally the time comes when higher education takes [69]Marvin. Mnulrreon and Bril In Thr I’etrir.rd l'orr»l So he inquires and finally he gets his chance. A certain figure, well-known in radio circles, says he will lie able to place him on one of his national programs. Joy unrestrained then, as Bilial goes about dreaming of the approaching day when he will take his place among the "neon names" along Broadway. But. unfortunately. Our story cannot be told without some sadness and disillusionment. He loses his chance and with it a little part of his self-confidence. He returns to his first field of activity to take up his lessons where he left off. But it is not so easy now. His faith in his ability has been shaken and even this is added to by his losing a contest to another actor, with an impediment in his speech. This is almost more than his faith can withstand, but he continues in his work, striving and hoping for his opportunity to come. Finally, even his work begins to suffer from his mental depression and he reaches a seeming impasse. But the guardian angels, who look after actors, come to his rescue in the jierson of an actress, mellowed by her years in the theatre, who points out the way. Through association with the | cople who have undergone like experience, this has the effect of a tonic upon our young man and so refreshed and happy, he continues in the way of those lx fore them. The story is not ended yet for the world still lives on and so does Bilial: but assured of his ultimate destination there can lie no other than a happy ending. DRAMA CALENDAR Eva the Fifth, the opener last Fall, wasn't the best show of the year; but it had its color and interest at that. Simon Legree and Uncle Tom and Little Eva appeared in one terrific scene. Dear Brutus was one to treasure in the mentor)-, notably Maxwell Marvin as Mr. Dearth, and Becky Parham, the daughter- vho-might-have-been. The third brought out all of those “dramaIs' who longed to sjH‘ak hill-billy in the Trail of the Lonesome Pine. And if Al Lane didn’t out-Jeeter Tobacco Road—well. I dunno. Next came Her Temporary Husband with Jack Mad-igan in the sweetest brown bathing suti. Remem-! er, it stopped the show? After the holidays, we hit a high with The Petrified Forest. One of the best casts and sets — even im- [70] (' ( ! ami Mnttrr al tlir rontiul l» :»r.l II'.ONTSI KII OS I AM. JOS.Debating . . . makes mere speech a valuable instrument of the mind. by MILTON W ASM AS In the halls of nearly ever)- school in the United States and England one may find a group of spectators seated before a platform upon which sit five people: two to the right, two to the left, and one in the middle behind a rostrum. The two pairs sit at tables upon which rest books, cards, papers, and magazines. They are going over papers and searching in the various books while the people file in. Soon they cease work and select a few small cards from the mass of literature and sit |uietly waiting for the chairman to introduce them: he arises, welcomes the audience, then introduces the visiting and finally the home debaters. The (piestion is announced by the chairman and a brief resume of the meaning and object of the debate is outlined before hr introduced the first speaker, a member of the affirmative team, who states the subject. defines the terms to Ik- used, outlines the objectives of the affirmative case and perhaps proves one or more of the points, before his ten minutes are up the speaker outlines what he has said and yields the floor. The chairman introduces the first speaker for the negative who either accepts or rejects the definitions which have I teen set up. He explains his plan using the same method as did the other speaker. The order of sjH akers is reversed for the rebuttal when the speakers attempt to tear down op|losing arguments and strengthen their own. The chairman asks the judges for a vote and the debate is over approximately an hour after it started. To present these plans and arguments, many hours of research and study are required. The debator plans his speeches for about fifty times the amount of time it takes to give it. This means that from all the sources of information to which he has access, he must select only the most pertinent and apply that in the most effective manner. All of the best material on the question has been coach of these speakers calls a meeting: the deflators discuss the relative merits of the information received and the best place in their speeches for such material. Conference follows conference and finally they agree on a plan for each side. i.e. to prove their points bv the use of certain arguments. This requires but a small jiart of all their information, but the remainder, sti I gathered but no manner of presentation planned. The 171] classified, will be used after being put on small cards in an index for rebuttals, where the debators must have new material to weaken the opposition’s argument. All seems ready, but we are yet far from a polished debate. Mere argument or statistic following argument or statistic will but bore the audience and weaken the presentation. So the debators decide on a few outstanding statistics or perhaps even some few catch words or tricky quotation from an eminent authority to brighten up the list of information. Thus decided, the speakers go into practice. Daily they argue in the formal style of debating over the same question until they are able to follow their outlines of argument without losing time or putting excess words into their speeches. We can now say that the debator has a complete and polished knowledge of his side, which is comparatively easy since he knows the weaknesses in that side and has all the information on lx th. For all this work, the debator receives little thanks, no money and sometimes severe criticism, but in the long run he gains more from the work than from any other activity in his school life. For the ability to think when facing an audience, to be able to make it feel as though he is sincere, has value untold in the work-a-day world. No man. nor government can take from any debator his years of experience of contacting | eoplc's minds to his plan. The clever debator has every advantage over the inexperienced person. He knows when to apply pressure, when to “soft soap." when to agree with the opposition, and how to approach some topic from the listeners' point of view. That is where debating steps in and makes mere speech a valuable instrument of the mind. The University of Miami debating team began their very successful season this year by defeating Florida Southern College IS to o. Soon after their first victory, the team went North to meet other colleges on their campuses. Their itinerary included South Carolina. Rutgers University, New York University, St. Peters College, the University of Pennsylvania, Kucknell, and the University of Pittsburgh. ItrlMtr Council: Crane. Wrinkle, MclJndrn, lUckel. WnMimu, Satin, MailiKanOn the Air . . . over three stations, the University broadcasts music, classes and debates. by SYDNEY IV. HEM) During 19J8-.$9, the University of Miami found outlets through all three of the local radio stations. The University is beginning to extend its radio activities, in keeping with the modern tendency toward emphasis on the role of radio in education. It is hoped that in the near future the University will be able to secure sound equipment which will make jxissible regular courses in radio technique as well as more time on the air. As a contribution to the culture of the community, the University carried on this year, as before, a regular afternoon series of programs over TOD called “The Classroom of the Air." The program, released Monday. Wednesday, and Friday afternoons, is set up with a long-range schedule: this year the departments of botany, chemistry, physics, zoology, music, modern languages, and Latin American affairs were represented.. Faculty members of the several departments gave brief talks of Ixith general anil technical interest in their fields. An effort was made to integrate the talks so that, as far as possible, one would tie in with another; for instance. Dr. Clouse's talk on the microscope in chemistry, and Dr. Phillips' on its use in Botany. In this way, within the limitations of the medium, the program was able really to fulfill it title, “ The Classroom of the Air." ItrlirjniiiK « radio ccript: Itrnd. Dlnftrr. Whmium) In the earlier jxirt of the year. WKAT released programs directly from a class-room fitted with a microphone and remote control equipment and connected with the studio by direct wire. Twice a week different classes were held in the room and their regular routine was broadcast; the attempt was to give the radio public a unique opportunity to tune in on at least the verbal atmosphere of the regular class session. The Debate Council began the year with broadcasts over WKAT, presenting hte debate question of the year and other debate subjects. Later, at the close of the delxate season, the varsity debate squad met outside schools in inter-collegiate contests before the WKAT microphone. X.Y.U. and Johns Hopkins were the visitors. Meanwhile the Debate Council also sponsored a program on WQAM. Under the direction of Sydney Head, assisted by Milton Wasman, half-hour dramatizations were presented, setting famous speeches of the past in a dramatic historical context. Among those participating in these programs were: Lloyd Whyte, Lawrence Blank, Dick Roberts, Phyllis Salter. James Goeser. Phillip Optner, Irving Lebowitz. and Foster Alter. These dramatizations were well directed and well acted, and aroused much favorable comment. The programs, presenting subjects of interest to most radio-listeners satisfied the need for local culture in Miami; it is expected that they will lx presented again next year. Plans are Ixring made for a radio forum to lx sjx»n-sored and directed by the International Relations Club the beginning of next year. The club, whose purpose it is to act as a forum for world affairs, plans to bring the ideas of the students to the people of Greater Miami, and in this way to awaken interest in world problems, and. incidentally, in the University. The University is looking forward to the time when its public speaking department can lx expanded to take in the several fields of radio and recording techniques. The main obstacle in the way of this development is the lack of mechanical equipment. Little can be done with radio without such aid. for there is no way of predicting how a voice or a sound will reproduce until it is actually heard over the microphone. As soon as the University acquires the necessary recording appar-atus. great development is anticipated in the radio field. Many Universities throughout the country have aroused vital interest in their radio discussions, and some have gained nation-wide acclaim. The University of Chicago broadcasts its round table once every week over a national hook-up, and the University of Virginia broadcasts over a large south-east network. These forums of vital problems of the day should be of much interest, planned anti organized as they will ! c by well informed and interested students. [72]No One’s Safe . . . you may still be shot by the Ibis photographer. by MALCOLM EVANS 'T'iii; staff photographers of the Ibis got off to an 1 almost all-time slow start. Early in the first semester they agreed to meet for lunch every Tuesday, and they invariably dispersed with the unanimous decision that something must be done. After a few meetings. Cliff Hendrick, the Ibis business manager, gingerly apportioned fifteen dollars, but. as far as anyone could determine, it went to the horse or dog that should have won. After the Christmas holidays, editor Fenigson, with the dead line in sight, began to lose a little sleep. He previously had had visions of photography being featured in this year's publication. The staff, under pressure, dug through various old files and produced a heterogeneous collection of prints that gave Mr. Fenigson something resembling nightmares. Brown ami Carlson were enthusiastic members of the? staff, but lacked equipment of the type necessary to turn out commercial work. Pratt possessed the equipment, but had previously become involved in numerous other enterprises, although since early in the year he had been making prints of athletic events for sports editor Franklin. Fortunately, the second semester brought with it a new member to the staff in Monroe Singer. Furthermore, Evans, who had left As the editorial staff became more involved in its school in February to take a job in California, gave liberally of his time to Ibis photographic problems until his departure some weeks later. The staff was noticeably relieved late in March when Fenigson apparently forgot the term "montage" which had from the first rolled lightly off his tongue and adopted in its place the word "collage.” own affairs. Brown was appointed acting photographic editor, but at a meeting on March 31st the staff photographers voted among themselves to make Pratt the photographic editor in recognition of the excellent work he had done. Early in March the Ibis apportioned another allowance to the staff and received a few five by seven glossies, but was even more pleased by a very apparent increase in the activities of the staff members. With Evans making appointments and getting the equipment on location and the other members cutting classes to help with the lighting and technical details, the Ibis Kvun mill I’mlt ' vhi-it-' Vlnrlun Itiviwn really began to get results. Pratt was seldom seen without his Contax II. or Singer without his I.eica (i; while Evans always seemed to be in a rush with several bags containing Pratt’s Speed Graphic, his own Rolleicord II and Leica F, along with numerous photo floods, tripods, extra film. etc. No one was safe from these determined photographers with their "carte blanc” pass from the Ibis editors. From the President in his office to the girls in their dormitories all were posed, lighted, and snapped. Athletes were continually hounded to don their uniforms and perform for the cameramen. The photographers used the "posed candid" method to get pictures desired by Editor Fenigson. To follow out the "rhythm and movement" of the Ibis — a university moving forward and looking forward — the pictures had to be entirely different from those of former Ibises. They had to portray action instead of static people and things; they had to tell a story— illustrating the written material. Because many pictures were to be "bled" off the page, they had to have life and blending chiaroscuro, symmetry and appropriate page proportion. This was a big job. not only because the job itself was a unique one. Professional photographers usually scorn work that requires changes of lighting, action, and angle shots, and unusual settings. To get the effects Editor Fenigson needed, we had to study the written materials to understand exactly what our pictures had to say: we had to study the objects and the people in each shot, and we had to control our iem| ers from flying out at good folk who still want their pictures mid-Victorian. The photographic staff itself is indebted to the entire University for its cheerful cooperation and especially to those faculty meml ers, students, and agencies who submitted prints for its use. In every case where it was |H»ssible, we have acknowledged such receipt, and regret exceedingly that we could not always do so. [73]With Acid, Oil and Charcoal . . . the art student labors over his masterpiece -- to get a “C” Among the many departments of the University, of special interest is the Art Department, which has its studios on the third floor. Here are found many and various students, some with previous experience with charcoal. | cncil, or paintbrush and some who are for the first time experimenting with an etching needle or timidly drawing with charcoal. Interesting to observe are the individual approaches and the very unique techniques. Each student goes about his work in a different manner from that of his fellow student with results so distinctly his own that his drawing or painting is not easily mistaken for the work of someone else. The personality of the student is subtly hut unmistakably stam| cd on any work of his into which he has put any thought. Observation of the individual progress of each student from the first feeble efforts to the later much more powerful results shows many diverse developments; more skillful in the handling of his medium, keener observation, deeper feeling for form and sense of composition, and a change of aim from a purely imitative one to something more profound. Watching the student at work in the art class throws a very revealing light on his jiersonal make-up. His ability to observe, his attitude in face of difficulties, his imagination and ingenuity, his ability to discipline himself into concentrated thought and effort throws Top: Oi'iiiiuiii I'lnk's llfr fltiv ItoUoin: Uli'li:.cl Mi-nlrkS •-trliliix dnu open his whole character. In these classes the student comes into contact, perhaps in a less serious way, with some of the little things in life. The psychologist might do well to drop in on some of the se sions if he desires to see some very interesting ways in which these would-be Rembrandts react when confronted with a few minor irritations. All in all they aren't such a terribly extreme "psy-chopathic ward" group, hut manage to forget some of the imaginery pictures which they have of the antics of the past, present-day. and future followers of the true medium of expression. There may not In even a good cartoonist in the entire group hut I doubt if it is possible to find another hunch which is any more serious about its work than this one. They may have no golden tinted pictures of the future but they do have plenty of realistic ideas of the present. Among the classes that should be mentioned is the still life class taught by Mr. Denman Fink and the life class, also under Mr. Fink. The puqwse of this class is mainly to cultivate in the student an understanding of the structure of the human body. Etching, a medium important to the student in that it helps develop in him the ability to draw more forcefully, is taught by Mr. Richard Merrick. Very important, too, is the history of art taught by Mr. Merrick, inasmuch as no phase of human activity can lie understood fully without a knowledge of its history. Although it is not probable that many students will take up art professionally, the training they receive in the art department will have done them inestimable good, for they will have acquired much more than the ability to draw creditably. Important and interesting as the exhibitions of student work are. they are not the most pertinent or the most vital results. More important is what it gives the student in the way of sharpened faculties, and the keener enjoyment arid understanding of life. The future of the art department in the University rests upon the students themselves. If they continue to exhibit the interest in it that they have, there is reason to believe that the department will develop into an even more inffuentia! factor working for the good of the University. Naomi Anderson f7- ]Fairy Tales . . . and philosophy, singing and science,combine to create teachers. The School of Education, headed by Dean Henry S. West, enrolls those students who are preparing for the profession of teaching. These are the students you meet in the halls with a stack of childish drawings under one arm, a volume of fairy tales under the other arm, and a song alx ut a growly, prowlv bear on their lips. Under the able direction of Miss Chloc Mersen, they learn to write and how to teach the younger generation the gentle art of scribbling legibly. In Mrs. Frances Bergh’s classes they learn how to read music, how to listen to music, and how to tie music up with the rest of the elementary school curriculum. And they sing the most adorable little ditties; other spare moments are spent making simple posters, carving soap, and making ash trays out of clay. Miss Georgia May Barrett directs their reading rejietoire: Mother (loose rimes, fairy and folk tales and the liest in children's classics; the Rover Boys are tactfully ignored. But our future educators are not always wrapped up in seemingly childish activities. Most of their time is spent in classes dealing with educational theory ami method, and psychology. This year, the students in the School of Education have the adder! advantage of applying their educational theory at the new Merrick Demonstration School. —Freda Speizman THE MERRICK DEM ON ST R A TIO.X SCHOOL The Merrick Demonstration School is sponsored jointly by the Dade County Public Schools and the University of Miami. The teachers are chosen from K. 1C VrCrirly, Jr. uiid llrmi llrnry S. Wtil r 75 1 Mrrrlck llriiximtintliiii Sr hi ml the teaching force because of their special fitness for this type of work. The principal of this school is also ssistant Professor of Education at the University. The pupils come from the area surrounding the Demonstration School. It is the aim of the school to have an average, unselected group of pupils. The school is most emphatically not intended as a school for remedial pupils and problem cases. Tourist children are not admitted since this school must carefully measure the results of its program, ami such measurement is impossible when pupils are present only a part of the school year. The enrollment is limited to thirty-five pupils | er teacher, the average enrollment of classes in the elementary schools of Dade County. This school uses a modified activity program. It is a demonstration, not experimental, school. To a large extent, activities in the classroom are such as may be carried on by any teacher in any classroom in the county. At present, the Demonstration School is o| en for observation by Dade County teachers and University students from 8:30 a.m. to 3:00 p.m. Students in Education courses in the University are invited to visit the school and to liecome acquainted with its entire program. During the second semester of this year. Juniors and Seniors in the School of Education were permitted to register for a course in Observation and Practice Teaching. These students had first a | eriod of observation in all six grades in order to get a preview of the elementary school program. This was follower! by a period of observation in a single grade. The students then took charge of the grade and taught under the guidance of the regular teacher. -E. E. McCarty, Jr.Mr. Ovrrholwr Inaclilii m ailult clnx» Adults . . . catch up with the times in our Adult Education Division. by OTI O V. OVERHOLSBR Director of the Adult Education Division One of the faculty members of the University of Miami, hearing that the Adult Division had a student enrollment of nearly four hundred, and employed over thirty instructors, said: “Why, we’re running a little college within a college." What he said is nearly true. The Adult Education Division runs concurrently with the regular work of the University, but offers courses in the late afternoons and evenings. This gives to those people who are unable to attend the regular classes, an opportunity to get university work during hours that might otherwise be wasted. With the exception of the Law School, ever)- school and department of the University ofiers in the Adult Division courses leading to a degree. Although in the past a heavy percentage of students in the Adult Division have been school teachers, this condition is slowly changing. More and more business people are availing themselves of the opportunity to take courses in the University's Adult Division. Some mothers have received their degrees through Adult classes the same year their son or daughter has received a degree. Another function of the Adult Division, is the furnishing of lecturers, or teachers, to special groups in the Greater Miami Area. The Hispanic-American Institute, under special direction of Drs. McXicoll and Owre, the Winter Institute of Literature, directed by Mr. Mason, the Federation of Women's Club's Annual Institute, the Hay Front Lectures all of these activities come under the general supervision of the Adult Education Division of the University. As the population of this area increases, the responsibilities of the Adult Division will increase apace. More and more people are beginning to realize that their “educational suitcase" will not hold enough "mental clothing" to suffice for the complete journey through life. They must, if they don't want to Ik left stranded, add to their education as they travel along. Even education changes with the years, and one who was truly educated at age twenty-five, let us say. may be entirely "out of style" mentally and educationa'ly at age forty-five. This increasing demand for adult education is probably a direct result of the depression. Many adults, thrown out of work for the first time in years, cast about for a new means of livelihood. About that time our government, through its free classes, offered certain free courses to those who desired them. Now that the wheels are again turning we find that a definite trend toward continued adult education continues to exist. Many professions, such as banking, life insurance, medicine, etc., are sponsoring adult classes for the members of their groups. Most of these courses are handled either directly by the adult divisions of the various universities, or by instructors supplied by such universities. The University of Miami is in the unique position of being able to offer adult courses not only to the year around residents of the Greater Miami area, but to many visitors from the north who are anxious to add to their education during hours not spent in the round of pleasures available to winter visitors. As the years go by and the reputation of the University grows, more and more adults will come to this area to combine education with their vacation in our delightful climate. Through its adult education the University will, we hope, become recognized more and more as an indis-pensible cultural asset to this community. The speakers for the Hayfront Lectures alone have spoken to over ten thousand people. The Winter Institutes have brought many more thousands of people to our auditorium. Speakers from our faculty have addressed more thousands in countless gatherings throughout the (ireater Miami area. We are attempting to compile for the first time a comprehensive report of all the activities of the Adult Education Division of the University. This report, when completed, should disclose some amazing facts relative to the position the University occupies in the community. The Adult Education Division is not set up as an income producing department of the University. It was created, and has been carried on, with the sole idea of being of ever increasing service to the entire community which the University of Miami serves. (76]Straight Thinking .. . developed in mathematics can be applied to advantage in other fields of study. by CLARENCE EROSCUER Registration now l eing conducted in Auditorium —Registration now being conducted in Auditorium Registra . Let me see — English? Yes. that's required, might as well get it out of my way. Economics 112? No—prerequisite trouble! Ah, Here's an easy course Tuesday and Thursday. Then there's History. No, it conflicts with English. Gosh, there must Ik something else that 1 can take that's only eight hours. Hmmmmm Mathematics, I wonder? They say —! Could be? The question is raised — what is the answer? Just what is the value of Mathematics as taught in college or university? To the engineer it is indispensable. Whether civil, chemical, acoustical, or any one of a dozen other branches, he finds that his daily work depends upon the principles of Mathematics, and upon a mathematical training. The actuarian relies on Mathematics for the very foundation of his business. We thus have a universal language used by all sister sciences, such as physics, astronomy, biology and finance, when they need to express their quantitative relationships in precise and usable form. Hut this is not the only group that benefits through a course in college Mathematics. There are many advantages to be derived by all from the earnest pursuance of Mathematics. Throughout a course in Mathematics there should be a constant development and exercise of the function concept, that great notion of how a change in one quantity influences or causes a change in another quantity. The application of this notion to mathematical problems results in formula and equations by which the result or effect produced upon one system can Ik expressed completely in terms of equations entirely independent of that system. Could it not lie said then that the application of this same line of reasoning to problems, not mathematical, should lead to a solution of one's problem in terms of known quantities? Thus a salesman calculates the effect his words might have on a prospective buyer and decides whether a certain change in technique might influence the buyer favorably. That is only one example of how a concept developed in mathematics can be applied to good advantage in other fields of endeavor. And of course it should not Ik overlooked that directly out of the function concept comes the development of the multitudinous mathematical laws, some of which most of us effectively use each day. probably without the realization that it is a mathematical law we are using. A less mathematical result of a study of Mathemat- [77] ics, yet one which is consistently associated with Mathematics, is what we choose to call straight thinking. Straight thinking, that is, certain habits of work, or of thinking, or of procedure, can be developed very economically in a mathematics course which will "carry over” in many ordinary life situations and demands. To illustrate, one often sees the type of person who, if given an article that contains detailed descriptions or directions compactly and precisely written, merely skims over it only to get a little or nothing out of it. Especially is this true if the description gives a sequence of events which are related to each other. An income tax blank, an insurance policy, the text of a bond, the interpretation of a new law. or the deed to a house are illustrations. To read such papers successfully requires, among other things, such accomplishments as: development of the patience and willingness to go through a mass of details, keeping each item in mind; ability to do close ami detailed thinking: ability to give sustained attention; that is, concentration: ability to think rigorously and soundly rather than carelessly; inquiring or questioning attitude of mind: ability to subject a statement to a severe test of its truth or validity; ability to analyze: ability to draw conclusions. These arc exactly the abilities the successful study of mathematics encourages and develops. To apply an equation to a verbal problem, one must always go through this patient step-by-step analysis, reflection and criticism, weighing all statements, questioning their validity, and sticking to the task until ail the steps have been taken. No step can Ik ignored lest the whole chain break. Some people are confident that mathematics, if properly taught, has the opportunity I CONTIS CUD ON PAGE 114) An nilvnncrU iniilhrmuUos (lau: II.me. 1'r.nflirf, Ituunuwii, Mr. l-oimrncekrr, ClarkrEthics for a Changing World . . . can teach us to study people and complex things objectively. by MILDRED ZIXX Tiikrk is nml of ethics in the world today great need. With emphasis on nationalism, the importance of the State, too little heed is paid to the world as a unit. The world is a unit, a very closely knit unit. The Atlantic and Pacific are no longer barriers between the continents. Within twenty-four hours the Statue of Liberty can l e bid farewell and the Eiffel Tower hailed. Hiller sj eaks to the German people and the whole world listens. It is imj ossible for a state to attempt self-sufficiency, impossible for a state to attempt to gain her needs ruthlessly, impossible to attempt to right wrongs vindictively, without pause, without hesitation. Consideration of the question of what is right is lost in the almost fanatical nationalist effort to promote loyalty to the State, with the consequent hatred or suspicion of anything antithetical to it. The insistence u| on the "pure" race, the "superior" race, the persecution of “inferior" races, the persecution and stilling of anything that might Ik contrary to the development of the State, leaves no room for morality. Geographical barriers, attitudes, public opinion. are brushed aside. Humane consideration is forgotten or frowned u| on. nation is wronged, so it believes, and tries to undo its wrong. Almost everyone concedes that the solution to the problems precipitating the World War was not the real solution, that the parcelling out of territory was shortsighted and stupid. The punishment meted out to the defeated nations was also a mistake, so gross a mistake, that today the world is already fighting to erase it. and is but a hair-breadth from another world war; a bigger, Ijettcr, bloodier one. There is need of ethics in the world today, great need. Instead of the realization of the terribly urgent need of cool, careful thinking, of ethical judgement, nations are plunging wildly on. seeking retribution (where they believe they have been wronged), or selfish gain by playing one nation against another. None seems to take cognizance of or is willing to admit, the fact that no one nation can exist without the others. The interdependence of nations is a fact; a bare, cold, hard fact that will soon bring the world to its senses (and then it might l e too late.) It is impossible, economically, if in no other way. for any one nation to turn her back on another, or to try to sub- jugate another. But because the | owers arc facing each other with bayonets, the world has become a family divided against itself: it cannot, will not. progress ethically until the bayonets are rewe'ded into plows. Chivalry' has long been dead. Today killing people is not a matter of sport, nor does it involve honor. Men do not halt in the heat of battle to refresh themselves with a relaxing chat with their opponents. One man doesn't help another off the battle field; (if he did. someone would have to help him off). Today, and this is true in our so-called democracies as much as it is in dictatorships, people don't concern themselves with the other fellow, (except where it concerns them personally.) Man acts selfishly; but there are degrees of selfishness. The individual who wants to and does do what he pleases without regard for anyone else; and the nation that is wantonly nationalistic, both show appalling lack of humanitarianism and honor. Both the individual and the nation persist in a philosophy of laissez-faire in a world in which it cannot function as it did in the Victorian era. That is the reason for our present international crisis; that will continue to be the reason for all the coming international crises until the world becomes aware and understands that this is a changing world, and that what once was good for grandfather is not good for grandson. The democratic ideal of lilteriy and equality, with its two op| osing ideals, pursuance of individual lilterty on the one hand and promotion of a common good on the other, must be applied to the world today. The need for cooperation between nations is a serious one. The need for ethics is too urgent to be neglected. When we Income fully mature, we become retrospective. we begin to penetrate, to try to understand what makes up right and wrong. If we are really intelligent, and seek to roily know what is ethical, we inquire into what the Greeks did, and the Romans, and the Hebrews. We find out how they coped with their problems, ami what line of reasoning they employed. From that knowledge we try to reach a standard of action for today. We try to apply our problems to the test of time, try to look ahead to see consequences; then maybe some day wc suddenly become ethical. The idea that we can’t take things into our own hands becomes a startling fact. We look back and wc jrnnder and then we must look ahead. [78]An Understanding . . . of personalities and life is developed in our psychology classes. by CLEMESCE LEVY ■v 'To! You don’t hear weird sounds, frightful screams. xN or the strange whirring of machinery. There isn't any mystery attached to our psychology department; not even one student can l e visibly found chasing or being chased by a phobia, or having even a friendly •‘tete a tete" with an inhibition. While our psychology department is very young and incomplete, it possesses a distinct aim, difficult for larger and wealthier universities to surpass. But the l est part of it is we have a place and something to offer everybody. We know the values of psychology in the many professions that are exacting in their demands for personal contact and comprehension of all types of people. But too little stress has been placed upon this prerequisite for life in the equally important worlds of school, home, and business. You are bent on getting into the field of advertising. You wield a wicked paint-brush and draw pictures that look real enough to talk. But, do you draw what appeals to Mr. and Mrs. Average American, or arc you so up in the clouds of artistry, you paint only that. Psychology will bring you down to earth again, and tell you exactly how. what, and why you can and must appeal to the average human imagination. If you are doubly talented, you can learn to put those ideas into words, to write advertising copy. Thus we find the departments of English composition, and art. both linking arms with the psychology department in a most friendly and useful correlation. But how do you know what to do? Psychology Mlw Crorgln Muy ll.uult teaches you to understand people, including yourself, their motives for acting the way they do and the subjective compensations they create for themselves. You will become more tolerant and patient with yourself as well as others. You will receive a new interest in people, and certainly a more complete understanding of them. You will want to be with them and observe them more and more. If you tend to lx shy you will become so interested in others, you will forget your own feelings. Of course, you will suffer the tortures of having gained a little knowledge, and will wonder how neurotic you really are. or In frightened at the thought of just how near you are to dementia praecox. But that will make you want to continue studying. And the funny part about that is. the farther you study, the closer you get to the conclusion that you are just an average, normal human-lxing—but a far nicer one to know, a more intelligent and tolerant person than you were ever before I Despite all. some of our liabilities have become assets, in that we have been thrown on our own to search outside of the University facilities for application and experimentation. Attending sessions of the Juvenile Delinquency Court, and field trips to Kendall, cur county home and hospital for the under-privileged, have furnished interesting and practical material. The personnel directors of the large department stores have cooperated in supplanting our text with talks and also by giving opportunities for actual experience to some of our students. Some day we hojx to have a complete laboratory and additional instructors. For the present, we consider ourselves more than fortunate in possessing our understanding and capable Miss Barrett, and our disting- iCONTINl ia) ON l». GB -«S [S9] l r. Meyer Inching VirginiafVe All Had Fun'® ... while it lasted ... no tears, no fuss, hooray for us . . . and thanks for the memories . . . by TWITTERS Quito a year, this Iasi. We heal Univcrwly of Florida. gave our lir l opera, and Boyle and Teeter eon-dueled a refund campaign from the desk in Hoorn 213. To go hack chronologically, we’ll have to slur! with the President’ Reception for the Freshmen. It's the first free tiling that nobody misses. The little girls at the dormitory, of course, had to he taken care of and who should rush to their rescue hut Alpha Phi Omega (the hoy scouts). They came to the dorm—every handsome one of them- anti were introduced to the girls. Everybody looked everybody else over and when an APO saw a likely looking girl he hastily invited her to go to the Reception with him. Everyone seemed to he there for a few minutes at least—just stopping long enough to say "hollo" to a very swankily dressed faculty. One might sav that the new and old mixed very well. Punching the first two games together we find that we mopped up with Spring Hill, and "our hoy" Eddie Dunn broke the Tampa jinx. The first "M" Club dance wasn’t a roaring success, hut by the next week, the students hud warmed up to a change from cafeteria to Country Club, and the rush was on. “Listen, my Fresides, and you shall hear of the dread Miami Eleven the Gators now fear. Twas the I Itli of October- " and everyone that didn’t go up oil the speeial train, went up in a begged, borrowed, or stolen ear (unless they used the Bchr-Gillespie thumb I. That 19 to 7 victory wasn’t the only triumph, for their band sounder! like a tin fife brigade compared to ours. The sullen silence in the Florida stands was proof indeed of surprise and over-confidence. Despite their obvious disappointment. the Florida boys helped Miami celebrate after the game by giving a dance in their gym. All the fraternities held open house and the Miami students spent the night travelling from one to another. The train pulled out at 3 a.m. filled with the still celebrating Miamians. After the Drake defeat, the team returned to the home grounds and a royal welcome from the whole city as well us the students, i It was just after the Florida game that the city became University conscious ami woke up to the fact that this big building houses a thriving university t. Getting back to the welcoming parade- we’ll have to remember the wives of the players. l.ce Ellen Bo-lash. Julie Salisbury and Mary Charlotte Ryski. The bonfires on the nights preceding the games were almost as much c " fun as the games themselves. || ]uy the poor frosh labored to construct a pile of wood of mountainous proportions. Then, amid wild cheers and the lusty playing of the band the students worked themselves into a frenzy "round the leaping Haines. W ild dance were executed. Then with the excitement at a feverish pitch, a parade started for the Gable ; Traffic was paralyzed and the students took over the city. The middle of the street was the perfect place for a snake dance (in front of the Gable's Theatre). Fm the Fifth was the first play of the year. Rita Hornstein. Adcle Ricked. Cookie Cunningham and Speed Marvin turned in good performances despite the not SO amusing antics of the audience. Took Rollins for a ride, made hash of Oglethorpe, and then sent the team off to play Cutholic University up in Washington. Despite the support of the whole band. Abie M.i-gruder. Beverly Ijick. Hill Yurring-lon. Ace "hitch-hiker" Hchr. and anyone else who could afford the trip, we lost 7 to 0. our second and last defeat. W o won’t forget Oglethorpe’s chief claim to distinction lay in the snazzy little dance step they executed during the game. They were oh. so graceful. Everyone was enjoying it immensely when "Slock" decided to show Johnny Douglas and the Oglethoi| e srpiad how the step really should be done, and he shook a wicker! foot until (.‘oach Harding spied him mimicking the boys and jerked him back [80]to the bench (the old meanir! I Sir James Barrie's delightful comedy. Dear H rut us. won the whole hearted applause of the student body. Doctor Ashe entertained the cast with a buffet supper at his home after the performance. About this time Coach Ken Ormis-ton tried out the Ifaby Hurricanes to find out that they could beat Tampa Frosh ami the Stetson Bahv Hatters, hut when they looked the vengeful Baby Gators in the fuee. they let them win 51 to 6. After healing Duquesnc. we started celebratin',; Homecoming. President and Mrs. Ashe gave a reception for the alumni at their home, we had our usual pep meeting and I Kin fire, and best of all. the Homecoming Dance ut the Coral Gables Country Club. Everybody was there—all of the alumni that we hadn't seen for ago. students who knew better than to miss the dance of the year, und tin; defeated Bueknell team. Probably the most interested spectator at the game was Fred B. Snite. Jr., who was made an honorary mcm! er of the alumni association. Her Temporary Hushantl was u success despite the carefree participation of the audience. Jack Madigan braved the storm of student censure and appeared nonchalantly attired in a bathing suit. Peggy O'Donnell smoothly ignored the whistles of appreciation her appearance caused and carried on like a real trooper. The annual “Beat Georgia ' par- ade was won by the "Georgia in the Doghouse!" float of the Zcla Tau Alphas. Pi Chi and Phi Alpha came in second ami third, both predicting the death of the Georgia Bulldog. And right they were, for a crowd of 33.000 people saw us la-at the Georgia team 13-7. The way we ran rings around them certainly had the crowd going wild. Jean Moore and Speed Marvin turned in top place performances in Trail of the Lonesome I'ine. Jean seemed to get as much fun out of her part as did the audience. Adele Bic-kel's characterization of the old Mother was excellent and would remind one of Mu Yokum. Vfter the performance Doctor Ashe honored members of the easts of Trail of the Lonesome Dine and Her Temporary Huslmn I at a buffet supper at his home. Stealing the crown from the nine other candidates, lovely All»erta Burke of Chi Omega sorority became the (,)ueen of Clubs for the year. Virginia Miles. Kappa Kappa Gamma. and Patty Holleran. Zeta Tau Alpha, took second and third places. Somehow the Pi (ibis always manage to give a successful dance that draw-capacity crowd-. Perhaps it'- the fact that it's all for a good cause. The next big dance that came along was the Pan-Hellenic dance honoring the pledge classes of the various sororities. Honestly. I don’t think there was a soul that wasn't at the Miami Women’s Club some time during the evening. The orchestra was good, the floor large, and everything went ofT smoothly under the direction of President Dolly Mat-leson escorted ami assisted by the efficient Bud Mcl.indenl. The groups ipiile outdid themselves on the corsages each one prettier than the next. Only best dresses for this dance and fur wraps to burn. - nv thing to make Miami even more closely acquainted with the University! So this year we had three days of open hou-c instead of one and |H ople visited the classes. It wouldn't he fair to tell how many professors rehearsed their classes ahead of time. Perhaps the outstanding dramatic event of the year was Delrified ForesI with Dorothy Bell and Maxwell Marvin in the leading roles. The Della Sig’s Valentine Dance drew the crowd to the Country Club February 11th. This year they inaugurated the election of the Campus Sweethearts and Kddie Grubb. Pi Dell, and Jean Girton. Chi Omega, were chosen. Jean was presented with a sweetheart locket. Theta Alpha Phi. national honorary dramatics fraternity, initiates! ten member in February. They were: Dan Satin. Phyllis Salter. Sylvia I-ocke. Becky Parham. Phyllis Young. Jean Moore. Joyce Christenson. Mabclle Gilbert and Peggy O’Donnell. Part of the informal initiation was un impromptu floor show given by the pledges at the Coral Gables G untry (dub on Saturday night. After the formal initiation all attended a costume banquet at the Gay Nineties. The five Chi Omega dressed alike to represent the Dionne quints at about the age of three. Harry Hayward was Doctor I )efoe. The next week the Delta Tau- gave their annual Show Boat in the University (Cafeteria. Strange to say. the students seemed to enjoy a dance in the old surroundings. So the next week, the Freshmen held their barn dance there. Marion Brown. Chi Omega, and Bunny Lovett. Pi Chi. were selected Farmer and Farmerette because of their appropriate costumes. [81]The biggest fun of the year for the girls was the Alpha Theta "Spinster Stomp” when they broke loose and entertained the men. Vegetable corsages (highly edible in hungry moments I. big llowers. and lots of attention for the men—and a chance to dance with all the good dancers for the girls. W ith the Stephen’s College girls in town anil the available University men all marshalled into service, the University girls will remember this year's Kampns King Kapcr as one they missed. Beautifully gowned and well trained in the art of l-eing society belles, the girls made quite a hit with our campus Bomeos. The Pi Delta Sigmas managed the evening beautifully and showed exceptional taste in their choice of Charlotte Meggs. lovely Chi Omega, as "Pi Dell Girl.” Bay Fordham walked awav with the Rampus King crown to the amazement of the fraternity men. The next two dramatic productions were Moon over Mulberry Street with Peggy O'Donnell and Jerry W cinkle in the leading roles, and The Guardsman in which S| eed Marvin. Shirley Haimcs. Sid Cascll. and Adele Bickel shared honors. The Chi Omega Carnival, held for the first time at the ('.oral Gables Country Club, proved to lie a lovely and collegiate evening. The life and gaiety was a lilting subject for “Life Goes To A Party.” though evidently no one thought of that till after- wards. Mctte W illiamson. blond Kappa Kappa Gamma, was chosen (!ar-nival Queen with "Mom” McComb taking second place. King Fordham crowned the Queen. And then the Kappa Kappu Gammas gave their first tea ilance at the Country Club. They received their guests decked out in tea gowns, and a fine punch was served to the thirsty dancers. The Seven Sisters presented by the dramatics department played to a large and astonishingly courteous audience. The editorials in the Hur-riatne were beginning to have some effect. Adele Bickel. along with her six sisters, made the most of every comic situation. Boh Reinert again presenter! his chorus in a concert along about April 17 and though there were a few rough spots the whole program was fine. The student soloists were remarkable for their poise and lovely clear voices. Of course you remember the Junior Prom and the lact that the sen- this was not a disappointment. The Country Club looked swell and there was an air of dignity and formalness that is found only at this dance. Joyce Christensen looked stunning, leading the grand march with Mel Patton. It wouldn't do for Juniors or Seniors to miss this big occasion. The most hilarious comedy of the year was .-f Slif hl Case of Murder. Fdwurd G. Robinson couldn’t have shown Dan Satin one thing when it came to that part. The students came expecting fun ami left satisfied. Alpha Phi Omega gave their annual party for the high school boys. You know, that's a darn good way to show them the University and the students themselves. Not any less valuable, was the Town and Gown Tea for high school girls, designed to serve the same purpose. The girls were taken on a tour of inspection through the Girls' Dormitory. where they were received by "Mom" Koch, given u bit of punch, and shown through the girls’ rooms. Needless to say. the dorm girls had been forewarned and the high school girls were duly impressed with the extreme neatness which prevailed. The onlooking girls displayed a very marked interest in the masculine portraits which adorn the rooms. Incidentally, in spite of the vigilance of the matrons at the dorm, the inmates manage very well (under cover, so to speak). One little occurrence “leaked” out — a birthday party given by the suitemates of one of the girls. They waited until 12 o'clock, by which time they presumed that everyone else would In-fast asleep. But unfortunately one of the matrons heard the hushed footsteps and proceeded to investigate. While the merrymakers were gleefully consuming cake, peanuts, candy, etc. amidst hushed giggles and whispers. the matron opened the door. Quick as a Hash the girls blew out their illumination ami scattered to their rooms. The matron was so astonished at the tableau that she failed to see who the culprits were, consequently she could not report the incident to “Mom." The Delta Sig Spook Dance achieved the distinction of being the spookiest thing this year. The graveyard in the corner of the cafeteria. [82]the fluttering ghost. and the spider favors all helped create the necessary atmosphere. Duke Boyle was elected Campus Spook. That ear-splitting and nerve-rack-ing Songfest improves with age. This year the songs went a little more smoothly and the selections were more suitable. The Phi Mu Alphas really deserve credit for the School Wide participation in this memorable event. Before a capacity crowd. Chi Omega fraternity emerged victorious. Selections rendered by the winning groups were “Allah’s Holiday" and “Cirihirihin” by the Chi Omegas: “Steal Away” and “Vive I,’Amour" by the Pi Chis. The Independent group (which entered “just for fun" ami was not eligible for the prize) departed from the type songs usuall) sung in the Songfcst and sang “Ferdinand the Bull" to an audience which fully appreciated the innovation. The girls were lovely—the dresses of some of the sororities were all alike- a vision of uniformity. The candlelight effect of the Kappa Kappa Gammas was so beautiful that it wasn’t necessary for them to sing as capably as they did. The Alpha Theta rendition of "No-IkhIv Knows the Trouble 1 See" was novel—each girl made up as a colored mammy. Mr. Werrenrath led the audience singing old favorites such as “Get Me Call You Sweetheart,” “At the Old Ball Game.” etc. The audience was the largest yet to attend the Songfest. Following the Songfest. a dance for all participants was held in the cafeteria, where the two winning groups were presented with silver, engraved plaques. Music furnished by the Sinfonians. While on the subject of talent, we might say something about the Theta Alpha Phi Follies which never fails to be amusing, and this year was side-splitting. When those dramatic students get together you know that you can expect something out of the ordinary. Well, we got it. May 5th everyone was on hand to see the University of Miami intrasquad football game, sponsored by the (Quarterbacks Club. The squad was split into two teams, the Orange and the Whites. Chuck Guimento, Orange captain and varsity co-captain. and Walt Kichefski. White captain and the other varsity cocaptain. picked their teams. After a hard-fought battle the Whites won. Following the game there was plenty of fun for all at the Sophomore Spring Dance at the Country Club. Meml ers of the team were guests of honor. The Annual Pan-Hellenic Dance, given May 6th. at the Coral Gables Country Club was enjoyed by all. Fach sorority was honored in having one dance set aside for them. The purpose of the dance is to raise funds to award a four year scholarship to several worthy girls for the University of Miami and Florida State. Can’t figure if it’s the new craze for Artie Shaw or the swell new music that had the students danre crazy. Course, it might lie that there's a money making scheme in a dance. Anyway, the Z.T.A. Hula Hop given May 12th in the cafeteria and the Pi Chi Spring Hop given the following night at the Sunny Isles Club gave us a really full week-end. Both dances were well attended. Sorta hale to graduate when I think of the fun that has been going on this year. But back to realities, won’t you always remember the year ’38-’39 for the excellence of Becky Parham's and Speed Marvin’s performances in Dear Brutus, the great teamwork lie-tween Fddie Dunn and the boys, those two days of work on the Refund Drive and the rebuffs we got at some of the homes, the five candidates for president of the student body and the subtle (? I mud-slinging in assembly, the birth of Joe Thomas’ grand idea the “Slop Shop," the Snite aerocar at the cast end of the stadium, the stiff dormitory rules, and for the first time two sets of exams instead of three? [83]This year these were Denman Fink of the University Art Department. Paul Runyan. Mayor and Mrs. Paul McGarrv. and Pauline Corley, of the Miami Herald. Beauty, poise and personality were the carefully considered factors in determining who should he queen. Sponsored yearly by the fraternity, the proceeds of the dance go to make up the Donald Grant Memorial Fund which benefits the University General Library. Besides the girls in the first three positions there were seven other candidats: Dot Milgrim, Alpha Epsilon Phi; Pat Cluney. Delta Tau: Mildred Shenkcn. Zeta Iota Pi; Jean Bolton, Masque; Katherine Ammon. Pyramid: Zoya Dickins. Pi Beta Nu; and Mary Ion Driscoll. Koxyn. The queen each year receives a trophy that will grace the sorority room. Though high school sororities are allowed candidates, the choosing of one of our campus beauties is proof of our superiority. This Pi Chi dance had the usual formality and dignity which distinguishes it each year. To the greater The Big Dances . . . brought kings and queens, heartaches and headaches, waltz time and swing time to University socialites. by VIRGINIA WITTERS QUEEN OF CLUBS X lberta Burke. Chi Omega, was chosen queen at i 1 the annual Pi Chi Queen of Clubs dance on December 9, at the Miami Biltmore Country Club. Virginia Miles. Kappa Kappa Gamma, took second place and Patricia Hollcran, Zeta Tau Alpha, third. A crowd of over 350 people saw the queen proceed the length of the ballroom between a cordon formed by Pi Chi members and their dates. At the throne on the raised dais she was crowned Queen of Clubs, the Ninth, by Janet Seerth, last year's queen. This midnight ceremony climaxed a gala evening and was. as usual, an impressive and dignified presentation. All other candidates had been introduced before the queen and susj ense mounted as one girl after another was eliminated. The Princesses. Patty Holleran and Virginia Miles were announced—and then the queen. That was a thrill. As is the custom, the winner was chosen at a banquet prcceeding the dance by a group of selected judges. part of the student body this dance officially opens the Christmas season. DELTA SIC. VALENTINE DANCE Delta Sigma Kappa Fraternity held their Valentine Dance honoring the student body at the Coral Gables Country Club on February II. At this time, they inaugurated the Campus Sweetheart's contest to determine who ranked highest as ideal campus lovers. This year Jean Girton, Chi Omega, and Eddie Grubb. Pi Delta Sigma, were the winners. Jean was presented a lovely gold locket engraved with the date and the occasion. The innovation of the sweetheart contest drew a great deal of attention to the dance. Friends of steady couples nominated them as candidates for the honor and rivalry ran high until the very seconds l efore midnight when President Tom Schepis announced the winner. In keeping with the theme of the dance, decorations carried out a Valentine motif. Though a big crowd attended, the large dance floor was not too crowded. [84]I»i irrll (ilrl Charlotte Mr«J» crown Hoy Ford lin ill Kmiipu Kina Many faculty members deserted a literary volume to join in the gaiety and excitement. The Country Club patio was a beautiful setting for the dance of the season. Everyone was there waltzing and twirling to an orchestra that really outdid itself. Between dances the crowd gathered around the voting booth and perhaps cheered more than they voted for their favorite candidates. The “Sweethearts' themselves seemed the least concerned, leaving the worry entirely to their friends. KAMPUS KING KAPERS Kampus King Kapers, sponsored by the Pi Delta Sigma fraternity, was presented at the Miami Bilt-more Country Club on March 11. This was the seventh annual dance and the proceeds went to make up a Lou Chesna Memorial Scholarship to be awarded to the most outstanding high school athlete in Miami. University of Miami girls in general missed this dance, for all available men signed up to date the two hundred and fifty Stephens College co-eds who happened to In in town for the week-end. And so, with their true loves sitting home with a good book, the erstwhile men of our campus cavorted with blond, redhead, or brunette that he had drawn in the rush. By midnight, both the inside dance tloor and the terrace were very crowded. It was with difficulty that IS5] Master of Ceremonies Bob Olson was able to make himself heard when he announced that the fraternity's choice for Pi Dclt girl this year was Charlotte Meggs, lovely Chi Omega. After she had been presented with the onyx lavalier symbolic of the title, the name of the Kampus King was announced. This year an independent had forged ahead of all the fraternity men, and Ray Fordham. vice president of the student body, was crowned as the 1939 Kampus King by the Pi Delt Girl. The ballroom and terraces were lavishly decorated for the evening, and the lovely gowns of the guests from Stephens college made a beautiful picture of what was an ideally collegiate dance. Chaperones for the evening were l)r. and Mrs. S. W. Girriel and Mr. and Mrs. Erl Roman. CHI OMEGA CARNIVAL The tenth annual Chi Omega Carnival was held in the patio of the Coral Gables Country Club, March 31. All the groups on campus were represented in the row of brightly decorated booths built around the tloor. Rifle ranges, popcorn and hotdog stands, and games of chance vied in attracting the crowd. The Carnival was a truly collegiate affair and everyone seemed to feel that “Life" should have been there. The U. relaxed and had fun in an easy informal way. Eddie Baumgarten and his hand-picked group of Phi Mu Alphas supplied the necessary swing. Candied apples and over-ripe tomatoes were danced on indiscriminately. The Mebane and Walker jitterbug team showed the others how in the Phi Mu Alpha Jamboree. Kampus King Fordham mounted his throne at ten to twelve and waited patiently while the excited voters chose his queen. Mctte Wil’iamson, lovely K.K.G.. was selected. She was presented with gifts from various local merchants and crowned Carnival Queen. ‘Mom" McComb, of the famous Burnt Stump, and Martha Dorn. Zeta Tau Alpha, came in second and third respectively. The Pi Delta Sigma double booth decorated with pine branches won first prize. The booths were judged by Dr. and Mrs. Briggs. Kampu King Fordham and Canilvul Uik.-.i Mrttc William OnAssociation We don’t have members in our Alumni Association who date back to the Class of '99; but we’re getting along all right anyhow. Right here on the University of Miami faculty, we have several alumni: Paul Eckel. Class of '29. was the first four-year graduate of the University of Miami; he went on to take his master’s work and has returned to the University as an instructor in history. Look anywhere around Greater Miami and you'll find an alumnus doing his work in his chosen field and doing it well. For that matter, look farther away around the country and you'll find the Homecoming Home cominc is a college by-word that has been in use for 300 years. When the graduates of America’s first established college returner! annually to the campus at commencement time it was literally a “coming home" to them. Had they not chopped wood,built fires, carried water, supplied their own food, and kept house? The broad fields and streams of Cambridge had been their worldly sphere. The college had been their home. That was three centuries ago at Harvard. At Thanksgiving time, 1938, the University of Miami, thirteen years young, had a “coming home." True. The Old Grads .. .celebrate Homecoming. The Alumni Association helps the University. same thing. In the Congress of the United States this year sits A. Patrick Cannon, Class of ’31. On the faculty of Columbia University is Ernest Wolfe, Class of ’29. The office of Tax Collector of Dade County is held by Hayes Wood, Class of '31. Many of the teachers, athletic directors, and band directors of the public schools of South Florida are Miami alumni. And, in addition to all of these, are the men and women who have entered business, medicine and law. This year, the meetings of the Alumni Hoard of Directors have been featured by debates and discussions; this indicates that the members are thinking about the Association and are encouraging definite interest in it. The Association is an organization of former students of the University of Miami, both graduates and non-graduates, the objective of which is to unite the alumni in the service of the University. At the 1937 annual meeting, held in May. the directors set forth the idea of an alumni drive for a permanent building fund for the University. There were to be three phases: the signing of long-term notes by the alumni, the interesting of the students and the graduation seniors in this project, and the presenting of the building fund plan to people who may be outside (CONTINUED ON I'AGH 2!5l there had been others, but they were of an ordinary sort, somewhat thin and artificial. You see. there were only a few graduates then. This current home coming was different. In the first place there were three remarkable settings for the event: The Orange Bowl, wherein was played the football game between jxnverful Buck-nell and Miami; the after game party at the estate of President and Mrs. Bowman Ashe; and the Coral Gables Country Club, rendezvous for the dance. It was Miami's day in full measure. There is no way of ascertaining the number of alumni in the 23,000 crowd at the football game. It is enough to say that Miami was the victor. The score was 19-0. Coach Harding said: “The most powerful team of the season was Buckncll.” Orange, green and white were the colors of the day and that was as it should lie. The re-union at Dr. Ashe’s estate, following the game, was a gala occasion. The alumni, many of them old enough to qualify for that “you remember when’’ phase in a graduate’s life, were on full parade. Unofficial count would indicate 300 were on hand during the early evening. Ten years out of college fails to mellow a graduate. That is reserved for the quarter century classification. And yet, there was a mellow- (CONTINUED ON PACE 216. [86]Gainesville Three thousand strong, the Hurricane supporters came, saw, and cheered the conquerors. by JO AX GOESER On. yes, the Florida game. Who hasn't heard about it! The going from car to car, following the German band. And what did we find there but the Kappa Kappa Gammas at one table. Doing what, do you ask? Well, now that would lx telling. Then there was that freshman following trombonist Charley Wood all over the place. Remember the air-conditioned car that wasn't air-conditioned? I never did find out whether it was fixed. And then there was good ole' Dave Elsasser who never did o| en his bottle. Will wonders never cease? The club car was filled with grads old arid young. And the Quarterbacks Club was out in full force. Remember the favorite haunt of many? Why, that was the baggage car where cokes and beer could be had. Why everyone was willing to buy you a bottle (of pop). Remember your neighbor who told you the story of his life over and over; that freshman footballer who stuck his fist through a window and had to lx taken off the train? Never did find out his name. Some pleasure-loving souls brought along the portable victrolas. which couldn’t possibly be heard above the rattle-trap coaches. 1 wonder how many pictures were taken as the train was leaving Miami, and during the trip. Those photographers took them every time your back was turned or when you were not in the most jx rtect pose. . . . anil how! Thr Hlorlilu crowd urrrtnl in royally Did you ever feel so foolish, cocky, and scared at one time, as when the train stopped, the band lined up for the march and everybody followed to nobody knew where? Oh. how we wanted to show those Gators that ivy-covered buildings didn't make a good team! Rut then I didn’t see many U. of Florida rooters-Miamians swarmed the place. It would have to drizzle but we didn't care about our new hats or shoes. The suspense that hung over the field like a mist could lx- cut with a knife. Then the second half came and with it new spirits—oh yes. new spirits. And at last . . . victory! Our coach does know how to stir the team up. and dish it out for the dear old U. Josh Cody had to admit defeat and say “Where in the world did you get such a club?” How many of us came back with “F” dinks that were given to us wholesale. No fun there cause we didn't have to fight for them. It's a shame we could not stay for the dance, but some of us did sneak in a few steps before train time. Where was Red Duncan all this time? How did he find a minute to spare and get married? How many missed the train? As we made a rush to get on it. Ole Olson was trying to get off as coach Jack decided he could go on up to Drake with them. AH this time Miss Merritt sat quietly in her corner and said nothing, heard nothing, saw nothing. When she did make her one and only round, there was the town crier one car ahead of her to warn us. 1 wonder how many light bulbs were taken out so we could sleep (?). Speaking of Miss Merritt, we are all glad that Jackie Rehr accomplished what he “wanted to do ever since he has been in school." Also, we've never heard such school spirit as that which poured from the dining car until the sun came up. Can somebody tell me who the people were who echoed '‘Quid’' through every darkened car? Then came the dawn and good old Miami, Fla. The few left behind were there to meet the train. Everyone of us went home for a hot bath, good meal, and plenty of sleep.a "sleeper . . . Gar Mulloy. Independent, throwing perfect strikes . . . Herb Potash, Tau Epsilon Phi. whizzing around end although giving impression of moving slowly . . . Duke Mansene. Independent, in “Cafe-Society clothes snaring four touchdown passes . . . Independents steamrollering to season's high score against the Phi Epsilon Pi's . . . Charlie Matt man. Delta Sigma Kappa, leaping high for a Georgie Back pass .. . Jim Munley and Sam Abbott, the two Pi Chi speed merchants . . . Phi Mu Alpha's Hilbish. Wood, Snider and Oesch playing basketball with the football and getting good results . . . The smooth, speedy, sportsmanlike game between Tau Epsilon Phi and Pi Chi with both reaching season's peak . . . Phi Epsilon It’s torch football In thr fall The Intramural Field ... is the place where independents and fraternity members meet for fun and athletic events. MEN S INTRAMURALS by SEYM OCR J. SIMON In this University a complete program of sports for the students to participate is planned. Every fraternity on the campus enters teams and men. while students, who like certain s| ort.s. organize independent teams to equally compete with them. In all about 200 of the male population of the University engage in intramurals. This year the interest of the fellows has been particularly noteworthy because Independent teams have been very successful in their engagements with the organized fraternity outfits. FOOT HALL The 1938-39 intramural season opened with the most interesting and best played touch football season in this school’s history. The Independents, led by Mike Ruggles and Gardnar Mulloy. ex Delta Sig stars, were the league champions. The result, however, was in doubt until near the season’s close. Pi (’hi. which had tied the Independents at the start of the year, remained in the unbeaten class up to their final game. Phi Mu Alpha upset them, 13-12, with a strong closing rally. This loss put Pi Chi in a tie for second with the Delta Sigs. Things that are easily recalled . . . The block Charlie Lovett, Phi Mu Alpha, gave Willie Cohen. Tau Epsilon Phi . . . Duke Boyle. Phi Alpha, being ejected from the Independent game ... Barefoot Boy" Erwin, Pi Dell, scoring a touchdown after being Pi surprising by almost upsetting defending champions, the Delta Sigs . . . Crowds at all the games . . . The effective use of blocks by all teams . . . Phi Alpha using a power play to score a touchdown against Phi Epsilon Pi at the game's opening . . . George Halla-han. Phi Alpha, winding up to heave a long pass . . . The teamwork of the Independents after their tie with Pi Chi . .. The howls put up by many after the selection of the Hurricane All-Star team . . . Speedy little Bunny Lovett. Pi Chi. knifing through and rushing better than anyone else . . . Certain females yelling loud and long for their boy friends .. . The Champion Independents playing against the freshmen in a |»ost-season “Rock Bowl" game . VOLLEY BALL Phi Epsilon Pi played the steadiest game of volleyball of the entire league and were rewarded by winning the title. They defeated Pi Chi in the opening round; Tau Epsilon Phi. in a very close match that was decided by an umpire’s decision in the semi-finals; and the Wnti'lili'ii it nlp-uiNl-liii'k vollry I i.i 11 xuiiii [8S]. . . m» Itrril uflrr u xollryhull jUinir favored Delta Sigs, defending champions, in the finals. The ex-titleholdcrs had a very tall team and were proficient in "killing the ball," hut lacked consistency. The outstanding players of the league were: for the Phi Epsilon Pis. Milton Feller and Buddy Cohen: for the Delta Sigs. Charlie Matt man, the best in the league; for the Tau Epsilon Phis, Morris Madorsky and Willie Cohen; for the Pi Delts, Eddie Ghibband John Parkinson; for Phi Mu Alpha, John Parrott. Things that are easily recalled . . . The dispatch and efficiency with which the tournament was accomplished . . . The default of the Independents because only three of their team appeared. The three wanting to challenge a full Delta Sig team ... Big John Parrott playing a sparkling game for Phi Mu Alpha, although his team was defeated . . . The lack of enough officials. BASKET HALL A team from the French Village that your reporter is proud to say he organized and managed, went through the entire basketball campaign without suffering defeat, and won the Intramural championship. Pi Delta Sigma, using an effective fast break and zone defense, was outscored only by the Villagers, and placed second. Doc Sapp's All-Stars, pre-season favorites, finished in the third slot. Things that arc easily recalled . . . Referee John Homko. who played for the Delta Sigs. being thrown out of a game by his usual co-worker, Lcn Ricci . . . Harry Parker. Pi Chi, sinking a foul shot in the ten seconds with the score tied in a game against the All-Stars... Verdie Arries, All-Star, scoring 12 points in first few minutes against Tau Ep . . . Joe Krutulis, All-Star, stealing the ball away from any opponent . . . Art Tracy, French Village, dribbling around and then putting in a one-hand shot . . . Tau Ep beating Phi Ep 22-19 and gaining that margin by converting 8 fouls . . . The spirit and teamwork of the Pi Delts . . . The use of varsity players, who had not yet played a game, during the week of the season . . . Duke Boyle, Phi Alpha, singlehandedly outscoring the TEPs in the league curtain-raiser . . . Eddie Dunn. Delta Sig. and Chuck Guimento kidding around in an early season game . . . Charley Mailman shooting a million "crip" shots . . . John N'oppenberg. Pi Chi. combining football with basketball . . . the difficulties in knowing which of the Pi Chi Foster boys was the correct one to guard . . . the numerous overtime games . . . The faculty kidding around in all their games . . . the boxing team Y.M.C.A. providing many laughs in their first fray . . . the championship game between French Village and Pi Dell, which the Villagers won 27-11 . . . the selection of four independents on the All League Five .. . Herbie Potash. Tau Ep, shooting with his tongue sticking away out . . . Jiggs Morelli, French Village, in a scrimmage to gain possession of the l all ... Doc Sapp sending in a consistent stream of substitutes, one faster and bigger than the other . . . Hal Leviton. TEP, successfully warding off three All-Stars on numerous occasions . . . The number of defaults this year . . . Mike Ruggles. refereeing and never blowing the whistle ... the filling of the grandstand for nearly ever game . . . PING-PONG The only unbeaten team at the present time is Tau Epsilon Phi who has only matches with Phi Mu Alpha and Delta Sigma Kappa on the calendar. HANDBALL In an elimination singles tournament in which 32 contestants sent in their applications, the Intramural championship is to be decided. The finals have been reached by Harold Leviton. TEP, and Dick Arend. After a very close match, in which he won three out of five games, Dick Arend won the handball singles crown. Thr cluiiii|il-Hi .lil| Krrnrh VllluKi- iNiskrthal) (com'dir K:i| |i.i Ka|t| » Uullltllu chiimplniifttilp Viillryliiill Iriim: I'uiCr. WiwmI. I’amuiii. Murphy, IHntfUiorM. Kripp, WIIIIiiiiimiii, Kill WRESTLING Delia Sigma Kappa won the intramural wrestling tournament this year with a total of fifty-four points, closely followed with Tau Epsilon Phi with fifty-three, and Pi Delta Sigma with fifty. Bunny Lovett of Pi ('hi is the 125 pound champion. I red Ashe of the Pi Delts annexed the 118 pound class, Pat Weiland, Delta Sig. won the 135 crown, Phil Opt-tier, Phi Kp. look the 145 pound division, and Boh lha look the 155 pound event for the Pi Delts. Bud Stern. Delta Sig. was victorious in the 165 pound class. John Creveling, Pi Delt. won the 175 crown, and Tom Schepis, Delta Sig. won the heavyweight championship. SOFTBALL The Intramural softball tournament is still in progress. However, the Y.M.C.A. team is on top right now, and from all indications they seem to be slated as this year's champs. WOMEN’S INTRAMURAL ATHLETICS by CHARLOTTE MECGS Physical education for the women students of the University of Miami is provided, in a sense, by the Women‘s Intramural Athletics. This department offers every girl enrolled in the University the opportunity to participate in athletics merely for the enjoyment to be gained, or for wholesome competition with others. Voluntary active participation on the part of so many girls shows that there is an interest in physical development as well as in mental, moral and spiritual development. The intramural program is set up and governed by the Women's Athletic Council. The Student Assistant of Athletics is chairman of this Council. The group meets once a week in order to plan the game schedules and to discuss any problems or to present any constructive suggestions for the athletic program. The Council is composed of one representative and one alternate representative from each group which enters into competition. Athletic representatives for the year 1958-1959 are: Alpha Epsilon Phi, Toby Maremont: Alpha Theta. Tommie Edwards; Alpha Omega, Laura Green; Beta Phi Alpha, Beryle McCluney; Sigma Kappa. Jean Lambert; Zeta Tau Alpha. Doris Doyle; Kappa Kappa Gamma. Elaine Rheney; Chi Omega, Peggy O'Donnell: Delta Phi Epsilon. Martha N'eham: Independents, Mary Louise Gaddis and Peggie Price: Chairman. Charlotte Meggs. The athletic program for the year includes three major sports: volleyball, basketball, and diamondball. The minor sports include: tennis, singles and doubles: ping-pong, singles and doubles; golf : and bowling. All track, field and swimming events are held on the annual Field Day late in the second semester. There is interest also in badminton, archery, horse-back riding, and riflery. and arrangements will be made each year to secure activity in these sports. Volleyball, the first of the major sports to be played, was finished in the fall. Nine teams competed for honors in a round robin league. Approximately 140 girls participated at one time or another. Kappa Kappa Gamma well earned first place in the league, plyaing eight games and losing only one. The strong Independent team placed second after defeating Alpha Epsilon Phi in a “play-off" game. The winning team was composed of: Captain Virginia Horseley. Nancy Shephard, Mette Williamson. Doris Page, Inza Fripp, Winnie Wood. Eileen Muq hv, Ruth Diestlehorst. Next in the line of major sports, came basketball. Slrlkf:—1 f90]Ill thr iprliiK ll‘» »■ fllrnll This event was played off as an elimination tournament. Eight teams entered competition in this sport. Sigma Kappa, through splendid cooperation and an exhibition of a very good knowledge of the game, easily defeated the less experienced teams in the tournament. Chi Omega was defeated in the finals, placing second, and Kappa Kappa Gamma and .eta Tau Alpha were defeated in the semi-finals. The Sigma Kappa six are: Captain, Jean Lambert; Jerry Goff, Betty Goff, Joan Goeser. Hetty Knight, Grace Poteet. Ping-pong afforded a lot of pleasure for all who participated. Alpha Epsilon Phi captured first place in the ping-pong singles when Wilma Resnikoff defeated last year's champion. Betty Johnsen of Kappa Kappa Gamma. Selma Phillips. Alpha Epsilon Phi, and Martha Goddard, .eta Tau Alpha were defeated in the semi-finals. WOMEN S 1N TRAM URALS by LUCILLE LEFKOWITZ Selma Lee Phillips and Wilma Resnikoff teamed together to win the ping-pong doubles championship for Alpha Epsilon Phi. Diamondbail is still being played off. To date, the Kappa Kappa Gamma team has not lost any games, and the Chi Omegas. Sigma Kappas, A. E. Phis, and Z.T.A.’s have only lost one apiece. Did I hear someone say the weaker sex? Whoever told you that never saw the coeds of the L'niversity of Miami participating in a contest on the intramural field! Believe me, the girls really take this sport situation seriously. Fresh hair sets, fancy shorts, expensive slack outfits and brand new manicures are all forgotten in the excitement and fun of a base hit. a basket, a winning ping-pong smash or a tricky cross court shot in tennis. Yesiree! The Miami maids like their sports under the warm tropical sun as well as their romance under the big tropical moon. This past year the University athletic department Capitalized on the facility of the new intramural field and on the coeds’ love of sports and presented a program of year around sports under the capable direction of Charlotte Meggs. The University officials realized that the coeds, to work well academically, must also learn to relax and play. The school authorities are aware of the good to be derived phys-ica’ly by the girls from the tropical climate. The competition is keen and the games are hard. The rivalry of various sororities and independent teams adds zest to the play. Even so. it is not uncommon to hear at a very tense and exciting moment in a game a Watching a font name lunkrtb.ill girl exclaim. "Oh. darn it! There goes my best fingernail"; or,"Now my hair is ruined for tonight’s dance!' Remarks like these make the spectators realize that they are watching the “weaker sex at play. One surely couldn't tell easily by the brand of play. Charlotte, during the past year, successfully conducted competition in baseball, volleyball, ping-pong, basketball, tennis, golf, swimming and bowling. This wide field of athletics was planned so that every girl in the school would participate in at least one sport. The great variety of sjKirts enabled the large and small, fat and thin to choose a sport which they could take part in. Thr My,itm Kiipixt rhumpluiixhlp liuskrth,- ll train: l.uml rrl, llnmlltnn, Knlillil, (liiMrr [911The ’38 - ’39 Season . . . was the greatest in our athletic history. Now we’re on our way. npHE year 1938 was the greatest in Hurricane his-1 lory, and the coming one has promise of being even greater. Our Hurricanes, coached by Jack Harding and Hart Morris, had it's lx st season in the annals of football at Miami. Not only were the '38 Hurricanes the first eleven to win eight games in a single season, but in many other respects, they were tops. too. For example, they showed more Class A football than has been played around here in a long time. They had more finesse, more power, more polish than many Hurricane teams. They were the shining examples of what every football coach dreams of with their perfect coordination and teamwork. Yes. we had a great team. The Orange. Green, and White won the S. I.A. A. championship for the first time in history, copped the state crown, and set a record when 23,367 fans—the largest crowd ever seen in a Florida stadium—packed the Orange Howl to the brim when Miami played the University of Georgia. They forever gained a p’ace for themselves in the hearts of Miami football fans. In fact, this year’s team must lie given credit for making Miami a real football town. At the Georgia game, hard-bitten Cracker business men were chewing their nails when the Hurricanes got in a hole. At the season's close, three Hurricanes were named on the A.IVs All-Florida Collegiate team. Captain Eddie Dunn. Walt Kichefski, and “Chuck" Guimento l eing picked on the mythical eleven. It seemed that Touchdown Tommy would never stop barking. Tommy just boomed, boomed, boomed, all season long as the Hurricanes scored 237 | oints to Income one of the highest scoring ball clubs in the nation. We beat Florida. Duquesne, Bucknell, and Georgia’s mighty Bulldogs, and next year promises to be an even greater season than this one. Only five players departed the sheepskin route—Ed Dunn. Andy Csakv. George Hamilton. Gene Duncan, and Johnny Bolash so chances are bright that 1939 will lx' another banner football year for Coach Jack’s Hurricanes. Biggest reason for this success was the inspired play of a team that wouldn't quit -a team that had spirit a team that fought to the last inch. We had a coach that was tops in character, spirit, and accomplishment. Not enough praise can be given the team. him. or the Quarterbacks’ Club—an organization that was largely responsible for the success of the season. It was the twelfth man on the field to the boys. May it s future bo even brighter than the past. In other sports, too. there was improvement and development. The first liasketball team in seven years made it's appearance this winter, and plans have been made to add baseball to the athletic program next year. Coach Gardnar Mulloy's Hurricane tennis team —the greatest in the country . . . the boxing team . . . “Pop Burr's swimmers . . . and the rest of our athletic teams have all grown year by year. The future is bright for the development of other successful varsity sports. Year by year, better all-round athletes attend school, bringing with them hopes for the establishment of baseball and further fostering of golf and fencing. Truly, the athletic program at the University of Miami has progressed rapidly since the school was founded in 1926. The work this past year of Janies M. Beusse, Graduate Manager of Athletics, of Marjorie Christenson, of our line coaching staff, and of many others has been instrumental in developing it even further. May it continue to grow in the years to come as it has in the past. The results of the I93S football season follow: Miami 46 Spring Hill 0 Miami 32 Tampa 6 Miami 19 Florida 7 Miami 6 Drake 18 Miami I" Rollins 0 Miami 44 Oglethorpe 0 Miami 0 ........................... Catholic 7 Miami 21 ......... ................ Duquesne 7 Miami 19 Bucknell 0 Miami 13 Georgia 7 Ora iuJitr Mnnnrrr l Athlrtta Kcum , and Morftlr CbrUlrnson [93 JF'OI'kded in 1927, the M Club is the varsity letter ' mens' organization at the University. This group supervises the wearing of athletic letters, as well as acting as sponsor of dances after each football game. Towards the end of the year, the M Club holds its annual Field Hay of athletic events. Only winners of major letters are eligible for membership. Members: Guimento, Fox. Sapp. Csaky, Hack, vice-president; Arries. O'Domski, Dolan. Behr, president: June Burr, M Club Girl; Dunn, secretary-treasurer: Lovett. Paskewich, Gillespie. Hartnett, Kichefski. Hardie, James. Kurucza. Salisbury. Members not pictured: Cohen, Nash, Hamilton. Grimes. Church. Guerard. Snowden, Bolash. Pittardi McCrimmon. Raski. Ocs-povich. Olson. Hayward, Dixon, Poore. Noppenberg, Jones. Douglas. Mulloy. Honorary member: Jack Bell. [94]The Team . . . came through and the fans gave them fine support. by JACK HARDING P'here was one thing we coaches tried to impress 1 on the boys during our 38 season — concentrate on the game at hand and play them one at a time as they approach. We did just that. Of course, the highlights of the season were the games with Florida and Georgia, but all this is history now. The bright feature of the whole season was the fact that we had boys we hadn't counted on rising to the heights just when they were needed. And the team spirit was marvelous—the best in my history of coaching. It was swell the way the people of Miami caught onto the spirit of our team, and Supported them in such an admirable way. I think the fine Quarterbacks’ Club was really responsible for this display of enthusiasm. As Eddie Dunn remarked at one of their meetings, we felt as though we had twelve men on the field because of the Club and the citizens of Miami. We were certainly fortunate in being able to secure such an outstanding man as Ken Ormiston to coach and direct our freshman athletics. We were very glad to be able to get Ken because we all feel that he is doing a splendid job with the freshmen. The interest at the present time concerns our next year’s posibilities. You will probably notice that we arc playing a most difficult schedule in 1939. Added to this is the fact that some of the teams we were able to defeat this year have notified us that they are out to turn the tables in the coming season. We have been informed of this by these particular schools in no uncertain terms. In other words, we have our work cut out for us. It is impossible to predict how many games we will win or lose. We will not lose many boys by graduation, but we’re going to find it mighty difficult to replace riir Hurrlciinr wiuinl, Iwick row: Hiunllton, Doncitn. Soppi-iibcri?. I tore k, Riukl. lMxott, Captain Dunn. DoukIm. Snlln, Black. Snow tcn. Uriipavkh. Midair row: rrlrs Biirto. Fov, Cohen, . nk . pAlIrnon. Plltard, (Irlllirv, Krn Onnlsioo. frmii conch: Jnck llnrdln . hrnl conch: Hurl Morrl . line •■mcIi either Eddie Dunn or Andy Csaky. This is going to be our biggest problem. Our squad will contain a great many seniors. To you. this gives every indication that we should have a splendid team. In my experience. I have found that there is nothing worse than a senior team in itself. Too many seniors, secure in their positions, have a tendency to stand still and not improve. To stand means to go backwards. Therefore, it is vital that some of our freshmen, graduating to the varsity, force the seniors to their best efforts. What we will need is spirited competition for positions between the seniors and the sophomores. It may be possible for us to have an even better team next fall, and still not win as many games. As in all branches of sport, breaks mean a lot in football. However, we aren't afraid of our schedule, nor are we overconfident. I will say. that with a schedule like we have, we are more determined. All of us were happy indeed when it was announced that Eddie Dunn would be added to the coaching staff for the coming year. Eddie will help with the backs, and we know that he'll do a good job. Hart Morris and I want to pay our respects to Doctor Ashe and the Administration for the fine cooperation and help we have had since we have been here these two short years. I can truthfully say that we are very happy in our work, and I ho| e that we may be able to stay here many, many more years. Snlltbury. Kuriicm, Poorr, McCrlnimon. Hotloin i «: Juno. Wuldrclc. KlehrOkl. Iln) wood. OI om, I i krwlch, Corcorntl. Slockflnlc, Kcamiiii . Si»| i . (iulincnto.Ivltllr Dunn scorcx hU ihinl touchdown Bunliixt llio Tinlurx Hurricane hits Gainesville . and sweeps over Gators, 19-7, in last half drive by GEORGE WALSH Hurricane Hits Gainesville." "Miami’s Brilliant Comeback Beats Florida.” Such were the streamers in the newspaj ers of this elongated state the morning of October 16, as they proceeded to unfold the story of one of the greatest grid games in the history of the South on that memorable occasion. Rated no more than a mere “breather" at the opening of the season, Coach Jack Harding's rip-snorting Miami Hurricanes refused to be beaten, and riding the crest of a last-minute switch in the betting odds, staged a dynamic, last-half drive that saw them score three touchdowns, which gave them a 19 to 7 victory Flushed with the success garnered in their first two battles, the Hurricanes breezed into Gainesville the morning of Octolier 14, behaved themselves that night, and the next evening. led by Captain Eddie Dunn and a fighting spirit, they promptly muzzled the surprised 'Gators. Things were against the chances of a victory for the Hurricanes and the . ,500 Miami students and supporters that traveled a’l the way up to Gainesville by car. special train, or thumb that night, as the Miamians took the kickoff for the third quarter, down 7 as the result of a perfect pass play with only seconds to go in the first half. That ancient nemesis—a good aerial attack caught up with the Hurricanes late in the second | eriod as the ’Gators began their only successful drive to the Miami goal. Taking the ball on their own 45. the Silurians began to toss the pigskin around in major league fashion. A forward lateral, with Pat Reen, John Plombo, and Bud Taylor doing the dirty work, placed the ball on the Miami 50. Taylor made it to the 18 on line smashes, and then heaved another long one into the waiting arms of Plombo on the payoff stripe. Conversion of the extra-point didn't help the situation any. either. Down on the scoreboard, but not in spirit, the Hurricanes came back scrapping at the next whistle, intent on only one thing that of trimming a Florida eleven. They must have licen thinking of Lou Chesna, too. because they displayed a brand of football that was too much for any team. That kind of play must be called "inspired," and inspired it was. From the start of the third quarter. Miami played a type of game that was not often displayed during the rest of the year. And that playing won the game. Several minutes had ticked away l efore they showed themselves deep in 'Gator territory. Taking a weak punt on his 45, Captain Eddie Dunn returned the ball to the Florida 28 to set the scenery for the first Miami marker. And from here on. the story is worthy of Hollywood’s most imaginative scenario writer. Who 'Gatorbalt? 196]Hold Vm llurrlcunr ! Thf)' did, ! «• “Savannah Mike" Corcoran started things off with a five-yard spurt. Captain Dunn picked up 13 yards. Then, a few seconds later. Dunn scored, but the ball was called back because of the laxness of a Hurricane linesman in getting started too soon. This bit of bad luck brought screams of delight from Florida rooters, but called forth only tragic moans from the gloom-ridden Miami side of the field, but the gloom was soon to turn to joy. Hut just to make it look easy. Kddie sent Carl Jones off tackle to the 5-yard stripe, made three himself, and then scored standing up. He missed the try for the extra point, but that only made the disappointed Hurricanes fight twice as hard. They were stopped momentarily after this tremendous drive, so Long Johnny Douglas planted his agile toe to a kick that traveled 78 yards and set the ’Gators back to their own goal line. Punting out. Florida was again surprised by Johnny's footwork, and found themselves on their own seven-yard stripe this time. A poor punt by the 'Gators, three smashes at the line, and Kddie Dunn was again feeling the dirt past the Florida goal line, as the Miami rooters in the stands almost tore the stadium apart. Kddie had perfect interference, led by old dependable Andy Csaky, and wasn't even touched on his gallop. His second try for the conversion failed, but this didn't stop the Miami fans from letting the world know that the Hurricanes were ahead and were gonna stay there. It was an easy task for the Orange. Green, and White to take the ball away from the bewildered 'Gators after the kickoff, and again head for the Florida goal | osts. A pass from Dunn to Douglas set the ball on the 29. A shovel pass to Csaky got five, Douglas gained seven on an end-sweep, and continued jolts at the line put it on the 10. Johnny Noppenberg saw to it that the pigskin reached the one-yard stripe, and it was easy for Captain Eddie to stroll over the line and score his third touchdown of the game. Another hurricane, this time a celebration, hit Gainesville, five minutes later. "Miami Smashes Florida 'Gators, 19-7." “Hurricanes Triumph Over ’Gators." And so read the streamers of the daily papers of Miami kpI» flr»t lc on l ou rhr»n« tn ph October 16. For a bunch of boys that took the word quit out of the dictionary in a great second-half stand that netted three touchdowns—that left 15.000 fans stunned, and lifted Miami to Florida grid heights. In other words, as otir own Hurricane expressed it —“Miami Moves Into Big Time” . . .Yep, It'» Mir Stormy PrtrrU . . . and imihrr Minml «pnr ihc hills of West Virginia, slipped away to score three touchdowns as the Hurricanes crushed the Spartans 32 to 6 and smashed that "jinx" to smithereens. The game, which was preceded the night before by just about the biggest bonfire and pep-meetin' ever seen in Coral Gables, was less than three minutes old when “Pappy" scored his first 'un on a dazz’ing 44-yard run down the north sidelines. And before the Miami supporters up in the stands could cross their lingers again, he had added the second one. No. 3 came early in the third quarter, and ’Perry Fox and Grant Stockdale chalked up one apiece in the last two periods. Tampa only gained a total yardage of two yards for the night. It was a sad. weary Spartan funeral procession that marched l ack up the Tamiami Trail the next morning . .. and Hoy. what a hangover they had! MIAMI 6 DRAKE 18 Drake's mighty bulldogs rallied in the second half to beat Jack Harding's fighting Hurricanes. 18 to o. Easy Ones and Tough Ones . . . Spring Hill, Tampa, Oglethorpe, Rollins (easy); C atholic, Drake (too bad) fiY CHARLIE FRAiXKLlX MIAMI 46 - SPRING HILL 0 Tub roar of Touchdown Tommy, set off by June Burr, M Club Varsity Girl, inaugurated the '38 University of Miami football season Friday night, as our Hurricanes, showing power, speed, and plenty of promise for the future, rolled over Spring Hill, 46 to 0, in the Roddey Burdine Memorial Stadium. Over 7,000 watched Miami make it two in a row over the Badgers. Before the smoke from Tommy had drifted away, the Hurricanes had scored twice, and after a brief “recession” in the second period, they added five more and a safety to end the scoring spree. Captain Eddie Dunn, who tallied twice, Terry Fox. Carl Jones, Bobbie Grimes. Chuck Guimento. and a host of others starred in the season's initial game. MIAMI 32 — TAMPA 6 Coach Nash Higgins and his Spartans were all ready to stop Captain Eddie Dunn and get another “jinx' win Friday night, but they watched Eddie so close that Johnny Douglas, a lanky, long-legged back from and hand Miami its first defeat of the season Saturday afternoon. The game, played on wind-swept Drake Stadium in Des Moines, was witnessed by 5,000 shivering spectators, who braved the gale and freezing weather to cheer the Bulldogs on. The Hurricanes played in long winter underwear, but the bitter cold and Pug “Poppa” Manders. Drake fullback, were too much for 'em. Miami scored in the first three minutes of play on Ed Dunn's brilliant touchdown run. and led at halftime, 6-0. but the Bulldogs rallied to score three times as Captain Eddie and Terry Fox were carried off the field with injuries in the second half. MIAMI 19 ROLLINS 0 The cocky Rollins Tars were confident of lickin' the Hurricanes this year. And from the number of cripples Miami had on hand, it sure looked like they would. Eddie Dunn’s ankles, injured in the Drake game, were taped up like an Egyptian mummv, Terry Fox was hurt, and "Long Jawnny” Douglas was almost sure to l e out because of a bad cut over his eye. But those “cripples" and the big Miami line stopped the Tars six inches short of a touchdown in the first quarter, and from then on it was all-Miami, with [98]but they had a military shift that was the cutest imitation of the Lambeth Walk you ever saw. MIAMI 0 - CATHOLIC 7 before a gay Armistice Day crowd of 10.000 fans in Washington. D. C., the lucky Cardinals of Catholic University scored on a “break” early in the second period, and then grimly held that lead to win a close 7 to 0 game from the Hurricanes. It was Miami's first defeat in intersectional games with the East since 1935, and their second one of the season. The Hurricanes started the game in their usual way by taking the ball right down the field. It looked for a while that they would score without losing the ball. Lou Shine. Catholic U. end. smasher! through and blocked Xoppenlierg's punt. From there on whatever the Hurricanes tried was in vain. The second half found the team on the march again, but an intercepted pass saved the Cardinals. Eddie Dunn, who had not ! een stopped all season, was finding it harder and harder to get loose. With the ball on the Hurricane 30 yard stripe Mike Corcoran heaved a perfect pass to Andy Csaky who was downed before he had taken a step. On a reverse Eddie picked up 20 yards and it looker I like the boys were going to score at hist. But this was not the day for the Hurricanes. On the next play a fumble again gave the ball to the Cardinals. The Hurricanes had several opportunities to score, but the big Cardinal line always stopjxrl the threat rleep in their own territory. The best chance came in the final few seconds of play when Erldie Dunn slipped through to an open field, but Lou Shine, Catholic's sensational enrl, pulled him down on the 12-yard line as the game ended. Wall Kichcfski, Chuck Guimento. and old dependable Andy Csaky glittered for the Hurricanes, but it was Miami's 75-piece band that really stole the show in the Capital City with a brilliant performance between the halves. Tlir llurrlmiir Stop Itollln on llie six-inch llnp Wp broke Ihcil Tiimpa jinx Terry Fox. Eddie Dunn, and little Frankie "Wauchu-la" Paskewich crossin' the Rollins goal line, to give the Hurricane a 19 to nothin' victory. It was the chilliest weather of the season, but the Hurricanes were hot—so hot. they licked the Tars, won the state football championship, and kept the “Old Iron Mug" for another year. The ball didn't go in the athletic trophy case though. It was presented to the real hero of the game, Johnny I louglas-—who broke his leg in the first quarter—by Captain Pal and the rest of the boys. MIAMI 44 OGLETHORPE 0 Coach Jack Harding's rip-snorting Hurricanes nearly ran Touchdown Tommy crazy Friday night as they breezed through Oglethorpe for an easy 44 to 0 victory under the blazing lights of the Orange Bowl. It was iHxun, boom, boom, all night long, for seven touchdowns and two extra points were made as Miami beat the Stormy Petrels and won the S.I.A.A. crown for the first time in history. A crowd of 13.000 saw Captain Eddie Dunn, Johnny Noppenberg,Carl Jones.Terry Fox. Grant Stockdale, and Doss Tabb cross the Oglc-thorj e goal line. Coach Jack gave his whole 36-man squad a chance to show their stuff, and he even had Manager Eddie Nash warming up on the sidelines when the game ended. Miami punted only once, and rolled up a total of 412 yards while holding Ogle-thorjx1 to a minus zero average of two yards. The Petrels didn’t even come near scoring.The Big Upset . . . when Miami, the outweighed underdog, beat Duquesne, 21 -7 ! by CLAUD COR RIG AX Rising to the heights of superb football, a smashing University of Miami grid machine completely wrecked a vaunted Duquesne eleven under the blazing lights of the Roddey Burdinc Memorial Stadium Friday night as it roared to a 21 to 7 victory over the Dukes before 14,000 surprised and shrieking fans, who watched the thrill-packed intersectional game. Captain Eddie Dunn, living up to his vaunted rep as one of the South's finest backs, sparked the rampaging Hurricanes, rebounding from a one-touchdown defeat at the hands of Catholic U., as they outcharged, outgained, and outfought Coach Clipper Smith's Night Riders from Pittsburgh. In fact. Eddie accounted for two touchdowns himself, as he aided in upsetting the amazed Pittsburgh boys. When the Dukes had registered at their hotel. Miami fans had already noticed their immense size (the line averaged at least 200 pounds), and predicted that when the teams clashed such weight advantage would tell in the score. But wasn’t it the veteran old coach who said. ‘’Anything over 190 pounds is just excess baggage”? On a football field, that may lie true, but if you had your choice between a 190 pound man sitting on you or a 200 pound giant using you as a chair, which would you take? But the weight didn’t liother the Hurricanes—they used the Dukes like living room furniture, taking great care not to get sat on in the process. Eddie scored in the first quarter after Mike Corcoran’s dazzling end-around to the five, and again in the fourth period as he and Mike alternated l ehind the fast-charging Hurricane line to bring the oval fifty yards to the two-yard stripe, from where he dove through center to tally. I uiiii lill » I hr Dunuoiie llur for Ihrrr jurd ‘ Savannah Mike” Corcoran, who carried a big Number ‘’13” around on his jersey all night long, turned in a fine account of himself, and circled the Duke's left flank in the third stanza to add six more markers to the big white scoreboard. It was Mike's first touchdown in seven years of high school and college football. But the biggest surprise of the whole evening was the fact that all three extra points were added. Harry (The Specialist) Hayward astonished the stands by booting two across the bar. and guard Johnny Oespo-vich accounted for the other one with a perfect placement. Hayward immediately became famous, and was regarded with awe by his teammates as the only Hurricane to split the uprights twice in a row. Wow! Mayor Fiorella I.a Guardia, New York City’s fiery little chief official, sat on the Night Rider bench, and was surprised to see his adopted team take a licking from the underdog Miamians. Rejoicing at the Hurricane triumph, however, was America’s Number I invalid. Freddie Suite, who viewed the encounter from his iron lung trailer at the end of the field under the goalposts. The Dukes counted in the second j eriod, when Allen Donelli, shifty little sophomore halfback who nearly ran the Hurricanes crazy later on. started on the 38, coasted over the left side of the line, and scooter! down the middle to score, with the Hurricanes yet to find out how he escaped without a mitt being laid on him. Nery’s placement evened matters. But not for long, cause in the second half, Miami tallied twice to win by a big margin. The running and kicking of “Dynamite Mike” Corcoran, Harry Hayward's place-kicking. Gene “Red” Duncan's fine defensive play at guard. Bobbie Grimes’ spark-plugging, the work of the entire Miami forward wall, and the usual dependable performances of Eddie Dunn and Terry Fox all highlighted the game. The Hurricanes were out weighted ten pounds to a man, but they proved themselves every inch a great ball club. They ripped into the Duquesne line the same one that had forced mighty Pitt and Carnegie Tech to take to the air and outplayed the Night Riders in every department of the game. Touchdown Tommy boomed seven times. One time it got an official in the pants. He was busy the rest of the night picking buckshot out of his seat between plays. Extra color was adder! when “Fido.” a little black and white dog, ran eighty yards through the players on l oth teams to cross the goal line. This touchdown wasn’t allowed. [100]It Was The Line . . . that held the charging Bisons nine times within the five yard line: Miami, 19-0 by CHARLIE FRANKLIN Bucknkli.'s mighty Bisons. boasting one of the best lines in the Hast, came down to the “land of sunshine and flowers" to meet our Hurricanes in a Thanksgiving Day game, but when it ’twas over, those Bisons were even tamer than Ferdinand the Bull . . . they just smelled, and smelled, and smelled. For Miami was gunning for its seventh victor)1 of the year. And before a crowd of 14,000 homecoming fans, they rounder! up the Thundering Herd. 19 to 0. to become the first team in Hurricane history to win over six games in a single season. Preceded by a Ixmtire and pep meeting the night l»efore, pre-game ceremonies, with six former captains and four Varsity gals struttin' out on the field just l efore the kickoff, and climaxed with the Hurricane victory—it was the gayest and best homecoming in years. Happiest one of all though, was Coach Jack "Eddie Cantor" Harding, who was surprised with a baby girl (the third one in a row) that morning. This, plus the win, nearly made him jump up and down. The game was only five minutes old when the Hurricanes struck. Frankie Paskewich recovered the ball on a punt that bounced off Funair, Bison back, on the Bucknell 35. One play later, "Savannah Mike" Corcoran faded back and fired a perfect pass to Captain Eddie Dunn in the end zone for the first score. Then, with Lou Tomasetti and Kiick carrying the leather, Bucknell reached the Miami two-yard line and a first down. Everybody visualized a Bison score . . . that is, everyl)ody but those Fighting Hurricanes. Five times the Bucknell backs battered the Miami line, and each time Matt Borek. Chuck Guimento. "Red" Duncan, and the others threw 'em back. Even an offsides penalty didn't help any. Yep. five tries to make two yards, and according to the latest rejwrts. the score’s still 19 to nuthin'. That Miami forward wall was the real hero of the day. For again, late in the second period, they took the ball on downs from the Bisons. after Kiick had scooted all the way down to the three. Four plays later, when the crowd had opened its eyes after a silent prayer, it was our ball on the 6-yard stripe. Carl Jones, the Bama jackrabbit, sparked Coach Jack’s Hurricanes to a 75-yard touchdown drive in the third quarter. It was his 46-yard twisting, squirming run down the south sidelines—the prettiest of the day —that put the ball on the Bison three, where big Johnny Noppenberg battered his way over on the next play. In the fourth period, the Hurricanes blew 71 yards down the field for the final score. Eddie Dunn. Terry Fox. Mike Corcoran, and Verdie Arries accounted for most of the distance. Captain Ed ended up across the double stripe this time to chalk up his thirteenth touchdown of the season. The performance of little Carl Jones, who averaged ten yards every time he toted the ball, was the highlight of the action-packed game. But brother, the biggest thrill was the play of that Hurricane line when they held those Bisons nine times within the 5-yard stripe . . . there's something to remember in the years to come. Cj»rl Jo»« shirts on u touchdown run uKulnst the Itlvon [101]Wow! A pile-up BY CLAUD CORRIGAN Before a roaring, screaming, howling crowd of 25,000 football fans—the largest gathering ever packed into a Florida stadium—Coach Jack Harding’s Hurricanes won a great ball game for Captain Eddie Dunn as they smashed their way to a decisive 13 to 7 victory over the Georgia Bulldogs Friday night in the final battle of the ’38 season. But the score doesn’t tell the story of that game. Miami trailer!, 7 to 0, at halftime, and things looked pretty bleak, for the Bulldogs had braced their feet against the goalposts and twice held the Hurricanes from scoring—once on the two and the other on the six-inch line. Big Jim Fordham, Georgia's mighty fullback, had slammed through a hole at guard, and slipped seventy-six yards down the sidelines to score in the first period. And Billy Mims kept slinging passes during the second quarter to keep the Miami rooters’ hair on end with sheer suspense. Our Greatest Season . . . was climaxed when we tamed the vaunted Bulldog, 13-7 before 23,367 fans. when the Bulldogs were all set to nab N'oppy as he rammed center. Carl sprinted around right end, shook off a tackier on the five, and breezed across the goal line. The Orange Bowl literally shook with the screams of joy that split the chilly air, but it almost crumbled when Harry Hayward rushed in from the sidelines, sunk his toe into the ball, and sent it squarely between the big iron goalposts. Rabid rooters clutched hands, danced, jumped, yelled, cussed, bettered, and just let all hell loose. The score was tied at 7-all! Then, just about the middle of the fourth quarter, Charles •'Chuck" Guimento, one of the greatest defensive guards in the nation, intercepted Billy Mims’ shovel pass on the fifty, and the Hurricanes were again headed for the Gaw’ga goal line. With Dunn, Jones, and Xoppenberg all carrying the ball, they drove to the 21 for a first down. Jones slip| ed through right guard for eleven more and another first down on the ten. Captain Ed ran seven yards to the three, and Xoppenberg took three tacklers over with him on the next play—the most important one of the ’38 season. Miami led, 13 to 7! Evidently, Jack Harding had a few magic words that he used during the half, because the Hurricanes came out of the locker-room red hot. From that time on. they bowled Georgia all over the field, making twelve first downs to the Bulldogs’ two. The red-and-black clad Gaw’ga Crackers found themselves up against a determined ball club in that second half. Big Johnny Xoppenberg, calling signals, and dynamic little Carl Jones, the Mobile flash, alternated to carry the ball down the field. A sensational Xoppenberg-to-Grimes lateral gained 27 yards, anti put the pigskin on the Georgia 9. The Bulldogs were really sweating. Jones gained, then Xoppenberg picked up a little precious ground, and And when that final whistle blew, the joyous Hurricanes swept Captain Dunn and old reliable Andy Csaky, senior blocking back, whose last game was also his greatest, to their shoulders and carried ’em off the field. Carl Jones was in there, too. The crowd went wild as the band, students, and Miami rooters rushed out on the field, snake-danced, yelled, and nearly tore the big steel goal-posts down. This lasted until the lights went out in the stadium, and the biggest celebration in years followed, far, far, into the night in Miami. But it was that big Miami line that really beat the Bulldogs. They held the fast Georgia backs, Vassa ('ate, Jim Fordham. Billy Minis, and Earl Hise. to 1102]eight first downs, while cap'n Eddie and the others were roiling up twenty. “Chuck" Guimento, Jolly Snowden. Stan Kaski. Frank I’askcwich. George Pittard, Harry Hayward, and the rest of Coach Hart Morris’ forward wall broke through time after time to throw the bulldog backs for losses. Aside from the action and there was plenty of that—it was the crowd that colored the affair. Over 23,367 shrieking Miami fans and Gaw'ga crackers were packed into the aisles, the ramps, and even on the field where six bands. 750 strong, were seated in temjM rary bleachers at the west end. At 7:45, the stadium was full. By kickoff time, it almost ran over. And when the game was over, those 23,367 fans—every one of 'em had been treated to enough thrill to last a lifetime. But it was Andy Csaky to whom great praise should be given for his part in this his last game for the Hurricanes. Ml through the game the ballcarriers found that their way was cleared ahead of them by some mighty man but as is usual, little attention was paid to this superb blocking exhibition which was put on by Csaky. Andy smashed the way open by pile-driving into potential tacklers and after that it was easy for the backs to rip along for their long and sensational gains. Bulldog tacklers were punching through ever)- time the ball was snapj ed and they were so tough there could be no halfway job done as to blocking and Csaky made it his jn-rsonal mission to see that potential tacklers were given no chance. There wasn’t one missed block during the entire game and most of that credit can go to Andy. Ij'I'j so, Eddie! Crath that line! Much praise was handed out as to the great power of Miami's hevay-hitting offense and by giving Csaky credit for being the “spearhead" of that exhibition is by no means any reflection on the boys who carried the mail but rather is pointing out the boy who made their efforts the sensations that they were. One of our sponsors was Dorothy Ashe. Her knees shook as she walked out on the battlefield with our captain. Furtive introductions were exchanged by referees, captains, s|x nsors, and escorts, and the famous "toss" was called. Miami lost and we were happy, because there has been a slight superstition this season which gave us luck to lose this gamble. To say that this was a nervous girl who walked back to the home-team, is only a slight fact, since a conversation she carried on with Eddie can't even l e remembered. She spent the first hair-raising half, sitting on the Miami bench, crowded by our grim warriors. Mutual looks of loyalty and traditional "fight” travelled up and down the row of anxious boys during that bleak period. Substitutes went in, coaches seriously scanned the bruised, a trainer doctored the injured, water boys kept their buckets tilled, managers collected helmets, and cheerleaders behind us led the nervous students in brilliant support of their courageous team. All in all, the Hurricanes won a great game for Captain Eddie Dunn, who closed his college career in a blaze of glory. It'll be a mighty long time before the crowd forgets those long, sweeping end runs. And it'll be many moons before we see another game as thrilling as this one. Yep. the Hurricanes really closed the '38 season with a bang. Here’s hoping Touchdown Tommy bangs even more next fall: 1103]We Had Thrills Galore . . . in every game. Here are a few of them we’ll never forget by JACK HELL WtiK.N the Hurricanes of 1938 whipped Spring Hill, nary an eyebrow was raised. When they trampled Tampa, there was rejoicing among the uninitiated, but the experts admitted that it didn't take much ball club to beat the Spartans, anyway. When Miami smashed the Florida Gators, there was a roar of astonished delight that rattled against the Mason-Dixon line, and caused mild ilutterings of front sport pages in New York, Chicago, Detroit, and other cities of the hinterland. When Drake licked us there was a definite thud, accompanied by the natural alibi: “Twas cold up thar; we couldn't hold onto the ball,” the latter half of the statement l eing verified in the game's statistics. When we licked Rollins, a team which had primed for 18 full months to take us, the boys felt that perhaps the team was coming along. The Ogelthorpe vic- Ttic chMrlcnitrr kept the crowd oin' Thumtoy nlKhi i»-i rally tory was decisive, unconclusive. It didn't mean anything. Then we lost to Catholic U. in Washington! Now there was a sad story, mates. "I never saw such a team,” moaned Cap'n Eddie Dunn after 'twas all over. “I'd toss a neat side-step, and they’d step with me. I'd shake a hip at 'em and they'd dive for my ankles and knock me on my—my—my own 20-yard line. All the things that worked against those other teams—well, they didn't work against those boys.” So-o-o, when the Iwys came back from that Catholic U licking things were in a doubtful state. Duquesne was coming. Bucknell was coming. So was Georgia. Could we win any of 'em, one for three, two for three? “Not if you can't whip Catholic U,” said the skeptics, shaking a wise head sadly. "You’re in the majors now." Well, just like I figgered, the Hurricanes took Duquesne by two touchdowns. Took the Dukes’ pants down right in front of New York’s Mayor LaGuardia, and gave 'em a 21 to 7 spanking. That little Hurricane escapade made Northern sports writers sit up and take notice. For the second time, they were made to realize that we had a great little ball club down here -a ball club from which they were to hear more from. Then that Thanksgiving afternoon against Bucknell. One touchdown behind, the Bisons came snortin' and lowin' down the field to get a first down on the Miami two. Five times the burly animal reared back and smote his skull against the Miami line—and that line, that wall of granite, held. Five times the Bison charged and was hurled to his knees. That was the ball game, right there, but Carl Jones scampered all over the field to lead the Hurricanes to two more scores and a 19 to 0 shut-out. And that left only Georgia. [104]Here was the real drama of the 193H season. Could a team which had moved up the ladder fast enough to beat Florida. Duquesne, and Bucknell stand up against Georgia? Did we have the class, the speed, the power? After all, football which beat Florida and Bucknell wouldn't make too much of a showing against Georgia. The Bulldogs were a big team, and they were used to playing big teams—name teams. That was more than we’d been doing, when you get right down to it. Some 23,362 people turned out to see the fun- a record crowd for Florida football attendance. Perhaps there never was a better game here. Certainly no game was ever more dramatic. For we saw a Georgia team keyed to take us, a big, fast team with a world of speed in its l ackfield. We saw Jimmy Fordham break away for a long touchdown run before we had scored. Did it mean Miami would choke and crumble? Did it mean this was the beginning of another Georgia parade, such as we saw in 1937? Did it mean Miami was licked? IT DID NOT! When that game was ended Miami had triumphed. The Hurricanes had beaten Georgia’s mighty Bulldogs. 13 to 7 (and it should have been two more touchdowns). It meant Miami had placed itself unquestionably in the southern — yes. in the national football picture. The way was paved for Miami to have a schedule full of Class A football teams, a goal that the Hurricane athletic department has been striving toward for a long time. We were privileged to watch the greatest season of gridiron glory that a Miami team has ever had. We sat by looking on while the Hurricanes amassed a mighty Mayor Uk iuar llu roujirntulutr Dunn Kmhmrn iiIIIiik for iKiulIrr; aiul Touchdown Tommy number of points, enough points to place them among the leading high scorers of the nation. We had thrills galore unforgettable thrills last season. We saw Eddie and Johnny Douglas come smashing back in the second half against Florida to put Miami on the footlxdl map. We watched a crippled Eddie limp into the Rollins game and personally stop a Tar ball-carrier six inches short of a score which might have given the inspired Tars the state championship. We looked on while the Quarterbacks Club was born, while that organization enjoyed its mighty growth, while it gained its present importance to Hurricane football. We breathlessly watched the greatest crowd ever assembled in a Florida stadium — to see Miami whip Georgia. Yes, we saw Hurricane footlxill in all its glory. Next year we ll see a lot more thrills. We ll watch the mighty Red Raiders of Texas Tech strut their stuff on a Miami gridiron. We ll be on hand when the North Carolina State Wolfpack snarls, and the Georgia Bulldog growls. We’ll hear Touchdown Tommy bark many, many times, and we’ll see an awful lot of good football when Jack Harding's lads tangle with the toughest teams they've ever faced. And we ll watch the Quarterbacks Club grow, too—maybe to a membership of ten thousand. Yes, next season’s going to be a honey. But it’ll sure have to go some to beat this 'un. [105]hours the way they holler for speed. We managers usually go the first trip to get the balls over there, and get the helmets lined up when the lioys sling them down. -After a trip hack to the gym, Seminoff finally finds Johnny Oespovich, the slowest dresser on the squad, behind a locker still putting on his shoes. After about ten more minutes of fiddling around, Oespo is ready to go. and he and the other lale-stragglers join the rest What a Job! A day in the life of an assistant football manager (AS TOLD TO CLAUD COR RICA X) 1700TUA1.L practice begins every afternoon at three Jt1 o’clock, and that's when my work starts. You see. I’m an assistant football manager, and my weary task is playing personal valet and nursemaid to over forty hairy-chested musclemen who form our heroic band of gridiron gallants. And being valet to those babies is no picnic, I want to tell the world. "When three o'clock rolls around, and I haven't gotten around to getting busy, the bawling out starts. I get it in the neck from Ted Jackson first, and then Phil Optner lets fly. sometimes with words, and often with the toe of his shoe. The players start hollering for equipment, and I get busy handing out T-shirts and wool socks. These, along with the practice jerseys, are laundered every other day. mended if they're torn, and replaced if they’re ruined. Each player has his number on his equipment, and he keeps his pads, pants, and shoes in his locker. Confidentially, those football boys are the gripingest bunch you ever heard. They whine for new belts, they lx How for new shoe strings, they scream if their socks have microscopic holes, and their pants are always in terrible condition. We sure have to baby 'em. "When the team finally gets dressed, the bus. driven by N'ickie Seminoff, takes them over to the field, which usually is used as a practice fairway by the Miami Biltmore Country Club, but which serves as our football gridiron. The old jalopy won't go very fast, so they kick about that too. You'd think the trip took of the players, reluctantly leaving the shade of the shower room. Gad, but some guys are lazy. And look at us. working all the time. “With the entire team over there. Trainer Bill Day-ton starts the calisthenics or limbering-up drills. They really hate that, having to do all those different exercises, but it’s good for them. Then they take a couple of laps around the field, and get ready to get down to work. While they've been going through this fancy stuff, we haven't been sitting around watching. We get out the balls, fill the water buckets, and get the ice packs ready, (in case one of Coach Harding's li'l fellows bumps his head). “With preliminaries finished, drills start in earnest. Harding and Kddie Dunn take the Iwcks and go up Co-rmHulit Klclirftkl und Gulimnto [106]to one end of the field for passing drill. Colonel Joe Dixon and Art James center, and all the backfield men get a chance to throw the ball, especially Mike Corcoran and Hill Steiner. While the backs are pitching and catching. Hart Morris takes the ends and tackles for charging and tackling drills. Steve Mc-Crimmon, Hill Wunder, Ed Cameron. Jimmy Poore, Stan Raski, Matt Horek and Tom Kearns do most of the tackle work, while Walt Kichefski, Joe Krutulis, Verdun Arries, Hill Totterdale, and Joe Fetchko receive a lot of attention at the flank posts. "Frosh coach Ken Ormiston works on the guards, mostly Jolly Snowden. Chuck Guimento. Johnny Oes-ixivich. Tommy Kent, and Hob Olson. Andy Csaky helps coach the defensive liacks. and aids in directing the charging drills. Then, the boys go through dummy l.iiir work: Borck, MtOrinimon, Ooxiiovlch, Black, OImiii, Cnucli Mnrrl Uackflrhl blocking: torwran. Fax, Dunn, Cajikj usually the case, then he gets a whiff of the smelling salts and takes a rest. “About 5:30. the boys who work for the Florida Power I.ight Co. leave so they can get to their jobs on time, and the rest of the team drills till the bus gets back. Lots of times, some other boys leave with the first load, and then Harding gets sore. When that hapj ens. he sometimes makes the rest of the squad work a half hour longer. Finally, everyone leaves, and the managers start picking up balls and pads frantically. "The players get their showers, weigh themselves, and get dinner. The coaches hold a consultation, discussing the day's scrimmage, and the players. Then the managers clean up. picking up towels, hanging up pads, making laundry bags, and checking in equipment. During spring practice we finish around 6:30. but next fall it will Ik close to 7:30 before we re through. scrimmages, running plays against the blocking dummies. and having signal drills. "Finally. Coach Harding picks two teams and the scrimmage starts. The coaches watch and keep a steady stream of substitutes going in so that everybody has a chance to work. Raski. Poore, and George Waldcck practice place-kicking, liecause Harding is still looking for a kicker to add those extra points. And "Kutch" Kearns gets special instruction in kicking off. "Pretty soon the scrimmage really gets rough. In fact, it gets so tough that we're damn glad we re the managers instead of in the center of that pile of humanity. It’s one good way to collect on my insurance. but boy. who wants to die young? "Ii one of the unlucky ones run into a fist, a knee, or something (unintentional of course), then Doc Day-ton rushes out with his bag of tools and looks the prostrate victim over. If he’s dead, they move the body over to the side of the field and resume practice. If he's just got the wind knocked out of him. which is 1107] "We have our weekly duties. t x . The field has to be lined once a week, and ever)’ Saturday broken equipment has to Ik- replaced or mended. New shoe strings are put in. and cleats put on the shoes, if necessary. Torn jerseys and pants are taken down to Ik-mended on Saturday also. Then on Sunday I get a welcome rest, and a little lay-off from hearing Coach say to Jackson. ’Get some ice!,' and Jackson holler to Optner, Get some ice!.' and Optner yell at me, ‘Get sotne ice, and hurry!’ “Hoy! What a job." 1 hr Freahiimn xquod: CtMjK«« kl. Frtchko. Fumy, Krnt, KrutulD. Tnllrt. Coach OrniKhm. Trobllgrr. Tobin. Cameron. Wander. Huy. Steiner. Totlerdnlr. SchaefferDunn, ’38 . . . led us through our greatest year; Walt - Chuck carry on. Last fall, a rather elongated, likeable ball carrier , began his third year as a member of the University of Miami football team. He was Eddie Dunn, already in the record books as the greatest player in Hurricane pigskin history. This time he was Captain, and found the toughest schedule a Miami eleven has ever seen, staring him right in the face. Eddie answered all this with a still greater brand of ball, and proved to be one of the most |x pular leaders in the annals of the sport since its inception here twelve years ago. In the early games. Captain Dunn t x k it easy as the Hurricanes prepared for Florida. He went into that game with a pair of wobbly ankles, but a heart that refused to quit led those ankles across the Florida goal line three times in that last half drive that swept the 'Gators into defeat. From Florida, Eddie went on to star in every game, racking up fifteen touchdowns, a couple of extra-points. and lx ing chosen on the Associated Press' All-Florida eleven and the All-SIAA team at the season's close. He also was picked to play with the South in the annual North-South grid game played on New Year's Day in Montgomery. Alabama. So. it was no wonder that he was honored by l eing named the "Outstanding Player of the Year' and presented the Frank Spain trophy at the annual football lianquet held at the Country Club of Coral Gables. It is a fitting reward to a great player. May the future hold success and happiness. Eddie. Filling the shoes of Captain Dunn next fall will lie "Chuck” Guimento and Walt Kichefski, who were elected Co-Captains by their teammates at the annual football banquet at the end of the season. Both Guimento, who hails from Scranton. Pa., and Kichefski. who is a native of Rhinelander. Wis.. were named on the All-State eleven at guard and end re-spectively. Chuck was in the opponent’s backlield on every play, and never stop| ed fighting. His smiles, slaps, and" | ep sparkplugged the big Miami line all season long. A sure-fire blocker. Guimento also starred on the offense, and next season should be one of the top guards in the entire nation. Big, husky Walt was the best defensive end in the state, besides being an excellent pass receiver and blocking star. Kichefski was a nightmare to enemy backs, smashing through a horde of blockers to bring down the ball carrier behind the line of scrimmage. (iulinmto. Dunn, with Frnnk O. Spnlii tmpli), Klrlirfakl He did this in every game, and was the “iron man" of the Hurricane forward wall. These boys, around whom Coach Jack Harding builds his defense, will lie climaxing brilliant careers next fall. For two years, they have starred, and should lead the Hurricanes to their greatest season as only five men de| arted via graduation from the '38 squad. However, the hardest schedule a Miami team has ever faced is ahead. It remains to lie seen what the future holds for the Hurricanes. They o| en the '39 season against Wake Forest in the Orange Bowl on October 6. The Deacons had the liest sophomore team in the country last fall, and are going to lie plenty tough for the Hurricanes to beat. Next comes the "jinx"- a game with Tampa. This year the battle will take place on the up-state gridiron. Rollins and Catholic come next, and then the color- ful Red Raiders of Texas Tech, who have everything from western sombreros to a wide-open aerial circus, will invade Miami for the first time. Drake is next in line, and then the Hurricanes will tackle the Florida 'Gators in the spotlight game of the whole season under the blazing lights of the Orange Bowl. Miami journeys to Charleston. S. C., after this for the only other game away from home, meeting the South Carolina Gamecocks in their own backyard. The last two games of the year will sec North Carolina State and the Georgia Bulldogs tangling with the Orange. Green, and White here on December I and 8. The '39 schedule follows: Wake Forest ... October 6 Tampa ........................ October 14 Rollins ....................... October 20 Catholic October 27 Texas Tech.....................November 3 Drake........................ November 10 Florida....................... November 17 South Carolina November 25 North Carolina State .........December 1 Georgia .................... December 8 [108]Billy Regan’s Sluggers . . . paced by Bunny Lovett and Joe Church tangled with tough hombres. by CLAUD COR RIG AS Captain William “Bunny” Lovett and Joey Church. who were undefeated in intercollegiate competi-tion for the '39 season, led Coach Billy Regan's Fighting Hurricanes to a rather successful campaign, although the Miami mittmen dropped all three fistic battles on their invasion of the northern woodlands. The mighty Wisconsin Badgers, national collegiate champions, Superior State Teachers College, Wisconsin Conference champs, and Michigan State's powerful Spartans all took the Hurricane fighters into camp, but they had plenty of trouble doing it. At Madison. Captain “Bunny" and Church sent Miami into a 2-0 lead by taking a pair of decisions from the Wisconsin co-captains, Art and Jim Walsh, but the Badgers came back with a bang to win the remaining six matches before a howling crowd of 16.000 tight fans. It was their thirty-fifth straight win without a single setback, but the match was much closer than •iptnlll l. vrtt anil Ohh'Ii Iti'Xull the score indicates. Madison sports writers picked the rambling Miamians as the best team to fight the Badgers since 1937. and every one of the decisions was close. George "Cosy Dolan, lone senior on the squad, lost the closest light of the night to Omar Crockett by a T.K.O., after he had won the first two rounds from the Wisconsin slugger. Lovett, Church, and Joe Bonanno chalked up three wins in the Superior meet, but the Teachers took four I louts to win by one point, to S' j. “Chick" O’Dom- ski, Miami 175-pound star, and Ray Idle fought to a draw in the seventh battle on the night's card. The Hurricanes suffered their third straight loss of the campaign when the powerful Michigan State ringmen walloped them, 6 to 2. in Lansing. Again it was “Bunny" Lovett and Joey Church that supplied the fireworks by taking the first twO Spartan foes into camp, but the northerners rallied to win the other four fights. Xickie Seminoff and Tommy Kearns defaulted because of injuries. Lovett. 110; Church, 128; Georgie Back, 135; "Cosy" Dolan, 145; N'ickie Seminoff, 155; Joe Bonanno, 165; “Chick” O'Domski, 175; and Tommy Kearns, heavyweight, were the Miami lighters to make the trip. Dolan, who closed his collegiate career in a blaze of glory, is the only Hurricane to graduate. Jerry O’Connell, a veteran of last year, and Bud Stern were the remaining members of the team. All will lie back next year, which should give the Hurricanes one of the best teams in the nation. Coach Regan took Captain Lovett and Church to the National Intercollegiates, held in Madison on March 28 to April 3, ami lioth boys fought their way to the semi-finals before losing two close decisions to A1 Michael of L.S.U. and Henry Davis of Mississippi. Regan, popular Miami mitt coach, was re-elected Secretary-Treasurer of the X'.B.C.A. at the national convention held in Madison during the tournament Itrxiin, Hark, Church. Kramx, O'lloiiiskl. SrmltnifT. IMiin, Huouinio, Captain Hovrlt, Miiii.iRrr (illlftn) [109]Captain lhinM. On vis. lUnilllon. Hoyle. Oewh Again Basketball Hilbish and Dunn sparked Miami cagers through first season since ’32. For the first time in seven years, basketball returned to the Hurricane sports program this past season. Hart Morris was named to coach the varsity cagers. and a ten-game card, with a little international flavor, was added by the scheduling of the University of Havana. Practice began a little Indore Christmas, and a month later on January 23. the Culwn cagers came over to open the ’39 season. Coach Morris had a large squad out. and it looked a bit like the football lineup, with Captain kiddie Dunn. Chuck Guimento. George Hamilton, and Mike Corcoran in starting roles. However, it was a little Hoosier lad. Tommy “Streaky” Hilbish. who stole most of the thunder in every game. Hilbish was the team’s high scorer, and sparkplugged them into four wins out of ten games. Other members of the squad were Harry Oesch, Gene Boyle. Howie Davis, Vinnie McCormick. Gene Cone. Lyman Bradford, “Tillie” Loesch. and Sam Abbott. Of these, tricky, little Harry Oesch. who was Hilbish 's running mate at forward, and lanky, likeable “Duke" Boyle, one of the best shots on the team, and curly-topped Howie Davis, were especially promising. Gene Cone and Vinnie McCormick also showed flashes of brilliance, and should develop into first-string material next season. Much valuable experience was gained by both the Frosh and the Varsity. '1’he yearling basketeers played in the Florida East Coast League all winter long, and at the close of the season the two teams entered the Annual Gold-Medal tournament, and made an excellent showing. Clicking smoothly, the Hurricanes polished off the Havana quintet in two clashes. 38 to 34. and 46 to 40. Next came the Rollin» Tars. Miami shellacked the Sailors. 48-29. in the first battle, but Joe Justice led Rollins to a 49-45 victory in the second tilt. The Orange. Green, anti White cagers then started a ten-day road trip by playing two return tilts with Rollins, again splitting the games. The Hurricanes went on a scoring spree, taking the first game by a 52 to 39 count, but the Tars captured the second the next night. 42 to 28. to even the series. Next stop for the rambling Miamians was Macon. Georgia, where the Mercer Bears defeated them. 56 to 37. Georgia was the next foe to scalp the Morris quintet. The Bulldogs won a fast contest, 41 to 19, in Athens. At Atlanta, the Hurricanes played the Jewish Progressive Club, losing to the independent team, 39 to 24. The final game of the season was with the Blues of Albany, Georgia. The Crackers, state champions for eight years, swanqied the Miami quintet by racking up 53 points to the Hurricanes’ 35 in a fast, free-scoring battle. Playing together for the first time and hampered by the lack of a suitable practice court, the Hurricanes gave a good account of themselves. A fine freshman team, headed by Captain Dick Tucker. Davie Konel. and “Rtd" Tobin, will give the Hurricanes a fine aggregation of players to choose from. Only Captain Eddie Dunn and George Hamilton graduate from the varsity squad, and the addition of Coach Ken Ormiston’s frosh stars will make them much stronger when next season rolL around I’jirfiirnn. iWh, Hoyle, ('aptuln Omni. Hamilton, (lotif, McCormick, IkftvU [HO]Linksmen . . . teed off against Rollins and Florida, and competed in the Intercollegiate?. BY CLAUD CORRIGAN Each year at the University, there are a group of ■ young men interested enough in the game of golf to get together and endeavor, as a group, to form some sort of team to represent the University of Miami in collegiate competition. This year, there was such a group, coni| osed of l oys who play golf for the fun of it, and this little aggregation made up the nucleus of our Hurricane golf team. In February, aspiring golfers called a meeting and chose Hob Adclman as manager. It was his task to obtain a Senate allotment, plan a money-raising campaign. arrange the trip and arrange a schedule, with the assistance of James M. Beusse, Graduate Manager of Athletics. From the Senate, one hundred dollars was secured, and from “Golf Week." fifty more. As for the schedule, all did not go so well, but a road trip was made, three matches have been played, and the boys competed as a team in the Southren Intercollegiate tournament at Athens, Georgia. Of the members, Henry Tonkin, a local-bred swinger. and George Dawkins, a long-hitting sophomore, were the most consistent. Paul “Stormy" Miller, a veteran, played in the third spot on the team, while Hugh Shiliington was fourth in the lineup. Qualifying as number one, Roy Thompson was declared ineligible just before the trip. Harold “Bud” Schramm was a constant threat for a place on the team, and Hill Campbell was right behind him. A1 Shustin was the other member of the ’39 squad. On the road trip, which started on April 10. Dawkins played in the first position, consistently shooting good golf. He halved his match against Rollins, and was beaten on the last hole against Florida, although in the team play, he and Tonkin won a half-point. Tonkin won, 2 and I at Winter Park against the Tars, aiding in the 15J4 to V j defeat of the Sailor linksmen. but lost at Gainesville the next day when the Florida mashie-wielders won, 17 to l. Paul Miller won, 3 to 0 at Rollins, but lost by the same margin against the ’Gators. Hugh Shiliington also scored a shutout at Winter Park, and was the hero of the Florida match, winning a half-point with his fine 77. The match was much closer than the score indicates, however. When the Rollins team invaded Miami, the Hurricanes were again victorious, 16 to 5. Tonkin, playing No. 1, lost: but Dawkins, Miller, Shiliington. and Schramm won their matches, which were played on the Miami Biltmore course. At Athens in the Intcrcollegiates, the course was tough and the competition hot, as Duke University walked away with all the honors. Miami finished ninth out of twelve teams. The team, which was coached by Foster Alter, has completed its '39 schedule. Only Hugh Shiliington and Hill Campbell are lost by graduation, ami with the return of Thompson to the fold, and the improved play of Miller. Schramm, and the two sophomore sensations, Tonkin and Dawkins, chances are bright for having an undefeated season next Spring. [HI] The golf Itsiiii: Shuitln, Shiliington, Oiiupbell. Tonkin, Miller. Ihiwklns. Thompson. SchrammAn.lrr, DlmnilK. Slnlrr. lluRrlrl. Col tins. l(r)-nol(ls. Kaplun. Urn Pop Burr’s Mermen . . . outswam Auburn, Georgia Tech and Tennessee Packd by the stellar j erformances of Captain Grant Slater and sophomore A1 Collins the ’39 University of Miami swimming team built up a commendable record against stiff collegiate competition. The Miami mermen, coached by “Pop” and Jack Burr. Masted of three wins over Auburn, Georgia Tech, and Tennessee, while coming out on the short end of the score in two meets with the Florida 'Gators and one with the Clem-on Tigers. The season opened on March 9 at Gainesville against Florida. The ’Gators. Southeastern Conference champs in 1938 and '39, won their thirty-fourth consecutive victory by walloping the Hurricanes, 52 to 23. Captain Slater won the only event for Miami when he came home first in the 220-yard breaststroke in which he is undefeated in two years of intercollegiate competition. Collins pressed Florida’s Joe Rood in the 220 and 440 freestyle events, but the 'Gators were just too strong for the Miamians. From Gainesville, the nalators road trip carried them to Auburn, Alabama, to meet the Plainsmen, whom they defeated easily, 55 to 20. Slater, Collins. Bob Iba, and Jack Huguelet won firsts, and Miami captured both relay races. Collins set an unofficial pool mark in the 220. while the rest of the team splashed steadily along to triumph. March 13 found the Hurricanes swimming their closest meet of the year against Georgia Tech at Atlanta. Victorious by the narrow margin of 44 to 31. the Miami swimmers were paced by the aquatic performances of Collins. Slater. Iba, Huguelet, Bill Reynolds, and Dave Andre. The finish was decided by the 440-yard relay, in which we eked out a thin victory—the margin Ming less than a half a length. Two days later at Clemson. S. C., the Miami mermen suffered their worst defeat of the season, losing to the Tigers. Southern Conference champion. 53 to 22. Slater and Collins were the only Orange, Green, and White winners. The Tiger swimmers really were just too powerful for the Miami boys, despite the fact that the Hurricanes swam well. However, it must be added that Clemson was the last meet of a long road trip made by bus. and the swimmers were probably stale and tired. In their first home meet, the Hurricanes crushed the University of Tennessee Vols, 51 to 24. as Slater, Collins, Huguelet, Iba, Andre, Dimmig, Reynolds, and Larry Kaplan starred with brilliant performances against the tough Tennesseeans. The last meet of the season found the Miamians losing to Florida at the Venetian Pools, 48 to 25. Kd Rood and “Chick” Acosta were too much for the Hurricanes. The only home swimmer to win was Captain Slater in his favorite breaststroke event, the remainder of the Hurricanes Ming content with second place honors. However, the meet was much closer than the score indicates, most of the races Ming nip-and-tuck all the way. In the Florida AAU meet, on March 18. Al Collins was named State 440 and 880 champion by virtue of his victories in those events. Big "Motorcycle AT breezed home to set the pace for the Hurricanes, who won a host of relay and individual titles competing under the banner of the Venetian Pools. Next season looks bright for the Miami mermen, as every one of the eight varsity members return to the fold for another year of competition. Slater and Collins head the list of returning acquatic stars, while tin-addition of two freshman aces—Jimmie Gilmore and Art Silcox—will give “Pop" one of the best teams in recent years. The rest of the team included Bob Iba, Dave Andre, and Bill Reynolds, who swam in the dash and relay events: Jack Hugelet and Larry Kaplan, who swam backstroke and sometimes breaststroke; and l.orentz Dimmig, another backstroke swimmer. Under the able coaching of “Pop" and Jack, the boys' speed improved steadily during the season. Practice meets and time trials were held often during the rigorous weeks of practice. Ul2]Cnpliiin Hliirkitijn. Cohr'i, ('.oldlirrn, (iiirnrll. Uoslry The Fencers . . . had their first successful season; next year we will really hear from them. by RA V REISER The sjxirt of grace and skill fencing—had its first successful season at the University during 1938-39. Since 1936, when a few would-be fencers got together and started the foundations for this year's foil team, this sport has been the step-child of the University. This year one of the fencers who was in the Student Senate asked that group for money that the fencing team could buy necessary equipment. His now famous remark was, “The fencers want to fence—and fence badly." That might have been true at the time, but throughout the year daily practice saw the team improve until they decided that they would enter the Dade County Fencing tournament just for the sport of it. No one was more surprised than the team when they came out the winners! The varsity, led by Captain Stanley Blackman. Buddy Cohen. Bob Garncll, Frank Kerdvk, and Leo Rose composed a well-rounded foil team. Although the only varsity intercollegiate match of the year with Rollins ended in a one sided 13-2 defeat, the team felt that they had met one of the outstanding fencing aggregations in the south and that an honorable defeat was no disgrace. The team practiced daily and had many matches with the Miami Fencers Club in which they usually came out on the winning end. The yearling team of Herman Goldberg, Earle Smith, Leslie Bosley, and Willie Cohen had two inter collegiate matches, losing the first 5-4. and winning the second 7-2. Later in the season a combination yearling-varsity team combined to beat St. Petersburg Junior College 7-2 in the final match of the season. The nucleus of the present fencing team was formed in 1936 when Robert Dalton, formerly world’s fencing champion, asked six fencing hopefuls if they would give a few hours of their time each week to practice. These boys bought their own equipment and practiced in the main gym where they had to dodge the ping-pong players, wrestlers, and boxers. When they asked the athletic department for aid in establishing a permanent team, they were asked, “Fencing team—what fencing team?" Nevertheless the group.managed to get a few intercollegiate matches and in 1937 a larger and better team gained recognition as a minor sport. This year, however, the team secured new uniforms and equipment and proved in every way that fencing should be recognized as a major sport. With the return of six veteran fencers, next year's team looks forward to its most successful season. A road trip with some of the leading southern and eastern colleges has already been arranged, and plans are now being made for some outstanding home matches. [113]Conch Mulloy, OlUi-npIr, llrhr, Captnln llunllr, l iirk», Dull. MAllnian but the Cavaliers cancelled the match when Coach Jug's racketeers rolled into Charlottesville boasting an unbeaten record which had left ten of the top tennis teams in the east strewn in its path. The Hurricanes are undisputed champions of the South and East, and are ranked as the Number 1 team in the nation, with next year's squad promising to be even greater than this one. Coach Mulloy’s Orange, Green, and White net men won a total of seventy-five singles and doubles matches, while dropping only seven to compile the Hurricane Netmen . . . sweep through season undefeated to claim national crown. by CHARLIE FRAXKLIX '’rMiREK years ago, an ambitious, unknown net team JL from the University of Miami astonished the world by invading the East, scheduling rite toughest array of college foes in intercollegiate history, and then swept into the spotlight of national tennis fame by I tearing them on their own courts. On the 2,500-mile trip, the Hurricanes, led by Captain Gardnar Mulloy, trounced N. Y. U., Princeton, Colgate, Cornell, Williams, and Harvard, and lost only three individual matches out of fifty-eight in doing it. Last year, the Hurricanes traveled 8,400 miles to the Pacific Coast and back, playing Tulane, Texas, Arizona. California. Stanford, and Southern Cal. It was the longest trip in the annals of college tennis, and the Miamians rose to higher nation-wide prominence, being recognized as one of the greatest tennis teams in the country. Only Captain “Jughead" Mulloy, Johnny Hendrix, and Bernie Frank were lost by graduation from this aggregation of net stars. This season, with Mulloy, who is ranked tenth in the U.S.A., as coach, the Hurricanes swept through the toughest schedule since ‘37 to end the year undefeated, with ten wins and no losses. The roving Miamians trounced Georgia, Mississippi. Auburn. Emory, Harvard, Yale, Dartmouth. Williams. Army and Pennsylvania and laid claim to the national net crown at the end of the campaign. The Miami net tors had also scheduled Virginia. brilliant record. Captain Hill Hardie, Charlie Malt-man. Campbell Gillespie, George Pert). Lew Duff, George Parks, and Mulloy made the three-week, 3,200-mile invasion through the east. Gillespie, Pero, and Parks were undefeated. Gillespie and Parks trounced ten straight opponents, while Pero took nine foes into camp. Captain Hardie won nine while dropping only one match, and Mattman, playing the difficult Number I position, was beaten twice and Duff three times. The Hurricanes lost only one doubles match, and all this was against some of the greatest players in the country. Opening the season with a 6-0 victory over the University of Georgia, the Hurricanes then swamped the Rebs of Mississippi, who had tied Florida the day before, 9-0, on the Miami Biltmore courts in the only two home matches of the '39 season. Leaving Miami on April 25, the Hurricanes, seven strong, headed northward. After blanking the Auburn Plainsmen, 9 to 0. without the loss of a single set. the Miami netters repeated their shutout performance against Emory at Atlanta. Georgia, by trouncing them, 9-0. The Orange, Green, and White racket-swingers didn't yield a set in winning their fourth consecutive victory of the year. The Southerners then rolled into Cambridge, Massachusetts. and walloped Harvard, 7-2, to continue their winning streak. Lanky Charlie Mattman and I.cw Duff were the only Hurricanes to lose to the Crimson net-men. The next day, Miami climbed into the spotlight [114]by upsetting Vale's mighty bulldogs at New Haven, losing only two matches while chalking up a 7 to 2 triumph. At Hanover, the Hurricanes slapped down unbeaten Dartmouth. 8 to 1, in a brilliant display of power. Then in Williamstown, Massachusetts, the bunch of players from “way down South" romped to an 8-1 win over Williams College—one of the East's best teams. Next came an easy 9-0 shutout over Army at West Point, and the final match saw the Hurricanes breeze through the University of Pennsylvania, 8 to !. to climax their greatest season. Here's the reason we're tops: Miami o Georgia 0 Miami 9 ............... Mississippi 0 Miami 9 ........................Auburn 0 Miami 9 Emory 0 Miami 7 Harvard 2 Miami 7 Yale 2 Miami 8 .................... Dartmouth I Miami 8 Williams I Miami 9 ......................... Army 0 Miami 8 ..................Pennsylvania I Charlie Franklin vas varsity manager for the ’39 season. This year's squad contains within its ranks the best array of college talent in the United States. Only one player. Jackie Behr, graduates, and three sophomores are on hand to offset his loss. Behr, formerly the No. 1 Junior of the East, closed his collegiate career two weeks before the road trip. The white-haired veteran, a star for three years, climaxed his fourth year on the team, with a victory in the Georgia match. Studies and work kept Jackie from making the Eastern invasion. Captain Bill Hardie, a Miami product, heads the list of Coach Mulloy's players. He hits hard, volleys well, and has one of the best forehands in the game. This summer. Bill teamed up with George Pero to win the Kentucky State and Mid-Dixie Doubles, and went to the finals of the Cotton States Doubles at Birmingham. Pero. brilliant ace up from the strongest Frosh team in Hurricane history, took the prize Kentucky State singles title, and beat Frankie Parker. Number 3 amateur in the U.S.A., Martin Buxby, and several other leading players of the country in summer play. Charlie Mattman, a lanky, long-legged Sophomore from Forest Hills, is the Number I man on the Hurricane squad. Mattman beat Robert Low of Stanford to win the National Freshman Intercollegiates this past summer and bring the crown to Miami. He also [115] holds many other titles, and is one of the best doubles players in the East. Campbell Gillespie, a seasoned veteran of two years, is the holder of many southern titles, and won the coveted Atlanta city singles championship among others this summer. One of the best back court players in the South, Cam comes to the net occasionally for kills. He has an excellent forehand, and is developing rapidly. George Parks, a Miami boy, is the third Sophomore on the team. A former Southern and Florida Interscholastic title holder. Parks has improved greatly in the past year, and has one of the hardest forehand drives in the city. Lew Duff, red-headed Canadian veteran, annexed the Ontario and Ml. Royal singles titles this summer, and rounds out the Hurricane squad. Junior Champion of Canada in '36. Duff possesses a fine all-round court game, featured by an excellent serve. Two freshmen aces, carrot-topped Louis Faquin of Memphis, Tennessee, and lanky George Toley of Los Angeles, failed to return to school this year. "Jughead" has two stars coming up from the Jayvee team that will make the varsity step for positions next year. Billy Gillespie of Atlanta, the Number 1 Junior in the South and ranked 2nd in the East, and Louis Brownstein, No. I Junior of California, are the yearlings. Gillespie, who is Cam's younger brother, promises to be one of the greatest players to ever wear the Orange, Green, and White, and Brownstein has possibilities of developing into 3 brilliant performer with a little more experience. With the loss of only one veteran, and the addition of these two boys, chances are very bright for an even belter team next season. (•riling Into »luipr on thr Miami Kilimorr court Keeping ’em in Shape . . . is the secret of winning ball clubs. It’s a great job, too. by HILL DAYTON It is said that somewhere in the world each man has his double, and it seems to me that every football coach has his counterpart in the trainer who worries and plugs along to get the squad in shape for tough days ahead. The casual observer seeing a football team in practice is struck by the thought that here are a fine lot of healthy young animals fit and eager for play; the coach sees them as a smoothly-functioning, alert, point-scoring combination that will go places against anybody's ball club; but the trainer the trainer sees all that and more; for he sees bruises and sprains, sneaked cigarettes and pie. stoics and prima donnas, all piled together in a heap which haunts his dreams. He must bring order out of chaos, so that on the afternoon when the referee's whistle signals the opening kick-off. every man on the squad, substitute or star, is tit for duty. It's a great job, this being among young athletes, easing their hurts, listening to their chatter and watching their horseplay. Hut through his mind runs always the thought that a healthy man is not always an athlete. If you have ever done anything in athletics you know from your own personal experiences that while your body can take a lot of punishment it, at the same time, needs a lot of patching up after a hard day on the practice field or a tough game. You have only your own personal self to think about while every trainer has any number of boys always wanting him to work out a Charley horse or fix up a cut. Even though we do often gripe about the trouble and Tnintr liwytoH nuuMRinR « ton M t l)ii l.Mi iiiiIIIiik 'em ihmuiKh thr pace time consumed in keeping the boys in shape and sometimes wonder if all aren’t made of brittle bones and powder puff skins, we enjoy our work and don't really mind as much as we apparently seem. Personally there is quite a bit of satisfaction in seeing one of the boys perform again after I've brought him out of a rather serious injury: while all the credit doesn't go to me, I know I've had a hand in it. So your average trainer is a strange mixture of criticism, praise, pity, and scorn, mixer! with a generous portion of practical psycholog)- and a full measure of humor. We gel to know people so well from our experiences that I venture to say that trainers as a group know more about people and pratical psycholog)' than any other average group. We have to know the personal whims of each man as well as where his back hurts. My own experiences have been happy ones. For we have a team lit and eager to play against any, no matter what the odds, until the final whistle blows. There is nothing that means more to a coach or to a trainer than the realization that a team that he has handled has the courage and the skill to fight, either in victory or defeat, for fighting is an art, especially when you're on the short end of the score and the hands of the scoreboard clock swing toward the final minutes of the game. N'o ball game is ever won or lost until the final gun goes off, and every trainer knows that, so the major part of his work is not only to get them in shape for (he kickoff, but to instill in his boys the strength and will to play at top speed until the last second ticks away. Keeping 'em in shape. That’s the secret of winning ball clubs. It’s a great job. too. [116]No One Can Stop Us We’ll be tops in every sport, someday. We can dream, can’t wer (Editor’s Note: These excerpts from the Ibis of 1949, ten years hence, are all imaginary. But who knows, they may come true . . .) The year 1949 was one of many thrills. Coach Jack Harding, now in his twelfth year at the helm of Hurricane athletics, directed the Orange, Green. and White eleven through an undefeated, untied, and unscored on football season — a season that saw the Hurricanes beat Florida's mighty 'Gators for the ninth time in ten years, and saw them topple Tennessee, Alabama, L.S.U., Georgia, and Vanderbilt to win the Southeastern Conference crown for the second straight season. Miami also routed Notre Dame. Vale, and Texas Christian in three intersectional games, and climaxed the brilliant fall by being invited to play California in the Rose Howl game on New Year's Day at Pasadena. Led by the touchdown runs of Franny Hauser and Louis Hansen, sons of two former Hurricane stars, the fighting Miami team staged a second-half comeback to score the winning marker in the final ten seconds and beat the Hears, 26-24. in a story book finish that had the 65,000 fans in the stands shrieking with excitement. The big event of the year was the completion of the new million dollar gymnasium built with the funds contributed by the Quarterbacks Club. This imposing edifice with its two spacious gymnasiums, its comfortable locker rooms, and its world famous swimming pools, is the largest and most up-to-date gymnasium in the ... Coach Gardnar Mulloy’s tennis team, national intercollegiate champions for the past six years, won the mythical title again this season, by going through a ten-game schedule, the toughest in history, without the loss of a single match. The Hurricane netlers whipped Florida, 9 to 0. after the 'Gators finally scheduled them in '49 for the first time, then trounced North Carolina, Duke, Vanderbilt, Virginia, Dartmouth. Princeton, Yale. Chicago. Notre Dame, Rice, and Texas to end the season . . . Beaten only twice in twenty-two games, the Orange, Green, and White clad cagers. Southeastern Conference champs, ended their greatest year by winning the Conference tournament, held at Atlanta, at the close of the season. The Hurricanes licked the 'Gators, Georgia, and the Commodores in their march to the title, and then swam| ed Kentucky, 62-30 in the finals before a record crowd of 19,650 frenzied fans. One of the two losses was to L.l.U. in an intersec- tional game at Madison Square Garden. The New Yorkers won the tilt, 53-52. in two overtime periods. Then. Miami went on to .. . With our co-ed varsity teams rated highest in the South for the past three years, we were not at all surprised when the Co-ed Hurricane Basketball Team was ranked best in the country . . . Boxing reached its | eak in Hurricane sports this year, when Coach Billy Regan's Miami mittmen shut out Florida. Wisconsin. Syracuse, Virginia. Loyola, and Catholic University in a six-meet schedule, one in which the Hurricane fighters lost but three individual matches. In the National Intercollegiates held at Wisconsin. Miami brought back five titles, and placed two others in the finals. Assistant Coach William “ Bunny" Lovett. an old time Hurricane captain, accompanied Regan and the eight boxers on the two-week’s road trip .. . Baseball, now in its seventh season, proved to l e the most popular sport on the athletic program, as sixty-six candidates reported to mentor “Mike' Ruggles in spring practice drills. Miami then went through an eleven-game schedule like a whirlwind, winning ten games, and dropping only one. a 2-0 shutout to Columbia. The Hurricanes beat ,.. In other sports, too, Miami excelled. The Hurricane swimming team won the National Championship by walloping Florida, their nearest rival, and Ohio State in the collegiate acquatic meet at Columbus . . . Miami's golf team, the greatest array of talent in the nation, swept over seven teams in their march to the National crown, and then defended their laurels by downing Duke, 15J4 to 2l i, in a great match . . . The University of Miami has done so well this past season, that they have been asked to represent the United States in the coming Olympics. If they come through with winning colors, they will discontinue basketball at the University, because there is no competition anyway, and the boys feel that, after all, they should utilize their stay in our University to extend their intellectual abilities . . . Tappa Kegga Beer, defending champions, won the fraternity intramural title again for the third straight time, thus retiring the trophy . . . Looking forward to an even greater year, James B. Beusse, Graduate Manager of Athletics, announced yesterday that Hurricane Coach Jack Harding had just signed a new five-year contract . .. (Gosh, it seems a shame to stop here, we were just started. Oh well, you can’t stop us from dreaming ...) [117]THE Meaning of Fraternity . . . lies deeper than its social surface; it teaches comradeship, sportsmanship, and loyalty. by ELEANOR E. MATTESON A symposium of varigated noises comes to one as he mounts the steps to sorority row. The repetitious sound of ping-pong halls, the clatter of dishes, the incessant hum of voices—laughing, singing, talking, the shuffle of dancing feet, the blare of a radio, and the click of heels form a background for the serious work of the fraternities. Each fraternity has its gay, social surface, but underneath lies a serious purjx se. Fraternities are compel organizations that are essential parts of college. National fraternities are bound together through the National Panhellenic Congress; they arc united locally by the college Panhellenic. National Panhellenic Congress helps and recommends constructive jjolicy to college Panhell-enics. Every college campus which has national fraternities has its college Panhellenic. At this University the group is composed of one alumna, one senior, and one junior delegate' from each national fraternity, and such locals as admitted to membership. The council works out its own program, settles any difficulties which might arise from rushing, pledging, or policy, and offers advice. In its entirety the Greek movement is a vast organization with many thousands in its fold. Why is this? Surely it must have some real value to offer each girl. One of the greatest services any fraternity can render is to help freshmen women become oriented to campus life. Through kindness and coojK-ration fraternities can bridge the gap between high school and college conditions. In our University, formal rushing is conducted the third week of the first semester. At this time the new girls become acquainted with other new girls as well as the sorority women. If a girl accepts a bid at the close of rush week, the fraternity of her choice will hold her closest friends; it will help and guide her during college life. The new girl enters the pledge training stage, during which time she adjusts herself to college and fraternity life. This is her testing time and she must prove herself worthy of memlx rship. Fraternity life develops social responsibility, by “rush' parties. afternoon teas, receptions, dinners, dances, entertainment of national officers and faculty members the fraternity woman develops social graces. Pointers are offered on correct etiquette so each chapter member may lx a graceful and efficient hostess. In this modern world, through the inventions of the machine age. more leisure time is possible. This leisure acts for cultural improvement when well spent. Fraternities offer the opportunity for the worthy use of leisure; usually they encourage or require their pledges to take part in extra curricular activities. Chapter libraries, congenial gatherings, social service projects, stunt nights, worthwhile programs, and extra curricular activities make up a well balanced program. The fraternity creates a favorable atmosphere where the pledge can develop. The pledge must strive for scholastic standing; college Panhellenic requirement is a “C” average, while individual fraternities may have a more rigid standard. At the end of the first semester the pledge can be initiated. She then enters sisterhood. One of the most pleasing benefits of the fraternity is the opportunity for friendship. To the girl away from home, the fraternity offers a stimulating and creative atmosphere. Not all the thirty or forty girls of a fraternity can be her most intimate friends, but each association helps to make her a well-rounded and broadened individual. A girl must learn to give and take: only by cooperation can the group hope ior achievement. By her fraternal associations a girl learns how to get along with | eople and develops tact and tolerance. If the fraternity accomplishes nothing else, the development of tolerance in its memliers might well justify its existence. All of these values and offerings of fraternity life make it worthwhile, but above these values should be placed two others — loyalty and ideals. What good would the other values be if there were no loyalty to give girls a feeling of oneness, or no ideals to give them something to look up to, strive for. and perhaps achieve ? Constant growth ha taken place in the University fraternities. Almost all have expanded from small local units to take their places as a part of large national organizations. In the future. Fraternity Circle, resplendent with fine chapter houses, will replace the outgrown sorority row. The fraternities hx)k forward, not so much to material things, but to a spirit of coopera-tion. friendship, tolerance, loyalty, and the realization of their ideals. [H9]Tlir I'iinlirllrnlr Cnunrll IXTERFRATERNITY COUNCIL by MILTON FELLER The Interfraternity Council of the University of Miami, organized to promote constructive working relations among the fraternities, has just completed its twelfth year. The growth of the Interfraternity Council parallels that of the University, which has grown from a handful of students in 1926 to thirteen hundred students today. Much credit must he given to the Interfrater-nity Councils of former years. They were the pioneers of our University. They were the builders of the tradition and the structure of Interfraternal relationships. However, the task oj building is not yet completed; for we are still a growing institution. What has taken the Inter fraternity Council years to do can quickly lie undone by a single council: a council whose representatives have not been chosen with due discretion, a council which loses sight of the purpose of the organization, a council in name only but not one in fact. Surely, this is not the desired end for which our predecessors worked. The present council consists of three national fraternities and four local fraternities, all of which have been on the campus in good standing for many years. Due consideration in the selection of representatives to the Council for next year and the cooperation of the various fraternities are the requisites for an active and successful Interfraternity Council. May old mistakes be remedied and new problems solved. Councils . . . coordinate the fraternities, cooperate with the administration and encourage sound scholarship. Interfraternity Council members: Milton Feller, president. Phi Epsilon Pi; Harold I.cviton. vice-president. Tau Epsilon Phi; Mike Corcoran, secretary-treasurer. Delta Sigma Kappa; Robert Olson, sergeant-at-arms, Pi Delta Sigma: Wililam Gay, Pi Delta Sigma: Frank Paskewich, Delta Sigma Kappa; Louis Fogel, Eugene Hoyle. Phi Alpha; Myron Rroder, Phi Epsilon Pi; Jerome Weinkle. Tau Epsilon Phi; Stanley Redrin, Norwood Dalman. Phi Mu Alpha; Samuel Abbott, Hugh Shillinglon. Pi Chi. THE PANHELLKXIC COUNCIL by ELEANOR ELIZABETH MATTESON Tiif. Panhellenic Council of the University of Miami welcomes all freshmen women and transfer women students to the campus. The Council is composed of one alumna, one senior and one junior delegate selected by their group from each national fraternity and such locals as College Panhellenic has admitted to membership. The Council meets on the second Tuesday of each school month for a buffet supjier and meeting in the rooms, the fraternities in alphal etical order acting as hostesses. During ‘ Rush Week" two special meetings are called to consider current matters, nities. The University of Miami Panhellenic Council formulates its own program and settles any difficulties which might arise from rushing, pledging or policy, offers advice, cooperates with the administration, encourages sound scholarship, helps to maintain high standards in social life, and acts as a forum for the discussion of questions of interest to the Greek and college world. The Council wishes at all times to encourage cordial relations among and to be helpful to women students whether they are fraternity or nonfraternity women. Panhellenic Council members. 1938-39: Eleanor Elizabeth Matteson, president: Lucille Lefkowitz. vice-president; Hetty Lou Baker, secretary; Stella Edwards, treasurer; Mary B. Merritt, faculty advisor. Alpha Epsilon Phi. Lucilie Lefkowitz. Selma Phillips; Alpha Theta. June Burr. Stella Edwards: Alpha Omega. Laura Green. Rosemarie Neal: Beta Phi Alpha. Eleanor Elizabeth Matteson. Marie Young: Chi Omega. Rubilou Jackson, Charlotte Meggs: Delta Phi Epsilon. Pearl Waldorf. Sylvia Raichick; Kappa Kappa Gamma. Valerie Howitt. Coris Page; Sigma Kappa. Joan Goeser, Jean Lambert: Zeta Tau Alpha. Hetty May Serpas. Hetty Lou Baker. [120]Get That Girl! A sophisticated melodramer of the third floor front and back. by MOLUE CONNOR SCENE I Summer meeting. The gigantic ami all powerful sorority of Gamma Epsilon Alpha Upsilon has shrunk to eight members the eight who didn't go away. The secretary is acting as president and treasurer is being secretary; no one is lx ing treasurer for obvious reasons. Summer meetings are informal. The girls are carefully dressed in shorts. Only seven of the eight members are present. They show signs of impatience and are on the verge of giving a little “constructive criticism" about the tardy mem-lx r before she arrives. Only about three sisters have had time to contribute to this discussion when sister eight arrives. Drama enters with her. She goes to the middle of the room—center stage, excuse me—and faces the audience— we hope, an audience. A hush descends on the group—which is natural, as they have been talking about her—but this hush is more for effect. They hold this pose for a minute and then in a deep, resounding voice (almost, gutteralI sister eight speaks: Lemmelia Look is coming to school. Everyone must register something at this point. In general it is an air of jubilance. Secretary: She graduated from Hickshire High my alma mater. Treasurer: She was elected the girl most likely to be popular in 1950. 3rd sister: She was president of the "Hike and Smile." 4th sister: She can high jump, (cheers) 5th sister: She doesn’t fail her courses. We mustn't forget the importance of scholarship. 6th sister: Her father's a Democrat. Family background's awfully important, you know. 7th sister: Without a doubt she is definitely Gamma Epsilon Alpha Upsilon material. Sth sister (score again): The Phi Kappa lota's think they have her sewed up! Roars of rage. Everyone is again required to register Something. The general trend is from rage to despair to grim determination. Secretary: They can't do that to us. Treasurer: Dirty rushing! 3rd sister: Look who we are! This is the cue for a general boasting of conceit, morale, or sorority patriotism. Each sister contributes some item to prove their undisputed superiority. At the end of this session they are again secure of their position and all undermining doubt is removed. 4th sister: We'll get her. 5th sister: If she is sewed up, she'll soon realize her mistake. 6th sister: What could she see in them? 7th sister: She's not their type at all. 8th sister: I've heard she swims. Let's give a swimming party. Secretary: Good. I've a new suit. Treasurer: I think a tea would lie better. Then we could dress up and impress. 3rd sister: Should we make friends with her or be very superior? 4th sister: Let’s lie superior. We made friends with Suzie Que last year and it didn't work. 5th sister: I think our president had a date with her brother once. 6th sister: Her brother's a drip. 7th sister: Nevertheless family ties are strong. Sth sister: Wire the prexy to come home and start work. Secretary: Somebody has to make a motion. Treasurer: I so move. 1st sister: I second it. Secretary: Vote by usual sign no wait, this is an informal meeting. Just say yes. Sisters: Yes— Secretary: The motion is passed. 2nd sister: What was the motion? Sth sister: To give a swimming party. Treasurer: I object. Secretary: Objection over-ruled. The meeting is adjourned until after refreshments are served. Scene II Sorority room, luxuriously furnished in conflicting tastes. Gamma Epsilon Alpha Upsilon is meeting to cast its last vote on the nominations for sorority mem-l ership. Twenty-one of the twenty-two members are present. The twenty-second member has the flu and cannot attend, but she has sent in her list of blackballs with sister twenty-one who is her best friend. There is a feeling of tenseness in the room. Four girls are whispering in the corner and three girls on the studio couch are deciding to make a united stand about something. A few girls are comfortably chewing [121] fCONTINUED ON PAOB 21 • . Lucille Lefkowitz, dean; Selma Lee Phillips, sub-dean: Thelma Maremont. scribe: Freda Jean Speizman, treasurer; Estelle Kasanof, Clemence Levy. June Hyams, Kathryn Morris, Jo Carol Weinstein. Sylvia Locke, Edith Pearl, Denise Penchina, Selma Bronston, Beatrice Dresher. Barbara Neufeld, Wilma Kesnikoff. Rose Segal. Ethel Wolf. Pledges: Selma Einbinder. Charlotte Rodainsky, Helen Bernstein. Lynette Cohen, Marcella Rosenthal. Zoe Sleekier. Helen Turestsky, Helen Kaufman. Pledges not pictured: Beatrice Ettinger, Frances Gross, Lois Levitt, Miriam Ettinger, Dorothy Lightman. Ruth Wasser. [122]Alpha Epsilon Phi ALPHA ETA CHAPTER Onk October night, five years ago, a new sorority came into being. It was called Theta Chi Omega, and fulfilled a crying need on campus for a new social group. Charter members of' the baby sorority were all up-and-coming campus big-wigs. Bea Bornstein. the charter president, was very active in the dramatics department; Audrey Rothenbcrg, a freshman at the time, was already the dramatic critic on the Hurricane, and was later to become Editor-in-Chief of the Ibis. The other charter members, Cecile Alexander. Harriet Kahn. Evelyn Korn, Rhode Lichtman, Sylvia l.ipton. Lucille Walters and Edna Wolkowsky, were all very active on the campus. While the group was vet very young an offer by Alpha Epsilon Phi to sponsor it was readily accepted. While the sorority was still a local group, its members were represented in every honorary society at the University to which women students were admitted. Members of Theta Chi Omega have held the chair of Rho Beta Omicron, Lead and Ink, Nu Kappa Tau, Honors Literary Society, Athletic Council, Panhell-enic Council, and other important organizations on the campus. They have been on the business and editorial staffs of the official campus publications; they have comjxised championship teams in intramural athletics: they have been prominent students in their departments; in other words, they have been all-round co-eds. On February Sth, 1938, Theta Chi Omega became Alpha Eta Chapter of Alpha Epsilon Phi. The installation was a gala affair at the Miami Biltmore. with Louise Wolfe. National Executive, presiding. Audrey Rothenberg, Freda Speizman, Sejma Lee Phillips, Estelle Kasanof. Lucille Lefkowitz. Bernice Simpson. Rita Bornstein, Sylvia Locke, Jo Carol Weinstein, and Thelma Maremont were installed at this time as charter memliers of the chapter. During this school year Edith Pearl, June Hyams, Selma Bronston. Beatrice Dresher. Kathryn Morris. Barbara Neufeld, Denise Penchina. Wilma Resnikoff. Rose Segal, and Ethel Wolfe were received as active members into the sorority. Alpha Eta chapter has always maintained a program of service to the University, to Oreater Miami, and to the world 3s a whole. This year, the group gave its fourth annual donation to the University library. In the second semester. Alpha Eta entertained the entire Student body at a weiner roast at Tahiti Beach. Throughout the year, the chapter has, through various means, raised a fund to be used by the national office as a scholarship and maintenance fund for student refugees from European countries. As individuals, the members of the group have been carrying out the standards and traditions formulated during its infancy. In the organization there arc mem-l ers of Xu Kapp Tau, Lead and Ink. Theta Alpha Phi. and Honors Literary Society. These girls have had major parts in the productions of the University Theatre; they have been outstanding in the music department: they have important positions on the staffs of the University publications; and they have won both the intramural singles and doubles ping-jxmg championships. Members of Alpha Eta chapter are looking forward to the day when their established tradition as campus leaders becomes a vital part of the University of Miami. National Hymn Firm bond of sisterhood and friendship’s tie. Alpha Epsilon Phi to thee we sing our praise; We pledge our loyalty, our everlasting love, Alpha Epsilon Phi to thee we will be true. Firm bond of sisterhood and friendships tic, Alpha Epsilon Phi to thee we sing our praise. Thy laws we’ll cherish, thy precepts in our hearts. Thy standards we’ll impart to those who after come. Wrliutrln, SprUinnii, Irraturrr; l.»fkowlU, ilraii: ITilllip . Mlb lran: Murrniont, crlbr M2?]Alpha Omega Ali»»ia Omega, though one of the smallest and youngest sororities on the campus, is also one of the most active and progressive. Since its founding on May 30, 1938, it has become firmly established on the University campus. Its members have already become outstanding in the various student organizations: they are active (and hold many offices) in the Y.W.C.A., the Newman Club, the Women’s Chorus, the Mixed Chorus, the Symphony Orchestra, and others. One of the girls was a delegate to the Southeastern Pan-Hellenic Conference at the University of Georgia, another to the Y.W.C.A. Area Leadership Meeting held at Jacksonville, and the Miami Youth Conference with the Florida Chain of Missions. The membership is composed of girls from six different states and Canada: namely, Illinois, Ohio. Maryland. Pennsylvania, Florida, and Connecticut. No two of the girls were acquainted before entering the University of Miami, but now theirs is a spirit of fellowship which is one of the ideals of sorority mem-bership. The aim and purjmse of Alpha Omega is. to maintain high scholarship, to encourage good sportsmanship. to stimulate a desire for service, to participate in campus activities and. above all. to promote true friendship. Its flower is the Killarney (pink) rose and its colors arc rose and silver. During the year, the group has sponsored a Musical Tea. an open house for their mothers and patronesses, a Founder’s Day Observance, and many other social functions. Alpha Omega is being actively sponsored by the Miami Chapter of Delta Zeta National Sorority. Mrs. K. C. Collins. Jr., is the president of the local group which is happy to include such outstanding citizens of greater Miami as Miss Eunice Grady. Dade County Home Demonstration Agent; Mrs. L. E. Marcum, president of the Miami Beach Senior and Junior High School P.T.A.: and Mrs. Thelma Peters, who is also ino of the patronesses of Alpha Omega. Delta Zeta is one of the few leading national social college sororities which started out as a national sorority. It was founded October 24. 1902 at Miami University, Oxford. Ohio. It is represented in thirty-five states and the District of Columbia by forty active college chapters and eighty-six alumnae chapters. These are divided into twelve provinces determined by geopgraphical location. Mrs. James E. Keczcl of Winter Park, Florida, is the Director of Province III. Alpha Omega was highly honored by a visit from her to the sorority during her short stay in Miami in March. In addition to the splendid sponsorship by Delta Zeta, Alpha Omega is aided by the following patronesses: Mrs. Thelma Peters, Mrs. A. M. Seaber. Mrs. E. E. Treat, Mrs. C. N. Manfred, Mrs. Wade Livingston Street, and Mrs. F. Yolney Waite. At the end of this year, its first and highly successful year, Alpha Omega is looking forward with great anticipation toward the future and the successes which arc in store. Alpha Omega Song .Mining toward the best Loyal to friends Vrogrcssivc in spirit Happy in service Active on campus. Original in ideas Methodical in work Eager for knowledge Gracious in manner Appropriately dressed. nlflrrr : Nrnl. treasurer; Hlfc, secretary; Grten. president; Klr! y ; Davit, vice-president. [124]Laura Green, president: Ruth Davis, vice-president: Mary Olive Rife, secretary; Rosemary Neal, treasurer; Helen Neilson. Martha Haapala. Marjorie Kirby, Dorothy Schooley. Not pictured: Mildred Harrison. Georgia Hall (A .). Patronesses: Mrs. Thelma Peters. Mrs. A. M. Seaber. Mrs. F. F.. Treat, Mrs. C. N Manfred, Mrs. Wade L. Street, Mrs. F. V'olney Waite. 1125] , Stella Edwards, president: June Burr, retired president; Cecille Gaddis, secretary: Hilda Ringblom, treasurer: La Rose Arrington, Cornelia Caravasios, Naomi Anderson, Beulah Bouyea. Barbara Johnson, Evalyn Daniel, Irene Cropp, Xenita rie Lago, Betty Gene Vasvery. Elizabeth Ashworth, Helen Carmichael, Helene Putnam. Xot pictured: Jo Thomason. [126]Alpha In 1934, a group of independent girls and stray Greeks organized the Sport Club as a society for women students who were not affiliated with the local sororities. During the three years of the Sport Club’s existence, its members emerged undefeated in every intramural activity, including volleyball, basketball, bowling, tennis, and swimming. On the University campus, they receiver! high representation scholastical'y, politically, socially, and athletically. being formally installed as Alpha Theta Sorority. September of 1938. the Sjmrt Club joined the ranks of Greek letter organizations on the campus. As sorority women, the Alpha Thetas, although a young group, have achieved many triumphs. Last year a member was named "Miss University of Miami" by popular acclaim; the jiosition of "Vasrity Girl” has been held by a member of this group every year since its existence; recognition in the Queen of Clubs con tests has been granted members of the sorority. Alpha Thetas were and are prominent in the fields of journalism, dramatics, and chorus. Various editorships on the two publications, the Hurricane and Ibis, were held by members of this society. Associate justices of the honor court, vice-presidents of the student body, class officers, student senators. Xu Rapp Tau initiates, and organization heads have lieen selected from this group of sorority girls. “Who's Who in American Colleges and Universities” last year listed two Alpha Theta members. With ‘‘Sportsmanship is our aim" as the motto of Alpha Theta Sorority, fair play and good sportsman-ship is stressed in all fields of conquest. Participation by each girl in intramural activities is urged. The Intramural Participation Trophy was won by the group last year. Interest in extra-curricular activities is encouraged by requiring each member to engage in at least two varied fields. To aid in the building of a bigger and better University of Miami has been a definite “must" of the girls. They have attempted to promote inter-fraternity cooperation in all events. Membership lists of a recently formed progressive organization at the University. the Campus Citizens, may Ik seen to include names of Alpha Theta girls. They also took an active part in the drive to secure Florida Power and Light refunds for the benefit of the University. Selectness in rushing and pledging is observed. Completing a successful rushing season this past year, the society pledged eleven girls. Recognizing the outstanding pledge in each group of initiates, the active Theta members annually award a trophy to the deserving recipient of this honor. Alpha Theta's annual Spinsters' Stomp gives the girls an unusual opportunity, as the order of dating and breaking on dancing couples is reversed for the one night. The girls' dance this year netted a greater profit than that of any other event recently presented in the cafeteria. Thanksgiving and Christmas charity work and the sponsorship of a faculty tea are other annual activities engaged in by the group. Combining their efforts and time, the girls this year participated in a complete sorority room re-organiza-tion. A small room was partitioned off from the larger one and serves as a powder room. Hooks and various articles arc encased on shelves formed for these pur-| ose.s. Bookcases in the larger room house the sorority's cups and emblems; new furniture and accessories were purchased; the walls and ceiling received a new coat of paint: and the lloor was given a thorough varnishing and waxing by the girls. While the cornflower is the floral emblem of Alpha Theta Sorority, royal blue and gold rank as the group's colors. Alpha Tiieta Sonc. Sorority, we pledge to you. Alpha Theta; Sorority, we will be true, Alpha Theta; To your colors we will he Pledged in faith and loyalty ; For sympathy we. look to you Alpha Theta. To the gold and to the blue, Alpha Theta; We will be forever true, Alpha Theta; IVc will keep your banner high. Always foremost in the sky; And to you we'll do or die Alpha Theta. (•midis ; Iturr. rrtlrrd prr»ldmt: Edwards prrMdmt KliiKbluoot, IrrHMirrr [127]Beta Phi Alpha ALPHA IOTA CHAPTER The Alpha Iota chapter of Beta Phi Alpha was installed as the second national women's fraternity on the campus of the University of Miami, April 25. 1937. Beta Phi Alpha is one of the twenty-three national Panhellenic fraternities for women, having Been founded in May, 1909, at the University of California in Berkley. Beta Phi Alpha was the first sorority founded on the Pacific coast of America. Since its beginning, chapters have been installed in many of the leading colleges of the United States. The purpose of Beta Phi Alpha is to maintain high scholastic standards as well as high social standards at the various universities and to encourage its members to enter and cooperate in school activities. In an endeavor to maintain these purposes, the Alpha lota chapter has cooperated with members of the student body in all activities. Many of its members have held responsible offices in Y.W.C.A.. Nu Kappa Tau. International Relations Club, and Honorary Chemistry Society, and have done exceptional work in various sttalent organizations. Our chapter has also endeavored to maintain above average scholarship, having in its permanent possession one cup offered by the Miami Panhellenic for superior attainment in scholarship and having had the second cup in its possession for the past two years. The national also offers a scholarship plaque to the chapters who rank in the upper ten percent on their campus in scholastic average. One of these plaques was awarded to Alpha lota chapter, one of five chapters to win this honor. In connection with the national sorority, the chapter offers to its members the Mary Gordon Hollaway Fund. This is in the form of a scholarship for graduate students desiring to do further study in some particular field. Alpha Iota is proud that one of her charter members now holds the scholarship and is working on her doctor's degree in chemistry. As rewards to its members, the national offers several awards for outstanding work. Among these is the Service Award, given annually to the girl who has served her chapter and school in an outstanding way for the past year. Among its more important activities Beta Phi Alpha lioasts that it has led the way in the movement for weekly programs in fraternity chapters. In connection with this, a cup is presented to the chapter which sponsors the best programs for the past year. Among its more important activities Beta Phi Alpha boasts that it has led the way in the movement for weekly programs in fraternity chapters. In connection with this, a cup is presented to the chapter which sponsors the best programs for the year. Beta Phi Alpha holds its conventions biannually. The convention will lx held this year at Asilomar, California, with the Alpha chapter including the six founders acting as hostesses. The fraternity magazine is known as the Aldcbaran, and is published quarterly. The local chapter, besides cooperating with the national social activities, holds its annual Mother's Day breakfast, as well as a Founder's Day ritual and banquet: and as its welfare project entertains a large group of underprivileged children with an Easter party. All of these activities are combined to provide development of the individual as well as to promote friendly relations with other groups. Miss Georgia May Barrett, associate professor of Psychology, is an honorary member of Beta Phi Alpha and the patronesses are Mrs. Win. L. Phillercik. Mrs. Wade Livingston Street. Miss Margaret Phelan. Mrs. E. Morton Miller, Mrs. Wm. Merriam, Mrs. Oliver Sollitt. Hymn to Beta Phi Alpha lieta Phi Alpha, through thy light. Friendship doth gain eternal might. Service unhounded, we gladly give. That thy ideals, may ever live. Star of our hope, unerring light, Guiding us ever in paths of right! lleta Phi Alpha, we pledge to thee Sweet faith, and love, and loyalty. OITkrr : Mllllnian. recording Mcretary: Penny, eorrenpondlng ftrcrrtarv; M. Young. vlcf-pr«ldriili B. Ynunfc prnldrnt; Udttrvm, Pitnhrllrolr r,pr wiil»llvrj Itarr, trr mirrr. [12S]Ruth Young, president; Marie Young, vice-president; Berenice MiUlman, recording secretary; Ruth Penney, corresponding secretary; Kllagene Barr, treasurer; Vera Fletcher, Eleanor Matteson, Audrey Romine, Mary Reed, linimie Anne Thomas, Anna Lou Arnold, Grace Kieswetter, Barbara Curran, Virginia Fish, Harriet Foster, Daphne Pullan. Evelyn Daley. Louise Knight, Mary Lee Hickman. Beryle McCluney, Wilma Pope, Margaret Wyant. Not pictured: Ruby Berry. Adeline Critzer. Ennis Johnson, Marion Landers, Louise Smith, and Gladys Tubbs. 1129]Kubilou Jackson, president: Joyce Christenson, vice-president; Evelyn Isaac, secretary; Mollie Connor, treasurer; Virginia Goodrich, Lynn - Bullard, Roberta Butler. Martha Cail, Velma Howell. Josephine Lumpkin, Eunice Pearson, Charlotte Meggs, ritual officer; Virginia Allen, Alberta Burke, Marie Coleman, Catherine Hefinger. Jean Moore. Peggy O'Donnell, Mallory Power. Audrey Thomas, Phyllis Young. Alvalyn Boege, Jacqulee Blue, Marion Brown, Sara Elizabeth Brinson, Mina Cavett, Jeanne Girton, Frances Isaac, Ruth MacDonald, Helen Meekins, Sue Allen, Phebc Bolton, Dorothy Lowe, Betty Robinson, Ruth Wilson, Mabelle Gilbert. Not pictured: Susan Barnes. Marianne Hitt, Dorothy Bell. [130]Chi Omega LTSILON DELTA CHAPTER C'mii Omega was founded at the University of Ar- kansas, April 5. 1895. Today, with 92 active chapters. Chi Omega has as a background a program of progressive achievements. Its Sonice Fund Studies are financed through the income of this fund established for the use of chapters building houses. Human Conduct and the Law, by-Mary Love Collins, is the best known of these studies: others are Barbara Reed Robson's Chapter House Management, used as a handbook in maintaining many fraternity and sorority houses, and Mary Branch’s Women and Wealth. Chi Omega sponsors the National Achievement Award for Women which is presented annually to the outstanding woman in the field of art. letters, public affairs, business and finance, education, or professions, as selected by a committee of women chosen for their prominence in these fields. Recipients of the award have l een Dr. Florence R. Sabin. Cecilia Beaux, Dr. Beatrice M. Heinkle, Frances Perkins. Josephine Roche. Katherine Cornell, and Judge Florence Allen. Each chapter of Chi Omega offers annually a twenty-five dollar prize to be awarded to the outstanding woman student in the field of sociology at its particular university. The purpose of this award is to encourage the participation of women in this field. The Vpsilon Delta Chapter at the University of Miami is offering this award for the first time this year. The yearly programs of Chi Omega chapters are based on their policies of | ersonnel; vocations; limitation of social life: cooperation with college authorities: participation in campus activities; social and civic service: fellowship chaperonage; creditable and sincere scholarship: ami choice, not competition, in rushing. The open motto of Chi Omega is -Hellenic Culture. Christian ideals." Upsilon Delta chapter was installed December 17. 193ft, the first national on campus. Its members have l een outstanding in student activities, holding executive offices in all women's organizations and in the student government association. Among offices Chi Omegas have held this year are: president of the Y.W.C.A., president and vice-president of the Newman Club, president of B.S.U.. secretary-!reasurcr of the Senior class, and associate editor of the his. For the past three years a Chi Omega has led the Grand March at the Junior From and a Chi Omega has held the title of I i Delta Sigma Girl for the years 1938 and 1939. Among other honors Chi Omegas are Queen of Clubs and Campus Sweetheart. Chi Omega won first place in the Phi Mu Alpha Song Festival given in April. The Chi Omega Carnival Dance was one of the outstanding social events of the year. All the other groups on campus participated by having booths at which were sold the usual carnival fare. Bingo, archery, tomato throwing and dart games added to the general gaiety. The annual dinner dance is always the high note in entertainment to the Chi Omegas during the Christmas holidays. This year the dance was given at the Royal Palm Club. Among other social activities of the chapter for the year were the faculty tea, buffet supers, and bride's tea. The Coffin Trophy was awarded to this chapter in 1938 for participation in the fields of music, journalism. dramatics, and debating. Spring brings to a close a pleasant and eventful year for the Chi Omegas. Chi Omega, Yours Forever Chi Omega, yours forever. Loyal we will he To your symphony and colors. Our fraternity. Rho Beta I ’psilon Eta Sigma Bear those standards high. And our hands will ne’er he broken, Chi Omega, Chi. Connor, Irraitum-; ChrMriiaon, vlcr-prrftUlrut; Mckk . HUimI officer; Iwtnc. wcrrUry; Jackson. pmUIrnt [131]Delta Phi OMEGA CHAPTER Omega chapter of Delta Phi Epsilon, the “baby ' sorority on campus, received its charter September, 1939, as Zeta Iota Pi. The seven charter members and nine pledges set their objective and project for the year as “going national.” December 1938, Zeta Iota Pi, after being investigated with preliminary formalities by the Executive Council, petitioned Delta Phi Epsilon International Social Fraternity for a charter during its Annual Convention held this year in Toronto, Canada. The ) eti-tion was accepted and Zeta Iota Pi became Delta Pledge Chapter of Delta Phi Epsilon. Formal pledging took place on January 15, 1939. After a period of probation, it was installed as the Omega Chapter of Della Phi Epsilon. March 17, 1939. Delta Phi Epsilon was founded March 17, 1917. by Eve Effron Robbins, Ida Bienstock Landau, Dorothy Cohen Schwartzman, Minna Goldsmith Mahler, and Cylvia Steirman Cohen at New York University. Since that time 24 chapters of Delta Phi Epsilon have been organized. The objective of the sorority is the organization of grou| s of women on the firm foundation of sincerity, friendship and loyalty. Several years ago. an Alumnae Chapter of Delta Phi Epsilon was formed in Miami. At the present time there are seventeen active members of this group. Mrs. Cecelia Shapiro, President of the Alumnae Chapter and National Alumnae Secretary, is Adviser to the Omega Chapter; and Miss Rose Levin ol Miami is Alumnae Representative at meetings of the Panhellenic Council of the University of Miami. Fired, H otl mul wet fun- cliiilriiutn; KuimtImt . Iiouw cbulniinn; M. Sebum, rwt.rilliiu wcrclury; Wuldorf, n lnu; II. NVIium, eormponcllniS necrelurj Epsilon The patronesses of the chapter in the University are Mrs. Bernart Simon ami Mrs. Isaac Levin, who have taken an active interest in the sorority. Mrs. Hannah Asher, faculty adviser, has been of inestimable value in setting the sorority on its way. Delta Phi Epsilon wishes in every way to cooperate with the school in the building of a greater University of Miami. It has taken an active part in the refund drive, and supports whole-heartedly all activities that seek to better the University. The members are represented in practically every organization and as a form of sorority duty must participate in at least two extracurricular activities. One of the first aims of the Omega Chapter is the attainment of a good scholastic average, for the sorority realizes fully the value of good sound education and seeks to instill the desire for study in its members. The national publication, a quarterly, is called the Delta Phi Epsilon Triangle. Members of the Miami chapter were most active in contributions for the spring edition of the Triangle which carried pictures of the girls and articles on the Omega Chapter and the University of Miami. Already Omega is deeply aware of the significance of its national affiliation through the closeness of contact between it and the regional officers and the execu-tixe council. Plans for next year include a Scholarship Dance which is for the purpose of giving a scho'arship to some worthy non-sorority member of the University of Miami. This is the custom of the national sorority as a whole, and is practiced on all campi where there are chapters of Delta Phi Epsilon. Sincerely Sincerely our I) Phi E IIV sing to you, wc hail thee Eternally our D Phi E, You have symbolized True sisterhood and friendships' ties In every heart Right from the start. You’ve been our guide. You rule supreme. Vc hail thee unceasingly, Our D Phi E. [132]Pear! Waldorf, regina; Norma Lee Simpson, vice-retina; Berthe N'eham, corres-ponding secretary; Martha Xeham. recording secretary; Sylvia Raichick. treasurer; Nana Kuperberg, Ruth Miller. Gertrude Brown. Rachel Covitch, Marion Fried. Dorothy Kantrowitz, Alida Roochvarg, Millicent Roth, Shirley Haimes. Betty Letaw. Not pictured: Cynthia Diamond, Lucille Snowe. Jean Bernstein, Florence Genet. [133]Valerie Howitt. president: Nancy Shepard, pledge captain; Doris Page, recording secretary; Mary Kimball, corresponding secretary: Jane Johnsen, treasurer; Ruth Diestelhorst. 'irginia Horsley. Virginia Miles. Elaine Rheney, Margaret Shilling-ton, Joan Ellis, Gail Estabrook. Ethel Feltyberger Beverly Lack. Adele Rickel. Willomette Williamson, Dorothy Ashe. Elaine Devery, lnza Eripp. Hetty Hayes. Mary Linea weaver, Betsy Moore, Aileen Murphy, Rebekah Parham, Justine Rainey. Jean Van Devcre, Winifred Wood, Natalie Allison, Alice Boyd Magruder. Randy Mebane, Janet Seerth. Dorothy Spence, Lorraine Thompson, Phyllis Parman. [1.14]Kappa Kappa Gamma DELTA KAPPA CHAPTER 1938-39 will go down in the sorority’s annals as a banner year for Delta Kappa Chapter of Kappa Kappa Gamma the year it received its charter for the national sorority after eleven years of existence as Lambda Phi local under the sponsorship of the Kappa Kappa Gamma Alumnae Association of Miami. For members of the then Lambda Phi, the year began in a blaze of glory back on July 7th when the telegram wires began burning between Virginia and Florida with the news that their petition had been accepted by the national convention. It was not until November 17th, however, that the Kappa's newest and 73rd chapter received its official stamp. Twenty charters. five active, and thirty-seven alumnae members were installed by the Grand Council of the National Organization. Installation over, the new members were to find out that having a national charter meant more than wearing a Kappa key or learning the new grip or singing new sorority songs. It meant an entire reorganization. a new order of things, systematizing a small group of women down in Miami as an integral and working unit of a vast national organization made up of other small groups of women throughout the United States and Canada. The burden of the reorganization work fell on the capable shoulders of the sorority officers led by President Valerie Howitt, probably one of the most efficient heads the sorority has ever had. To a lesser extent, all chapter members aided in whipping the previous informal management of Lambda Phi into the business-like form of Kappa Kappa Gamma, essentially a committee form of management. Members of Delta Kappa chapter, realize that this coordinating process is not yet completed but they feel that it is far enough advanced to justify their looking upon it as the chapter’s most important and successful contribution of the current year. Hut they did do some other things. They pledged twelve prosj)ective members in the fall, eleven of whom were initiated during the month of March. In the social brackets, they entertained for Mrs. Dorothy Canfield Fisher, Winter Institute speaker and a Kappa, at the home of President Bowman F. Ashe, gave a benefit bridge tea of 75 tables at the Biltmore Country Club, and presented a formal Easter tea dance at the Coral Gables Country Club. Along athletic lines. Delta Kappas participated vigorously in all womens intramurals, capturing the women’s intramural volleyball crown and running close seconds and thirds in other sports. Delta Kappa members this year have held three class offices, a seat on the Student Senate, editorship and news editorship of the Hurricane, the title of Carnival Queen, two memberships in Nu Kappa Tau, women's honorary, two in Theta Alpha Phi. honorary dramatics fraternity, one in the Debate Council, and one in Lead and Ink, honorary journalism fraternity. Yes. it's been quite a year for Delta Kappa chapter of Kappa Kappa Gamma. Not Thy Kky Oh Kappa Sot thy key Oh Kappa, Sot thy fleur-de-lis. These are only symbols Of what you mean to me. There is something deeper Than your flower or key, You have taught the meaning Of fraternity. PnKev rwnraiiiK wcrUur): Kimball, corrv po«iilinii tcr«Ury; Moorr, rrtfKtrur t IAS]Sigma Kappa BETA DELTA CHAPTER After being sponsored for two years by the Miami Sigma Kappa alumni chapter. Delta Tau local sorority was installed as the Beta Delta chapter of Sigma Kappa. March 26 and 27. 1939. This is the forty-third active chapter to be installed since the forming oi the international sorority at Colby College, Waterville. Maine, in 1S74. Sigma Kappa is the fifth oldest among the Greek letters and became a member of National Panhellenic Council in 1904. The membership at first was limited to twenty-five girls, but was recently changed to forty for each chapter. The Grand President. Mrs. Alice Mersey Wick, headed the installing team, and was assisted by I.orah Monroe. Grand Counselor: Mrs. Ruth Donelly, Travelling Secretary; Mrs. Harry M. Donham, District Counselor; and Mrs. M. L. Gill. President of the Tallahassee alumni chapter. The local chapter. Delta Tau, was formed in 1932 as a merger of Alpha Delta and Theta Tau. Since then the group has been outstanding in the major activities of the University. Its members have integrated themselves into the heart of the University, and are represented in practically every organization. They have held important offices in student government this year, including the secretary of the student body, and an associate justice of the Honor Court. Sigma Kappa is outstanding scholastically, socially and athletically. In the field of sports, the sorority is among the top ranking teams, having won the intramural basketball tournament this year. A nundier of the members have also been closely affiliated with the student publications and can account for two associate editors, a few Roll, publicity illrcclor; Wthlr, rccordln wcrHnry; Cluney, vlce-prrxldcnt; Goe»er. prcslilrnl; Goff, treasurer; noted. eorre poiulliiK »eerrti»ry contributors, and others on the business staff. Two other members represented the University at the Florida Intercollegiate Press Association and at the Florida Student Government Association conventions last year; and returned with the offices of president of the F.S.G.A. and corresponding secretary of the F.I.P.A. Other members have also taken active interest in music, chorus and dramatics. Since being initiated into Sigma Kappa, the sorority has made its aims those of their national sisters— intellectual, spiritual and social leadership. They also seek to have a comparatively small, well-knit, but strong group. By cooperating with other social and honorary organizations, as well as with the administration and independents on the campus, this group hopes to lx a part in the furtherance of the University of Miami. The first honorary initiate ever to be taken into Sigma Kappa was initiated with this group. Vivian Yciser I.aramore, poet laureate, was granted this honor. The national philanthropy of Sigma Kappa, founded in 1905. is the maintenance of the Maine Sea Coast Missionary Society at Bar Harbor. Maine. The work of the mission is to undertake religious and benevolent work in the neglected communities and among the isolated families along the coast and on the islands of Maine. At the 1918 convention it was voted to adopt the educational work of the Mission as our national philanthropy. A full-time worker is maintained by the sorority, while each alumni and college chapter aids in this work with individual gifts. Sigma Kappa Little bunch of violets. So modest and so true ; Little bunch of violets, We pluck them, dear, for you. Take them, dear, and keep them. From them never part. For they will tell you, dear one. Of the love that's in our heart. Oh, it’s just because we love you. Just because your heart is true That we want you to be a Sigma Kappa, The only feat for you. Oh, it's just because you too, dear. Seem to feel one heart, one way, It’s just because, you’re what you are, Because, because, you're you. [136]Joan Goeser, president; Pat ('luney vice-president; Winona Wohle, secretary; Betty Goff, treasurer; Lorraine Roll, registrar: Betty Knight. Anne Searing, Virginia Witters, Marie F. Wright, Alma Jeanne Walker, Elsie Hamilton, Jean Lambert. Rosemary Glomb. Gladys Goff. Janet Hesselbrock, Dayne Sox. Active not pictured: Grace Potect. Pledges not pictured: Grace Day, Nadine Forthman. [137]Betty Serpas, president; Martha Dorn, vice-president; Betty Lou Baker, secretary: Virginia Spaulding, treasurer; Kathleen Wilson, Miriam Pope. Doris Doyle. Betty Johnson. Patricia Overbaugh, Julia Arthur, Frances Cummings, Irmgard Dietel, Mary Edwards, Duval Gilmer, Martha Goddard, Eleanor Hays, Dorothy Hawkins, Patricia Hollarn. Joan Kaanar, Alice Keuling, Bose Marie Xorcross, Betty Lou Shelley, Mary Springer, Elizabeth Torrence, Peggy " i,son. [138]Zeta Tau Alpha GAMMA ALPHA CHAPTER Two years after the founding of the school, the administration felt that the student body was ready for a few organizations and decided that a sorority would be of value to the school. On January 10. 1927, Ruth Bryan Owen Rhode, together with some of the leading members of the faculty, carefully selected four outstanding girls to form what was the first women's fraternity on the campus. Sigma Phi. The new organization had as its purjKise a threefold interest in scholarship, athletics, and social activities. For ten years, Sigma Phi prospered, winning recognition in its chosen fields and continuing to add to its membership. Last year along with the growth of national organizations on the campus. Zeta Tau Alpha absorbed Sigma Phi, installing the group on March 26th as Gamma Alpha Chapter; it then took its place with the other national sororities on the campus. Zeta Tau Alpha was founded October 15. 1898 by nine girls in Virginia State Normal School at Farm-ville. Virginia. Spreading throughout the country, it now has seventy-seven chapters (one in Canada) and is one of the six largest National Panhellenic Council fraternities. Nationally it sponsors as a philanthropic project, the Health Center in Currin Valley, Virginia. Its purpose is the betterment of the health and education of the local mountain people. Zeta actives and alumnae help with this work and find it interesting and full of valuable experiences. In addition to this, scholastic ami social achievements are encouragedland rewarded with the Scholarship Ix an Fund. Maude Jones Horner Scholarship gift, Doctor Hopkins Fund, and several more. This year was Zeta Tau Alpha’s first full year on the campus. The first thing it did this year was to redecorate the fraternity room. After a successful rush week, we pledged eighteen girls. Our float in the second annual Georgia-Miami football parade won the cup for being the most beautiful. Throughout the year, we have had a series of small social events—bridge teas, Founder’s Day Service, an Oj en House and luncheon at Christmas time, and a Honolulu Swing given in the school cafeteria. Gamma Alpha Chapter is composed of representative girls taking part in the student government and in all campus activities, with continued interest in scholarship. athletics and social events being evidenced. Having joined a national group our capabilities and our aims have been broadened and our purpose has l een enlarged to include the intensifying of friendship, the fostering of love, and the molding of such ideas as will lead to a greater and happier life. Our purpose is eml odicd in our open motto, which is to always “Seek the Noblest." Zeta Tau Alpha has now the friendship of many outstanding persons, who have shown their interest in our group by becoming patronesses. Our honorary patron and patroness are Captain and Mrs. Boerge Rhode. Other of our patronesses include Mrs. Carl Demaway. Mrs. C. H. Crandon. Mr. Paul Taylor, Mrs. Charles Baldwin, Mrs. Harry Bellinger. Mrs. Harold Ward, Mrs. Newton Field. Mrs. F. E. Kitchens, and Mrs. Miller Walton. Pride ok Our Hkarts Oh, .eta Tau, you arc the pride of our hearts, You're the dearest frat we know. Every day for you we're working, Every hour our love will grow, Thru college days the blue and gray will guide us. We’ll answer .eta's call. Loyal we will he, we love you best of all. Pride of our hearts, eta Tau, .eta Tau, To you we will be true. Pride of our hearts, .eta Tau, .eta Tau. Our love is all for you. Itiikrr, wrretnry: Np.iulillntt. irrnxurrr: WlUon, Kunrd; Vrpax, prcildfiit; I kirn. vlcr-prrsldetit [139]sulk.- three . . . four . . . five . . . »ix . . . ? by JAMES MVS LEV Just another fraternity meeting. We pledges were huddled in a room as we had been dozens of times in previous weeks, yet there was no joyous laughter, no wisecracks, spicy stories — only silence. There wasn't one of us who could think of a topic to start conversation. Yet just a few hours ago we all pictured this moment as the happiest, most important in our college life. Then, one by one, each of us was blind-folded, led out of the room, and downstairs by one of the members. Never knowing who would be called next or what to expect when called, we awaited our turn like convicts "dying a thousand deaths." I didn’t have to wait very long. The actives disposed of their victims noiselessly, quickly, and efficiently. The active who called my name entered the room, and in a business-like manner, took hold of me. turned me around. When he tied the black rag over my eyes and shut out all light, I had an apparition of a week of turmoil and suffering unveiled before me. I was then Hell Week ... is one hell of a week for the lowly pledges - but ah, next year! led downstairs and, as I suspected, into the center of the group. They compelled me to lie flat on my back on the floor. A short megaphone was held near my lips and I was told to sing “ The Spirit of Miami University.” When I hit the first syllable of Miami, my tonsils were swathed with some rotten eggs and last week's garbage. After each pledge had his dose, the actives shook our hands, slapped us on the back, congratulated us on being the best pledge class, told us the initiation was over, and invited everyone to the dining-room to celebrate by eating good cheese sandwiches and drinking beer. The sandwiches were the biggest, most appealing ever seen. No chef, regardless of his claim to international fame, ever prepared sandwiches like those. Kach pledge ate one such delicacy. They were prepared by putting a fat, creamy-white bar of Ivory soap between two thin slices of rye bread. And the beer, oh, that was the best of all. It was clean and white and without any of the suddy foam to get up the nose. After all had drunk and eaten his fill, the good actives gathered us together and made us play leap-frog. They licked us long and often with their thick paddles to remind us of something, but I never found out what. We made so much noise while playing this game that the mothers in the neighborhood gathered their children to their trembling bosoms and fathers thought seriously of dissolving the fund set away to send their children to college. After this exciting game of leap frog we were taken back to the "frat” house where the actives explained another little game to us. This game was most appropriately called Coo-Coo. Two pledges and two actives were the participants. The first pledge kneeled on the edge of a long slender table: it was his duty to hit the second pledge, who was kneeling underneath the table, with a rolled magazine. The only time the pledge on top could strike at the head of the second pledge was when the latter quickly darted his head out from beneath the protection of the table, and yelled as loud as he could, “Coo-Coo!” An active, equipped with a long, slender paddle, was assigned to each of the pledges, and it was his duty to encourage and speed up the game. The pledge on top was hit so hard and often by the active when [HO]he tried to connect with the bird below, that he squirmed and quivered on the slipper)', glassy table top. and often looked like a drunk trying to grasp the wire netting for support while skating at the Ice Palace. The pledge on the bottom was often cut short on the first Coo and folded up like an accordion, when he received a spontaneous blow at l oth ends. Some of the pledges had difficulty in catching onto this game, "butt" we all caught it in the end. The next thing on the program was the bottle hunt. We were told that the instruction in the first bottle, hidden behind the thick trunk of one of the coconut trees in the patio of the school, would give us the approximate location of the second bottle, before leaving the house in search of the first bottle we were warned that we were not to use a car or any other means of transportation than our feet. Of course, we pledges had the foresight to see that this would be quite impossible, so we had arranged to borrow one of the fellow's cars down at the French Village. The first Ixiltle was easily found and the note instructed us to go to one of the holes on the Coral Gables Golf Course where we would find our next note. We got the car at the village and immediately rallied to the golf course. After a tedious search on the smooth, green fairways of the course we finally found the second bottle. The note in this bottle instructed us to go down to the Royal Palm Club in Miami where we would find the third bottle. On the way down we ran out of gas. This problem was solved by the simple method of inserting a short section of a garden hose into the gas tanks of some of the cars parked in front of the Drum. Well, this bottle hunt lasted for about six hours. Each consecutive bottle would give us the directions and the location of the next bottle. The bottles were so arranged that we would first go to the Gables, then Miami, then Coconut Grove and then back to the Gables. The last, or twentieth bottle was found hidden in the fireplace of our own fraternity house. The next night the actives gave us a list of fifty things we were supposed to get before six o’clock the next morning. We divided into three cars and drove to the Gables and then to Miami. We stopped often on our journey to converge on some material thing and come back to the car carrying a stray cat. sign, flower pot. or any lawn ornament. We picked up dog houses so carefully the dogs didn't even bark. We borrowed many things that were not on our list just to satisfy our rejuvenated juvenile instinct to destroy. At six o'clock we started back to the house so exhausted and fatigued from the ruthless ransacking exploration of the night, we didn't care if we lived or died. The receipts were spread on the lawn when we reached the house. Before retiring we managed to muster enough strength to sing one stanza of some crazy song to fulfill the last instruction of the actives. Then we fell into bed. In an hour the actives woke us and gave each a lick for having sung so early in the morning. We had just time to get our books together and start to school. Most of us made an attempt to stay awake in our first class but it was no use to try since we kept dropping our heads and falling asleep. The rest of the day was spent in unbroken, undisturbed hourly naps. That evening, each pledge was prepared to go to Miami and Miami Beach to get the autographs of about twenty entertainers in as many different night clubs. We all wore derbies anti carried canes. There wasn't a club we visited whose patrons didn't get a kick out of our conspicuous, awkward entrance. The derbies rocked with every motion and often fell over our eyes. We had a great time, but the managers of the clubs were angry, for we used their menus to get the autographs and. lx ing temperance pledges, we didn't buy a drink. We got in about five and didn't waste any time getting to lied. The last night was the worst. We had received so many rebukes from our teachers for not having our work we were ready to quit the fraternity and stay independent. But in spite of this the good actives gathered us together and drove us into the dark and mystic everglades. They told us we had to walk ten miles back to the Gables and then drove away leaving us on a narrow road, not a car or town in sight. We were so tired we just didn't care to talk. As we walked along this hard road we began to feel how much our bodies ached. We walked in a group and yet hardly knew anyone was present. There wasn’t a sign to tell us how far we had to go. We fell into a stupor and didn't care what happened. After what seemed the longest and hardest walk we ever took we reached the house. Even then not a word was said. We just climbed into bed and shut our eyes. I know each of us, as we took the final stretch before falling off to a long slumber, thought the week we had gone through was really a week of hell. [141] . . . thru Ihr pac«-»Thomas F. B. Schepis. president: George Back, vice-president; Frank Paskewich. treasurer; Edward Dunn, pledgemaster; John R. Behr, Charles Guimento. John Homko. John Kurucza, Nicholas Seminoff. William H. Yarrington, Charles Matt-man, Peter Stern, Patrick Weiland. Paul Davis, Vincent McCormick, William Moore. Basil Morelia, Arthur Silcox, John Tobin, Arthur Tracy, Bernard Trob-ligcr. Clarence Turner. Actives not pictured: John Corcoran. Walter Kelly, Donald DeVane, George Waldeck. John Brion, Bradley Boyle, Eugene Williams, Joe Bonanno. [142]Delta Sigma Kappa The birth of the local fraternity can l e traced to such far-visioned and confident men as Carl Starace, Edward Starr, Gil Bromaghim. Leonard Bisz and Robert McDonald. In the hustling year of 1927, they formed Delta Sigma Kappa, and adopted as their symbol the lamp of knowledge. With additional men acquired through a choice system of pledging, the fraternity group won the Julius Damcnstien Scholarship Trophy, which symbolizes the highest scholastic award for fraternities attainable at the University. Thus the founders were beginning to realize their ideals while the fraternity was still in an embryonic stage of development. Inspired by this early success and the desire for University recognition, the local entered athletic competition and won the Balfour Intramural Cup exactly four years after its founding. Keeping pace with this rapidly increasing external success was a complete ritualistic organization of fraternal order within the group. A financial program was set up to meet all possible situations. Pledgeships were ruled with a firm but guiding and developing hand. Minutes were given a definite form. These primary requisites have been carried down through the fraternity's history to the present time, with definite adherence to the founder’s policies of formal order and high standards of efficiency. Under the onslaught of an economic decline, the local was subjected to diminishing membership. The roll call was reduced to only two actives: Robert Turner, a mathematics assistant, and Roliert Manley, captain of the University Boxing team. With the addition of such high calibre men as Gardnar Mulloy, captain of the tennis team, Marvin Black, intramural director, J. J Varner and Harold Brion, they formed a nucleus that furthered the aims and ideals of the fraternity to a near acme of success which encompassed the years from 193.1 to the present. During the men- tioned span of time the local experienced the retirement of a three-year intramural trophy, the holding of various offices including those of student senators, class presidents, staff writers, a student body president, a leg on the present trophy award and the winning of a Songfest plaque, captains of three football teams, a captain of a Boxing team. Captain of the Tennis team, captain of the Golf team, three officers in the Iron Arrow, honorary men s fraternity, three honorary All-American football players, ten student assistants in various scholastic departments, a meml cr on the Swimming team, an assistant intramural director, a freshman Intercollegiate National Tennis Titlehoider, and a ranking number ten man in National Tennis Singles. These individual accomplishments were supplemented with a well rounded social program. Surpassing events as pledge dinners, senior banquets and novelty affairs and dances, is the yearly fraternity St. Valentine’s Day formal, given in honor of the University at the expense of the fraertnity. Early in 1938 the local group obtained two faculty members as sponsors of the fraternity. Mr. Walter Scott Mason and Mr. Otho V. Overholser, both Lambda C’hi Alphas. YaninKton: Unck. tkr-pmldml; l’n kr«vich. trniMirrr: Ww|il«, prnlilrnl [143]Phi Alpha The Phi Alpha fraternity was founded by nine charier members on July Sth, 1926, before the University of Miami came into being. It soon afterwards became the first officially recognized and chartered Greek letter organization on the campus. The first enrolled student at the University was Francis Houghtaling the first charter member and president of I’hi Alpha. Other members of this original organization were Ray Weakley. Leonard Tuttle. George Roe. Richard Mumbrect. Bob Bostwick, Maurice Rector. Austin Younts, and William Greene. All were leaders in the early development of the University of Miami. The fraternity was founded with the aim of furthering the friendliness of true college spirit, to aid in the embetterment of the college which it is a part, and to promote that type of brotherhood and friendship which denotes the highest and truest bonds of frater-nalism. We have always tried to maintain high scholastic and cultural standards, as well as active participation in extra-curricular activities. Membership to this group has always been highly selective, with only 150 members in its twelve-year history, and a present body of 24 active members. Since Phi Alpha was originated, the ideal of becoming a chapter of Sigma Alpha Epsilon has always l»cen foremost in its purposes. It hopes to realize this ambition in August, when it will present a petition to the national organization at its convention in Chicago. For the past ten years, this chapter has maintained a house which at present is located at 932 Avenue Mmllftnii. ; Franklin, wcrrlnry; I'oKlr. president: Crowe. IrroMirrr; 1-athrr. vr ra:it-iit-nnns: Krlnrr Escobar, ('oral Gables. One of the highlights of the year’s social events is its traditional closed Easter Formal Dance. An annual Open House and many other social affairs are also held during the school year by the fraternity. Phi Alpha boasts of being one of the most versatile organizations on campus, having had seven out of twelve student body presidents, three vice-presidents, one-third of the total class officers, twenty members of Iron Arrow, two Editors-in-Chief and five Business Managers of the Hurricane, five varsity managers of football, and more than sixty-five major athletic letter-men, besides holding many other honors. For three years, a Phi Alpha was crowned Kampus King, and it has actively contributed to the athletic, journalistic, scholastic, political, and other phases of campus life. Of the present body, over three-fourths hold class and student government offices, staff | ositions on both publications, are members of the football, basketlxall, tennis, golf, and other athletic teams, and are participants in many other school activities. The fraternity colors are blue and white, and its annual publication is "The Review.” The chapter mascot is a white stone lion, which is stolen annual )' by the pledges of other campus fraternities during Hell Week, but "Leo" always returns painted orange, green, and white. The honorary members of Phi Alpha fraternity are Dr. B. F. Ashe. Nox Connolly, Campbell Gillespie. Dr. Fred Givens. U.S.X.R., Leonard Muller. William O’Rourke. Rudy Yallee. and Marshall Wayne. Faculty advisors are Dr. McMaster, and Mr. Eckel. Here's to our dear Phi Alpha, Here's to our college days. Here's to our fine old school, hoys Sing out its final laize. Here's to our college girls, hoys. Faithful and true always, Here’s to our dear Phi Alpha, Pride of our hearts always. When college days arc over, And all our paths must part. You'll hr remembered always. In every hr other’s heart. Memories will rush bach to us. Tear drops will start to fall. Then we’ll repeat our motto. "Phi Alpha First of All." [144]Lewis Fogle, president; Jack Madigan. vice-president: Charlie Franklin, secretary; Robert Crowe, treasurer; Humes Lasher, sergeant-at-arms: W'oodie Cook, historian; Kay Reiner. Frank Kerdyk. Ed Lawrence, Eugene Boyle, Charles Carr, Jack Plunkett, Don Sapp, Harold Schramm. Grant Stockdale, George Hallahan, Ted Jackson, Robert Long, Bob Rigncy. Bernal Schooley. Nat Kibble, Marcus Jones. Larry Long. Bill Rheney. Associate members: John Conelly, Carl Jones. Thomas Lee, Paul Miller, Doss Tabb, George Wheeler. Honorary members: Dr. Bowman F. Ashe, Foster Alter, Leonard Muller. Rudy Vallee. Marshall Wayne. •'acuity advisors: Paul E. Eckel. Dr. W. E. Mc.Master. Pledges: Charles Baake. Winston Barnard. Lai Edwards, Billy Gillespie. Robert Hart, Bill Pauley, George Litchfield, Bob Starr. [145]Milton Feller, superior; Arnold Brodcr, vice superior; Bernard Shriro. treasurer: Sidney Kline, recording secretary; Alfred Lane, corresponding secretary; Stuart Cohen. Morton Berman, Morris Crosky, .Man Fink, Howard Cohn, Daniel Cohan, Herman Goldberg. Aaron Gross, Milton Schemer, Ernest Stern. Not pictured: Myron Broder, pledgemaster; Robert Jacob. Melvin Pellman, George Prusoff, Samuel Cohen. Paul Epstein. Phillip Optner, Monroe Singer. Marvin Goldman, Harry Bast. Herman Blumencranz, Herbert Coger, Harr)' Estersohn, Kurt Gluck, Harold Goldberg, Norman Gottlieb. Arthur Hirsh, Robert Kallish, Al Levin, Harold Meyer, Barnett Miller. Louis Phillips, Harold Rashkis. Leo Stein. Ernest Stern, Gerald Walker. [146]Phi Epsilon Pi ALPHA IOTA CHAPTER It was on Washington's birthday ten years ago that a group of nine young men gathered at the Coral Gables Country Club and were installed as the Alpha lota chapter of Phi Epsilon Pi Fraternity, thus becoming the first local organization on the University campus to be honored with national affiliation. Following the impressive and solemn installation ceremony, the new chapter gave a dance for the entire student body at the Columbus hotel. Among the young men who made up the new chapter were Aaron and Bill Farr, both very instrumental in organizing glee clubs and other musical organizations on the campus, Eugene Cohn, Joseph Lipson, Edward Cohen, Irving Greenfield, Clarence Ross. Victor Reuben, and Harold Farkas. During the past ten years the chapter has taken part in all school activities, in the dramatics department, in the social field, and also on the intramural field. Through its national affiliation, it has attracted students to this University from many states of the Union. At present the chapter comprises active fratres from N'ew York, Minnesota, Pennsylvania, New Jersey. Massachusetts, Illinois, and Ohio, and we have had fratres from almost all the other states in the country. During the past ten years the group has entertained many visiting fratres. This year, the 10th anniversary of our founding on the University of Miami campus marks a milestone in the career of Phi Epsilon Pi Fraternity. The event, celebrated by a very successful banquet at the Coral Gables Country Club, was attended by such notable faculty member sas Dean Rasco of the Law School, Mr. Robert B. Downes, who was made our faculty advisor, and Mr. Koch. In its tenth year, the Alpha Iota chapter continued its progress on the University campus with the biggest year in its history. In early fall the chapter pledged 22 carefully selected freshmen. With a beautiful and comfortable chapter house at 39 I t Le Jeune Road as the focal point of many fraternity activities, the chapter extended its influence both socially and academically over the entire campus. The fraternity had a very successful intramural season, in that it won the school volleyball championship, was the runner-up in ping pong, third place holder in touchball. and at present is up among the leaders in baseball. Socially the Phi Epsilon Pi Fraternity was very active in the fall. It conducted a full week of rushing, marked by a theatre party, a buffet luncheon, a dance at the chapter house, and a stag party, at which pledge pins were presented. Other social highlights were the formal dinner party honoring Superior Milton Feller's birthday; the Thanksgiving dinner for the chapter given by the officers; the farewell Christmas dance given by the pledges; the big Welcome Back Dance at the end of Christmas vacation: the scavenger hunt at Easter time: and the dance honoring those men initiated this year. The most important affair was the 10th anniversary banquet for alumni, faculty, and members of the chapter. During the past year. Phillip Optner, Morris Crosky. Paul Epstein. Howard Cohen. Marvin Goldman. Lew Phillips. Milton Shermer. and Earnest Stern were initiated into the brotherhood. Victor Levine was made an associate member. Alpha Iota enters its second decade on the campus with an impressive record behind it. and a great future before it. Purple and gold are the group's colors: the flower is the white carnation. Phi Ep Dkkam Girl livery college has its coed fair, livery town its village belle. Who has won acclaim and wide spread fame By her charm and her w:t as well. livery fellow on this earth of ours Has some girls as his ideal Though it only seems That she comes in his dreams Vet this mystical dream girl is real. CHORUS She's the girl who has stolen the dew for her eyes ; She has taken the sun for her smile ; She has borrowed the tones of a nightingale's song Just to hold one entranced all the while. She has hair just as fair as the flowers in May, And her lovliness never will die. Her nature is sweet as all nature itself, She's the dream girl of Phi Epsilon Pi. Shrlru, treasurer; A. Broder, vice superior; Feller, superior; Kline, recording secretary; Unt, corresponding secretary [147]Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia BETA TAU CHAITEK A little over three years ago, a group of students in the University band, feeling the need of some sort of organization, established the Sigma Phi .eta Fraternity with Mac Mehlman as its first president. Immediately the infant organization communicated with I hi Mu Alpha Sinfonia, the largest National Music Fraternity, and in less than a year their goal had been achieved: Beta Tau Chapter was installed by National Secretary Norval Church, assisted by former national President Williams, Louis Maser, and Sidney Maynard on March 5, 1937. Phi Mu Alpha was founded in 1896 at the New England Conservatory of Music in Boston, Massachusetts by Ossion E. Mills. Today, a little mere than two years after Beta Tau Chapter was established on this campus. Phi Mu Alpha has become one of the strongest fraternal groups here. Although primarily a musical group, brothers of Phi Mu Alpha have engaged in many extra-curricular and intramural activities including football, baseball, basketball, in which we have two outstanding varsity men. tennis, golf, swimming, debating (we won the Debate Council cup in 1938), dramatics, journalism and student government. At present, three Sinfonians are members of the Student Senate and two of the last three senior class presidents have l ecn Phi Mu Alphas. In addition, the Beta Tau Chapter sponsors an annual “Song-Fest” at which choral groups, representing the various fraternities and sororities on the campus, vie with one another for the Phi Mu Alpha trophies. This choral festival has by its second year become one of the most important and interesting c.rral. Itaumgnrtcn, vlcc-pmfdent; Tanlilo, v.imlrnlmr . Ill», Knnchr. ireretary events of the school year. It is followed by one of the three “Swing-Fests" given during the year. Almost every fraternity and sorority on campus participated in this years’ Song-Fest. The choral selection were all very well chosen and well executed. Although the Chi Omega sorority and Pi Chi fraternity were the winners of the contest, all of the participants deserve to be congratulated upon their cooperation and the line quality of their work. Brother Edward Baumgarten is the author of half a dozen of our school songs, as well as of the famed “Drinking Song" which has attained national recognition; and Brother Rex Hall has added a couple of more “pop songs" to the “M" book. Of the twenty-six charter members, seven are still members of the student body : three have found places on the faculty of our School of Music: half a dozen more have become prominent as conductors of high school bands in the Miami area; and two are members of professional symphony orchestras in the north. In all, fourteen of the members of the School of Music faculty are Sinfonians. representing seven different chapters. t present the Beta Tau Chapter, with the induction of its 1939 pledge class, is the largest active chapter of Phi Mu Alpha—and there are ninety of them. The colors are red. gold and black. Prominent members of the organization include Thomas Dewey, District Attorney of New York; Archie San Romani, outstanding track star; Leopold Stokowski, Charles Wakefield Cadman. Reinald Werrenrath, David Bispham, Lawrence Tibbitt. and Joseph Bentonelli. Honorary members of Phi Mu Alpha include Walter E. Sheaffer, Franklin Harris, Arnold Volpe and Joseph Tarpley. The Red and Black Morn inf; sun greets many banners on its westward track. Fair to us above all others waves the Red and Flack. Feta Tau of Phi Mu Alpha to thy praise wc sing, All our song to thee is given, ever may it ring. CHORUS Red and Flack Flag wc love, Float for aye ! Old Sin-fon-i-a to thee. May thy sons—e'er be loy-al to thy mem-o-ry. [148]Stanley Biedran, president; Edward Baumgarten, vie .‘-president: William Knoche, secretary: Roger Brown, treasurer: Walter Cunningham, historian (first semester); Albert Teeter. Jr., historian (second semester): Charles Buehrer. warden; Stanley Dulimba. John Galbraith, Rex Thomas Hall, Robert Hance, Jr., Frederick Marks, Kenneth Snapp. Frank Berg. Frank Bueker, Ray ('real. G. Norwood Dalman. Richard Hiss. I). A. Lones, Harry Oesch, Anthony Vanderburg. Thomas Hilbish, Carlyle Snider, Victor Tantalo. Xot pictured: Actives, James Hampton. Bennie Sinkus, John Teeter. Pledges, Bradley Boyle. Paul Barbuto, Robert Baasch. Peter Buonconsiglio. Donald Bleeke, Irwin Borodkin. Paul Brown. Eric Carlson. Jr.. Donald Chad-derdon, Ollie Dietz. James England, Glenn Gregory, Harry Logan, Herbert Laswcll, Louis Luini. Charles Lovett. Donald McCarthy, Edward Melchen. John Parrot, William Peyraud. Edmund Ryder. Frank Sessler. George Strahlem. Charles Wood. Irving Zcik. [149]Samuel Abbott, eminent commander: Hugh Shillington, lieutenant commander; Harr)' Parker, secretary: Melvin Patton, treasurer; Julian Quarks, Joseph Thomas. Robert Wente, Dustin Berg, Edward Foster. William Foster, William Hartnett. William Lovett, John Xoppenberg. John Oespovich, Carl Sapp, Wallace Tyler, Paul Barbuto, Peter Winegar, Bernard Berg, Robert Suddeth. Paul Washburn Actives not pictured: George Dolan. George Hamilton, Alfred Holt, David James. William Guerard, Cecil Moore. John Parrott, James Poore, Mathew Borek, Joseph Dixon, John Douglas, Terry Fox. Pledges not pictured: Crumpton Snowden, John Lipscomb, Randolph Dickens. Milton Howland, Robert Poat, John Reilley. Piersall Day. Woodrow Hansen. Thompson Kent. John Lake, James Munley, James Shott'. William Steiner, William Totterdale. Joseph Wilcox, David Wike. [150]Pi Chi "1'' here has been a Pi Chi fraternity as long as there 1 has been a University of Miami. On November 4. 1926, immediately following the inception of the University. a group of campus leaders met at the San Sebastian Hotel: after much discussion and serious thought. Pi Chi fraternity was founded. These charter members were: Roger Ashman. Ted Bleier. Albert Hell. William Horton. William Edwards, Herman Lyons, George Lins, and J. R. Burkhalter. The first president of the student body, the first captain of the football team, and the first captain of the basketlwdl team were all Pi ('his. Since then. Pi Chi has continued in its high caliber of men and has had many campus leaders during the past twelve years. Included in its membership list this year, Joe Thomas, Pi Chi, ’39, has faithfully served the University as president of the student body; Bunny Lovett, Pi Chi ’40, captained the Hurricane boxers, led the mittmen to a successful season, was elected president of the “M” Club, and has been active in the position of junior senator in the Student Senate. Mel Patton. Pi Chi ’40. was president of the junior class and aided in the presentation of a successful Junior Prom. Other Pi Chis who have served the University this year are: Hugh Shillington, senior senator; John Oespovich, junior senator: Harry Parker, manager of the basketball team: Bill Hartnett and Billy (Juerard, managers of the boxing squad. Pi ('hi numbers such members as: John Douglas, John Xoppenberg, Carl Sapp, Terry Fox, Matt Borek, Jimmy Poore, Joe Dixon, John Oespovich, Jolly Snowden. and George Hamilton, who spark-plugged the Hurricanes to their greatest football season. Pi Chi men also participated in basketball, golf, swimming, tennis, and boxing. It is, and always has been, the policy of Pi Chi to be as diverse in its activities as possible. The intramural aim of the fraternity is participation on the part of all the members with the emphasis uj on fair play and good sportsmanship. Socially, Pi Chi is most active. The eighth annual (Jucen of Clubs ball given at the Miami Biltmore was one of the most popular dances of the school year. Proceeds of the dance were given to the University library as a memorial to Donald Grant. Pi Chi also gives an annual Founders’ Day banquet, pledge banquet and dance, Thanksgiving Day banquet and dance. Spring Formal, and an Easter dinner and dance. Official publications of the fraternity are the Church Creeper, humor magazine, and The Pi Chi Advocate, fraternal newspaper. Men in Pi Chi are drawn from the East, the Central states, the South, and from Florida, and are enrolled in the Schools of Business Administration, Liberal Arts. Music. Science, and Law; but are all united by their service to Pi Chi. Pi Chi was the first fraternity on the campus to occupy a house. Since 1927 if has kept a residence and has served meals for the benefit of its members. For the past seven years the chapter has been located at 1032 Coral Way. Arthur Simmonds, alumnus house manager, has been largely responsible for the favorable financial showing of the house for the past three years. The future of Pi Chi lies in the University and with Sigma Nu. the national fraternity which Pi Chi is petitioning. The fraternity has grown and will continue to grow with the University; it will do its utmost to cooperate with the school in ever)' way. Pi Chi has been in touch with Sigma Nu officials since its founding and the fulfillment of the fraternity’s goal of membership in Sigma Nu is now in sight. Pi Chi Halms of Gilead, halms of Gilead, Way down on Biscayne's shores, So here’s to the. brothers Drink it down, drink it down. For they arc folly good fellows, For they are jolly good fellows, For they arc jolly good fellows, Which no one can deny. So say we all livery damn one of us So say all. Wen It. V. Foster, B. Foster. Pnrker, secretary; Sbtlllnutnii, lieutenant commander; 0»i»rles, Patton, treasurer; Abbott, eminent commander [151]Pi Delta P: Delta Sigma fraternity was founded in the spring of 1927 at the University of Miami as an architectural fraternity. Its organization was instituted at the Coral Gables Inn by six prominent leaders of the School of Architecture. These charter members were: Carl A. Blohm. president; Edward H. Baxter. William Motley, Andrew Ferendino, Clifford Grcthen. Wayne Remlcy. and Marshall Wright. From this small beginning. Pi Delta Sigma grew in numbers and prestige. So active did the organization become, that in 1933 a chapter was established at the University of Florida by members who transferred to that school. A state council was established to control the policies of the fraternity as a whole. The council actively served its purpose until the summer of 1Q38. when it was al ol-ished by the mutual consent of l oth chapters. The policies of Pi Delta Sigma are aimed to encourage that type of brotherhood and friendship which will be valued by all of its members even after their days of active membership are over. The Miami chapter of Pi Delta Sigma, with exception of an unfavorable period in 1933 and one in 1936, has always taken an active part in the athletic, scholastic, political and social life of the University. Last year the fraternity rose to second place in intramural standings. This year its members have also taken honors. Eddie Grubb and John Parkinson were outstanding in volleyball, and the fraternity has been well represented in wrestling, football. Ix xing. and swimming. Its members are also represented in the Student Senate. Honor Court, Phi Beta Gamma, and other Grubb. plfflKtiitAtlcr; Abram , vic --prr tdnit: Ol»oii, prt id«-nt: A l r, M-crclary: Piirkltisnn, Iromirrr honorary societies. The fraternity has been represented in the science department. Several are assistants in the chemistry and physics departments. Since its organization. Pi Delta Sigma has had at least one man in Iron Arrow each year; one year four of its members received this honor. Pi Delta Sigma in the past has maintained three different houses, but under the existing circumstances, the members decided that a house was neither profitable nor necessary. Therefore, the group has not had one for the past three years. Most of the members live in the De Castro Apartments, the famed dormitory across the street from the music department. Pi Delta Sigma sponsors the annual Kampus King Kaj ers dance, which has grown to be one of the biggest events on the social calendar of the University. The entire student body participates in making the dance an outstanding fraternity function. While the King is chosen from a group of men representing the various fraternities, the Pi De’.t Girl is selected by the Pi Delta Sigma members. Both are crowned in an impressive ceremony. This year, Raymond Fordham was elected Kampus King, and Charlotte Meggs was chosen Pi Dell Girl at the dance which was held at the Miami Biltmore Country Club. The affair was even more successful than usual this year, due to the presence of three hundred Stephens College girls, who were the guests of the fraternity and the University. The fraternity's colors are maroon and white, and the carnation is the Pi Delta Sigma flower. The official publication of the group is the Arrowhead. Pt Delta Girl Pi Delhi Girl, Pi Delta Girl How we do love her, .li you will discover. She is so sweet And so discreet, It's our duly to adore her beauty. Pi Delta Girl, Pi Delta Girl, Queen of our campus Yet our very oum Such a sweet girl Could we help but adore t Pi Delta Girl our own. [152]Robert Olson (H.B.) president; David Abrams, vice-president; Fred Ashe (H.B.) secretary; John Parkinson, treasurer; Edward Grubb, pledgemastcr; Ro!)ert Iba. Paul Erwin (H.B.), Harry Jacobson. Joseph Prime, Grant Slater. Lyman Bradford. Arthur Dean. William Gay, Lee Strickland (H.B.), Marshall Turner, Gilbert White (H.B.), Richard Turner. Actives not pictured: C. S. Bailey. Bias Rocafort, Norman Worthington, George Walsh, James Hampton. Pledge not pictured: Ira Van Bullock. [153]Harold Leviton, chancellor; Herbert Horowitz, vice-chancellor: Herbert Potash, scribe: Seymour Simon, bursar: Maynard Abrams, Robert Adelman, Elton Rosenblatt, William Feldman, Daniel Bheinin, Herbert Knoble, Jerome Weinkle, Jack Mintzer, Stanley Blackman, Max Silver. Irving I.ebowitz. Lawrence Kaplan. Alex Shustin. Daniel Satin. Al Cohen. Sid Spectorman. Willie Cohen. Paul Kamens, Jack Mardar. Irwin Rubin, David Konel. Lewis Brownstein. Zellie Freedman, Harvey Lupion, Jules Volk. Murray Grossman. [154]Tau Epsilon Pi TAU XI CHAPTER Two years ago last October, a group of the University of Miami students formed a local fraternity and called themselves Delta Epsilon Phi. The original group enthusiastically undertook to make themselves known on campus, both for their scholastic work and their activities. Since that memorable date, the small group has grown greatly and travelled far. By March 28, 1937, this group had become so outstanding in all fields that they were accepted, upon petition, as the Tau Xi chapter of Tau Epsilon Phi, one of the foremost national fraternities. Tau Epsilon Phi was founded at Columbia University in 1910, and now has forty chapters spread throughout the United States and Canada, of which. Tau Xi is the thirty-eighth chapter. This year has been a banner one for the TEPs. This group then went to work with a spirit unsurpassed by any group on the campus, local or national. Proving that last year's swift rise to prominence was no mistake. they pledged twenty-seven of the University’s outstanding freshmen. There are now thirty active members in the chapter. Kxtra-curricularly, the TEPs have no master. They are represented in almost every activity the school has to offer; such as dramatics, debating, newspaper staff, yearbook staff, and almost every club or extra-curricular organization on campus. In addition to all this, the TEPs take an active jxirt in athletics. Bob Adelman is the manager of the Golf team, Harold Eeviton is the manager of the Junior Varsity Tennis team, Seymour Simon is the manager of the University of Miami Baseball Club, Stanley Blackman is the very able coach of our fencing team and is largely responsible for the success of the team this year. Tau Epsilon Phi leads in intramurals; it is up in competitive standing. We claim championships in handball and ping pong, and are advanced in all other departments. Debating and dramatics in the University have always held the interest of several of the TKP men. At present Milton Wasman, Irving Leibowitz, Jerome Weinkle and Dan Satin are all active participants in University debates, and several others have been doing superior work in the Dramatics department of the University. In 1937 Tau Epsilon Phi presented a cup to the winner of the annual oratorical contest, and in 1938. the TEPs won the Intramural Debating Cup offered by the Delxite Council of the University. The two members of the fraternity who had competed in the contest were Maurice Orovitz and Dan Satin. In the Fall of 1938, the TEPs moved into their new and beautiful home. It is situated one-half mile from school, directly opposite one of the loveliest parks in Coral Gables. Tau Epsilon Phi has as its colors lavender and white; the flower is the lily of the valley. Dr. Elmer V. Hjort, Professor of Chemistry, and Dr. Jacob H. Kaplan, Instructor in Philosophy, are the fraternity’s sponsors. Our men are all well-known on the campus, and jjosscss outstanding qualities and ability. Tau Epsilon Phi fraternity is looking forward to a bigger and better year next season. Tau Epsilon Phi We sing to thee, Tau Epsilon Phi, At thy shrine so sacred and grand. We bring to thee, Tau Epsilon Phi, Our heart, our soul, and our hand. Eor brothers we in our fraternity Together we stand till we die And for ere free from shame To the world praise the name Of our own Tau Epsilon Phi. Itosrnblatl, ItomwlU, vicc-choncrllnr; l.c vtton, chancellor; Pola»h, scribe; Simon, bupuir [15S]The Evolution of Students . . . may be either progressive or retrogressive: we build our own future. by JOHN C. HOPKINS At the end of each educational year students usually advance into a higher class. Seniors step out in the world, once again at the foot of a long ladder, while juniors, sophomores, freshmen all take another step upward; with that step comes new responsibilities, new problems to solve, new hours in which to prepare themselves for life. There are many people who entertain very serious doubts as to whether or not college students ever have awakened or ever will awaken to the fact that as each day passes, so do their opportunities for adding to the store of knowledge which will be of vital necessity to them when they can no longer sit in the classrooms and acquire facts, but must use and apply them in everyday life. Seniors arc no longer of primary concern; they are beyond help as far as a formal education is concerned ; their formative days are over. They can only look back with either satisfaction or regret, aware of having taken advantage of their opportunities or of having let them slip by. Hut the seniors of tomorrow are of vital importance: they still have time to profit by the mistakes of the | ast. to take a more firm stand in their work, ami to ferret out the true from the false. Individuals are prone to be lax. to put things off. The old saying, “He who hesitates is lost." can lx modified to rightly say, "He who procrastinates is lost." We do not realize until too late that by putting off for tomorrow what can Ik done today we are hurting ourselves seriously. Unconsciously we are forming bad mental habits, encouraging laziness, sanctioning a careless, unthinking attitude that is poisonous to our entire being. A task must lie done, a lesson prepared; and the only way to gel it done is to do it. While the majority of students give some time, consideration. and thought to the preparation of their assignments, there is. nevertheless, too much laxity in the thoroughness and quality of the work done. Too often, study is devoted to inconsequential things and the gist of the material is simply scanned. One of the great questions of the day, “Are the students in the universities actually getting an education?". is too frequently answered in the negative. Large numbers of men and women are leaving halls of learning with only an educational veneer, not a basic knowledge. Is there any justice in placing the blame entirely on the system? May not the blame lie at least evenly divided ? The educational system is not |x rfcct • there is no contention along that line, but the main source of trouble is found with the irresponsible student. But the outlook is not completely black: students can Ik? made to realize that education cannot In acquired through the taking of "learning" pi'ls; it requires concentrated effort on their part, and they must apply themselves seriously to their work. The students of the University of Miami, as well as the students in colleges and universities throughout the nation, realize that the solutions to the problems of the world of tomorrow rest on their shoulders; if they are to Ik successful, they must take full advantage of the opportunities offered them by their schooling. Recognizing this fact, greater interest, more thought, and a more thorough study is being devoted to preparation for the work to 1m done. Upon the students of the coming years depends the future of civilization. More pertinent, the future of Vmerican democracy will be based upon the acquisition of a sound education by American youth. The cornerstone of democracy is education; its teachings must Ik solid so that the principles for which that democracy stands will not crumble. It must be an open-minded, unprejudiced, well-informed education, embracing both academic and practical knowledge. Too often the student fails to appreciate his position as a student until it is too late. Because he is the future active citizen of his country, his way of thinking is a decisive factor in shaping and molding the tendencies of his generation. Before he can hojx to mold these tendencies he must look to the tendencies within himself. ami attempt to mold them to the point where they will Ik of benefit to himself, his community and his generation. The necessity of pioneering work on this vast continent led to a lack of emphasis on schools and col-leges; next came the period of avid intellectuals who used the slogan "A College Degree for Every American" which, consequently, resulted in a stamping process in which A.B. was automatically branded on the students; but today, the tendency is to forget somewhat the mass output of degrees and pay more attention to the quality of the students rather than the quantity. The college students of the present era are fortunate in that they have come at this time: it is to Ik hoped that they will make the most of the situation. U57]Salute the Law School ... for the true scholastic attitude -seriousness - is found there. Ay RICH Mil) A REX D Believe it or not. there is in this University a group of students who study and like it. So much do they like it, that they are willing to dedicate their entire lives to it. .And when you dedicate your life to something, you just don't dabble in it; you actua'lv let yourself go or you find yourself gone. Ves, you guessed it, this group goes under the name of the Law School. They have developed the true scholastic attitude. It is, to say the least, “refreshing" in this locality, where the latest protest of President Roosevelt to the swiftly moving events in Europe gives front page space to the stretch finish of Don Meade. Hope springs eternal in the human breast, so I still hope that the Law School will continue to dominate the locality rather than the locality dominate the Law School. If I could say as much for the others, we might Ik- able to reduce the attendance at the local sporting events. Bet you two to one on that. The Law School attitude is exactly the opposite to that adopted by students in the rest of the University. The general college student realizes that education is to be absorbed in small doses so as not to harm him too much. This is a carry-over from his public school days, where he had developed a resistance against teaching and teachers. It takes the general college student years to break down the resistance to the point where he feels he can permit class work to interfere in some small way with his social and athletic interests. But, the Law School student, or rather I should say the Law School student who is among those present at the beginning of the second term, has developed an entirely different attitude toward his work. He actually likes it. Give him a text he can work on, and he'll soon give you 10,000 points of law. He is a researchist in his own ft eld and it is a pleasure to him to track down a problem through all the ramifications of the library. Law is to the law student what bridge is to the inhabitants of the soda shop. bid becomes a citation; a good hand becomes a leading case; and a grand slam becomes a completed brief. Sow, don't you think for one minute that the study of law is made up entirely of work. There are periods of play called ‘ practice courts." At these events, the senior law students take the parts of opposing council. The juniors and freshmen portray the less imposing rolls of jurymen, witnesses, and bailiff. Mr. Lauffer T. Hayes, faculty member of the Law School, dominates the scene as judge. And when I say dominate, I mean faculty member. There is actually a certain air of respect for His Honor, who is known familiarly to the students as “Mr. Hayes, sir.” Hut, at the practice court sessions, the law school lawyers come into their own and emulate the “real thing." There may be found at these sessions such evidences of regular court procedure as “baiting the witness," "back-biting," "cussing opposing counsel,” and “blaming the judge.” The sessions are conducted formally for about one hour and then degenerate into a vocal endurance contest. At the end of two hours, there is an adjournment for Coca-Colas in which respect the Law School resembles the rest of the University, except that the other schools cannot last quite that long. The freshman in law finds it difficult to get into the swing of things. Two weeks go by Indore he has begun to break down that resistance so essential to the general college man. Then, the embryo lawyer gradually begins to slip into the educational trap. At first, he doesn’t realize he is slipping. One day, remembering his general college days, he studies from 12 to 1. Next day. it’s a little later and he misses the first race at Tropical. To his amazement, a few days pass and he is missing the first three races and staying in the library till 2:45. At the end of a week he ceases to visit Tropical and studies all afternoon. However, the [158]metamorphosis is not complete until he studies at night also. So. if you have a natural desire to he a lawyer, this is one form of education you'll enjoy. You will literally study and like it. A law education can he acquired in three years, whereupon you are thrown out on your own to sup in the dish of litigation with some seven hundred other Miami lawyers. The catch is that it may require another ten years of your life to be able to participate to any extent in the aforementioned feast. This ten years is caller! matriculating in the college of experience and your tuition consists of starvation and hard knocks. However, the situation is not fully appreciated until you discover that the most important point of law is to marry the judge’s daughter. Xo wonder Law School students study and like it. LAW SCHOOL HISTORY The first professional courses to l e offered at the University of Miami were in the School of Law, which was organized in 1926. The late Richmond Austin Rasco was the first Dean of the School of Law and was responsible for much of its progress and for its early recognition by the Supreme Court of the State of Florida. The work has been ably carried forward by his son the present Dean Russell A. Rasco. From the beginning, the School of Law required that candidates for its degree must have previously taken two years of college work. No special courses are required but from the first, certain courses in English, history, economics, public speaking, etc. were recommended. The course of study of the School of Law of the University fo Miami having been approved by the Supreme Court of the state of Florida, graduates of the School oi Law will Ik licensed and admitted to practice without examination in the courts oi Florida, provided such graduates have reached the age of twenty-one and are of good moral character. The method of instruction user! in the School of Law is the "case method.” Instruction is offered in practically all oi the branches of common law and equity. Also fields of statute law and more particularly the statute law of Florida. A broad conception of the law, considered historically and fundamentally, is the aim. rather than the teaching of legal rules and precedents of a single jurisdiction. Emphasis is placed on logical reasoning and a solution of legal problems, it being realized by the faculty that at best, during the three short years a student remains in law school, only [159] the approach to the law can lie taught. In order that students may become familiar with actual court practice, procedural courses in practice and pleafling arc supplemented by trial practice court courses. The trial court is presided over by trial lawyers of experience. The law students participate as jurors, witnesses, prosecuting and defending attorneys, and in this way they are given the opportunity to obtain valuable experience and develop the "legal mind" which is so essential to a successful lawyer. Qualities and principles of good citizenship are stressed along with the acquisition of legal training; development of character as well as of mind is an aim of the School of Law. The law library is an excellent working library of reports and texts, and meets practically ever)’ demand cf the diligent student containing complete reports of courts of the state, territories, federal government. England, and other re|x rter systems. A large selection of text books on every branch of the law and Encyclopedias ami Citators are also found in the library. There is a very good collection of Law Journals and Legal periodicals. Also the late statutes of more than half of the states and all of the federal statutes are on file. At present the library contains over eleven thousand volumes, with many additions being made annually. The opportunities for professional study, and for acquiring a knowledge of legal practice and a broad legal training, are exceptional in the city of Miami. State courts of all jurisdictions except the Supreme Court, the Federal Court, both Common Law and Equity Jurisdiction and Admiralty Courts are in session during the academic year; and by attending the sessions the student may familiarize himself with the procedure of the various courts and the manner in which the practicing attorneys conduct their cases before the courts. I1n- Uiw l.llimryPm Beta Gamma is a national, legal and professional fraternity founded in 1922 at Georgetown University School of I-aw in Washington, D.C. It hav one more in the process of formation. It has active chapters at Georgetown University, National University. Minneapolis College of Law, St. Paul College of Law. Jefferson School of Law, University of Baltimore, and the University of Miami. There are alumni chapters in Washington. I). C.: Minneapolis. Minnesota; St. Paul. Minnesota; Louisville, Kv.: and Baltimore. Mar)'land. Mr. William J. Hester has recently been appointed Provincial Chancellor for District Number 7, of Florida. Kappa Chapter was formed by members of two legal clubs in the University of Miami in 1932. The chief aims of the Fraternity in general and Kappa Chapter are: maintenance of high scholastic standing among its members and raising of general scholastic Phi Beta Gamma . . . our legal fraternity, helps its members and the University. standing of law school; suppression of dishonorable practices in obtaining scholastic credits and admission to the bar; establishment of contact between legal profession and the student body ; and improvement ol seven active chapters and five aiunini chapters with educational facilities in field of law. The most important of these aims is the establishment of contact between the student members of their chapter and eminent, honorable, and exemplary members of the legal profession. This is done by smokers, banquets, and guest speakers at school. This object of the fraternity can be carried on in the future to a greater extent than formerly as the number of alumni members increase. The fraternity can also be very useful in giving the law school valuable publicity of the right kind by getting lawyers that are well-known in Miami out here to give the students in the law school constructive talks upon phases of legal practice and life that the student cannot get by reading text-books. At present, the number of alumni is but thirty-eight; approximately twenty-seven are practicing in Miami or its vicinity. Active members: William Turner Probasco. John Donald Brion, Thomas Edison Lee, Bias Manuel Rocafort, Andrew Marion Burke. Eugene Arthur Williams. Elmer Hall Adkins. Jr.. Robinson Richards North. J. Harry Miles. Jr., Samuel Currie Matthews, Louis Anthony Saliatino, Edward Rinalducci, Eugene Allen, Ashley W. Crutchfield, Robert Carson. Officers: Chief Justice, Louis Anthony Sabatino; Associate Justice. J. Harry Miles. Jr.; Bailiff. Ashley W. Crutchfield; Clerk. Robinson R. North: Provincial Chancellor, William J. Hester. Pledges: Jack M. Green, A. F. O'Connell, William IsgrigK- [160]Richard S. Arend, Coral Gables; Morton S. Berman, Coral Gables; John V. Casey, Triadclphia, II'. Va.; Samuel M. Cohen. New York; John H. Connelly. Miami Beach; Hugh M. Dozier, Nashville; Charles M. Gumbiner, Miami Beach; Sondel Hendel, Miami; Raymond G. Nathan. Miami; Warren G. Reid, Miami; Edward G. Stockdalc, Calera, Ala.; Harold Weiss, Miami Beach; Frank A. With erill. Miami; Harold inn. Miami Beach. Not pictured: Samuel L. Abbott, Wilton, N.II.; James R. Fordham. Miami; David Graves. Prairie-du-Chien, Wis.; James E. Groves, Miami; Mrs. M. Hayes, Coral Gables; Charles W. Heckman. Coral Gables; Albert J. Hickland, Miami Beach; Alvin R. Iba, Miami; William J. Kelley fort Lauderdale; William P. Kendall, Valdosta, Ga.; Albert M. Lehr man. Miami Beach; Wallace N. Maer. Miami; S. Erroll Mestrezat, Miami; John Richard Parkinson. Benoit. Miss.; David D. Phillips, Chester, Penna. [161]JUNIORS Eugene Allen. Homestead, Fla.; Herman M. Berk. Miami Beach; Mrs. Mathilda Collins. Miami; Martin Genet. Miami Beach; Herbert Horowitz, Miami Beach; Paul Henry Laufer. Miami; John II. Miles. Jr.. Miami; Jack S. Mintzer. Miami Beach; William 'I'. Probasco, Coral Gables; Jack J. Rosen, Miami Beach; Dorothy L. Schoessel. Miami; Max R. Silver. Miami; Jerome H. Weinkle, Miami; Raphael K. Ylines. Miami. Xot pictured: Maynard Abrams. Chicago; William Y. Atkinson. Miami; Kenneth (). Beach. Chelsea, Mich.; William B. Bricked. Miami; Daniel H. Cochrane. Miami; .Ashley W. Crutchfield, Coral Gables; Donald C. Frankel. Miami Beach; Herbert M. Glickman. Miami Beach; Jack Green, Miami; Robert B. HufTaker, Bartow, Fla.; Robert B. Jacob. Detroit; Samuel C. Matthews, Birm'ngham, Ala.; Gilbert B. Newkerk, Miami; Robinson R. North. Augusta, Maine; Andrew F. O’Connell, West Palm Beach; Maurice M. Orovitz, Miami; Edmund M. Pond, Coral Gables; Paul C. Ropes, Coral Gables; Clifton S. Trammell, Miami; Milton R. Wasman. Miami Beach; Julian J. Weinstein. St. Augustine, Fla.; Nathan 1. Weinstein. St. Augustine; George G. Wheeler, Miami. [162]John Brion, Miami; Myron Broiler, New York; Milton Fe'ler, Saratoga, S.Y.; Nestor E. Houghtaling, Miami; William Isgr.'gg. Pontiac, Mich.; Thomas E. I.ec. Miami; Luis R. Molina. Havana, Cuba; Bias M. Rocafort, Havana, Cuba; Louis A. Sabatino. Miami; Albert Spar, Monticello, AM’.; J. Bernard Spector, Miami Beach; Eugene A. Williams. Miami. Not pictured: Elmer H. Adkins, Jr., Miami Beach; Joseph K. Cantor, Miami; Rol erl Carson, Miami; Maurice Cromer. Miami; Carl Exselsen, Miami; John V. Ferguson. B eit Palm Beach; Arthur Kimmel. Miami; William R. Quinan. Miami; Edward V. Rinalducci, Miami; Clarence E. Turner, Miami. [16.?]rrr .tmwin cImm lUt, itagr 193 Freshmen, Too, Can Work . . . and they plan bigger things in the future. v POX CH ADDER DON qpHE University on September 19. 1938 became host A to probably the greenest group of freshmen that its critical upperclassmen ever saw. Our greetings from them were enough to make us feel that we were babes lost in a wilderness with the giants of the forest, the Vigilance Committee, left there to watch us and bring us to task every time we overstepped the boundary line of freshmen privileges. Numerous tasks became the problems of the frosh: wearing the coveted green “dink,” wearing signs that symbolized a coming game, building of l onlires, carrying matches, chewing-gum, and “M" books at all times. These tasks were taken in stride with a feeling of gaiety until members of the class felt that cer- tain oft'icers of the V.C. were showing partiality towards a few particular people. Along with this there was a fast growing resentment against the V.C. because of its attitude towards this year's frosh class. The day of resurrection came in the personages of Evelyn Auslander and Don Chadderdon, who protested vigorously against the policies of the V.C. and pleaded that the freshmen be given a chance to do something for themselves on their own initiative. The permission granted, the frosh got busy and prepared a huge bonfire and made possible the best pep meeting that we had thus far witnessed, for the annual honuv coming game with Georgia University. This work was done under the supervision of the class officers and student senators who had been elected several weeks [164]previously: Frank Sessler, president; Ed Melchen. vice-president; Don C'hadderdon, secretary; and Herb Laswell, treasurer. The student senators chosen were Helene Putnam, Ed Turner, and Dick Turner. After a recess of some six weeks following the football season, the class started making preparations for its annual freshman frolics. After much debate, the class decided to hold the frolics in typical barnyard fashion. Tradition was to Ik followed in that an allfreshman floor show was to Ik presented, supported by an all-freshman band. We only need to quote Joe Thomas, president of the student IkmI)-, who said: “This year’s freshman class was, as a whole, the best organized class in school; and this is the first freshman class in the school's history that has made a financial success of their annual dance. I only hope that this class keeps up its good work throughout its four years at the University." If one should take a walk around the school, we re sure that he or she would Ik surprised to find so many freshmen engaged in the active work of the school. Those activities are: a good representation on the Hurricane, Ibis, Refund, etc. While not having a perfect record for the year, we feel that we have a just right to be proud of our record. With many happy memories imbedded within us, we take leave of our freshman rank. Another year is ahead of us and as sophomores we hope to do a bigger and better job for the building of ourselves and the University. A Typical Frosh Class by HHDWIG Rl.XGBLOM Dinks were greener this year but the freshmen weren’t. They were quick to grasp the traditional University of Miami methods of class organization. Promptly they donned their dinks and became vassals of the Vigilance Committee. Dutifully they elected an all band corps of officers. They then retired into a state of apathy. Periodically, bonfires created a bit of action. Class spirit blazed up and then died out. Buttoning and assuming the angle did not become a daily exercise for many. The frosh clearly understood that rules are made to be broken and they acted like traditional University citizens. The Vigilantees menacingly swung the paddle but rarely got around to applying it effectively. The boiler room was sadly deserted. Indifference was supreme: the V.C. blamed the freshmen and the freshmen blamed the V.C. Both groups did nothing. The traditional contest to determine the superiority of the sophomores or freshmen was not held. Dinks gradually disappeared. After three months of being hounded in an indifferent manner by the vacillating Vigilantees the freshmen threw off the shackles of [165] upper class domination. When the rebellion subsided they comfortably settled down to a static condition. Months of complete oblivion followed. Finally a sparse handful of novices came out of their reverie and focused their attention on the annual Freshman Frolics. Meetings (?) were called and bedlam broke loose. The freshmen developed a knack of going on in a continuous verbal flow and making no progress in sense. Frequently, for diversion, the treasurer informed the class that another bill had |M pped up. Shades of the past crowded uj on the neophytes as they recalled the wood consumed in bonfires. This practice continued until a week before the date set for the Frolics. In frantic haste committees set to work. Some freshmen still haven't realized they were on committees. Finally out of the hodgepodge emerged a barnyard frolic. Eventually the class came to the staggering realization that the event had l een a success. Proudly, with a great flourish, the frosh discharged their debts. Imbued with the spirit of success and strengthened by the thought of financial solvency, the freshmen bravely decided to take a gander at something else. Ready for action they looked around for some deed that needed doing. A meeting was called; two bewildered freshmen showed up: the president, because he had called the meeting and the secretary because he was the other one who knew about it. Oh well, Spring was drawing nigh and anyhow the almighty dink had lost its power this year. The whole freshman class missed fire. But next year . . . Mrlehen, vice-president; Turner, senator; Scssler, president; I'atiunn, wnntor; Chn-Jderdo:i. secretary; latseU, treasurerSophumor prr»lilml Chnrllr I'ruiikUil Sophomores . . an active group of undergaduates combine to make a cooperating class. by CHARLES FRANKLIN The Class of ’41 came to the University of Miami two years ago tilled with ideals—ideals of study, sports, attainment, and of a well-rounded college education. We had our ideas of fun. too. of enjoyment, of leisure, and laughter. Like all typical freshmen do, we came to college flamboyant and eager. Much too eager, it seems, for one week after school started, the Vigilance Committee changed all these ideals of what we believed college life to be. Our dreams were shattered! We, the biggest freshman class in the history of the University of Miami, soon learned the school songs, yells, and all the rules. We seeped of the tradition we are expected to uphold here, of the school spirit. In short, we learned what college really is . . . and we were not disappointed. Since that time nearly two years ago. the Class of 41 has become a part of the University — and it has become a part of us. Now. we, as sophomores, know what is set out for us to accomplish, and we are going to do it. We learned many things as freshmen. We learned them the hard way. too. Hut now, looking back, we can see from our experience as lowly freshmen, what stands ahead- and what the job of Sophomore c’asses that follow us is. Here are the results of our two years of college life, both as frosh and sophomores, combiner! with some advice for the class of ‘42. We hojxr we may assist in every way possible in accomplishing these aims in the future. I believe we can. I know we can. A Sophomore class can do much to interest a freshman in the University. That is its first duty as a class. Don’t browbeat and paddle the freshmen, but rather explain the rules, answer their questions sensibly in an open forum, and arouse in them the spirit of the school. (let them singing “Hail to the Spirit" because they want to. This will accomplish much more than paddling. But. in some cases, a paddle is the simplest and lies! remedy for swelled heads. Dinks, “button." rules, “sirs," M Books—all these are essential parts of freshmen days. In looking back over them, they are the most enjoyable ones in your whole college life. Its tough, but it's lots of fun. A college education wouldn't be complete without them. May these traditions and heritages continue in the years to come. That large c'ass that enrolled last year has decreased considerably in number, and will continue to do so, but two more years are awaiting us after the school year ends in June. In those two years, we hope to accomplish much. We intend to. The first two have slipped into the past, and are nothing but pleasant memories. We are going to enjoy the last two even more. Our class members are in almost every activity on the campus. We have representatives in all sports, in student government, the Hurricane, Ibis, debating, dramatics, and many other fields of endeavor. In short, we are taking an active part in college life. Officers for this year are Charlie Franklin, president: Ethel Roger, vice-president: Winnie Wood, secretary; and Matt Borek, treasurer. Elected to represent the Sophomore class in the student senate were Dorothy Ashe. George Hollahan, and Dan Satin. Our freshmen frolics and sophomore dance have been given. Both were successful, and now the junior prom lies ahead. As we look into the future, much is still expected of us. We have inherited traditions from the classes Iwfore us . . . and we're going to uphold them. You see. we still have some of those ideals left after all. It's up to us. Class of '41, to prove that we can broaden those ideals. [166]SoplKimorr cI.-inn IKI. iw Soph-Utopia . . . where there is no English 201. by HETTY HAYIiH Tiif. University of the Future, you say? Well then, how about the sophomore class transported into the future, too? For whither goest the University, there you will find the Class of ‘41. Life for a sophomore at the University of Miami has become increasingly hard in the last fifty or sixty years. True, the white marble and chromium buildings arc very fine, the classrooms with their soft lights anti lounge chairs are inviting for even the dullest lecture, and the small automatic note-taking machines are a god-send to Bob Rigney. Kvery student has a little two-seated fly-about plane and the new landing field in the patio is said to be the finest in the world. Tom Hilbish got lost in the gymnasium last week, and Jack Huguelet won all honors at the Olympic tryouts held in the modernistic glass swimming pool which covers three acres of the campus. Many improvements have been planned for the University in 1990, and already John Teeter is planning his campaign for presidency of the student body next year. Although the sophomore class is still the most outstanding class in the University very few meetings have l een held. However, not a person was missing on May 3. when the sophomores had their annual picnic, a flight to California for a day of sightseeing, followed by dinner at Salt Lake City. A good time was had by all except Charlie Franklin, who tangled with Denver air [xttrolmcn when he went through a stop signal. Perhaps the most outstanding affair of the year was the sophomore dance, held at the school ball room on the twenty-fifth floor of the gymnasium. Artie Shaw and Kay Kyser furnished the music. Done in true Sophomore style! Well, how do you like the Sophomore class in 1989? Will you have it then or now? Xo matter how, when, or where, it is still the Class of "41. long may it live! [167]Junior cluvt pmldrBl Mfl Potion . . . had their serious moments. by MELVIN PATTON Tiik largest freshman class in the history of the University met in the auditorium to elect officers in September of '36. Sal Mastro and his V.C. henchmen had permitted us to meet without their help for the first time, and we felt unusually carefree. Little Tommy John conducted the campaign to elect Grant Stockdale president, while Maurice Fink politiced for Elliot Thompson. Stock was successful. Valery Howitt was elected vice-president and Beverly Wheatley, secretary-treasurer. The outstanding achievement of the year was the presentation of the cafeteria clock to the school. Grant Stockdale was reelected president in 1937, and Marion Gobie and Mary Creel were elected vice-president and secretary-treasurer respectively. The Sophomore “Barn Dance,” April 16th given in the cafeteria was a success and enabled the class to present the school with eight cement benches. The officers at the start of this, our junior year were: president, Harry Hayward; vice-president. Valery Howitt; and secretary-treasurer, Mary Creel. When Harrjf left school at mid-term we elected Mel Patton to take his place. The Twelfth Annual Junior Prom was given at the Coral Gables Country Club and tor the first time the Seniors were invited as guests. The Prom climaxes all our efforts toward achievements in the past and, as did all the Junior classes before us. we look with pride on its success. Despite the changing personnel, the shifting of officers, and the outside interests and activities which tend to separate us. we feel as strongly today, as we did on that memorial September three years ago, our “class consciousness.” "Fhe Juniors . . . had their lighter moments, too. by MOLL1E CONNOR We. the Juniors, feel that the time has come to make known to the student body as a whole our astounding accomplishments of the past year. First we wish to impress you with the fact that the entire Junior class, every single member of this massive organization, was at one time or another a sophomore. We are justly proud of this fact. It is perhaps the most outstanding feature of our history. It is because of our common origin that we are able to preserve the noteworthy unity found in our group. Perhaps our faith in each other is the next important phase of our unity. Out of a total membership of 207- we find that only ten students attend our class meetings; five of these are honor court members and three are politicians. The other Juniors trust all the most important legal matters to these few representatives. We believe that a sma’l group is less cumbersome and can meet and adjourn with greater rapidity. For this reason alone, the Juniors with their usual cooperative attitude, stay away from meetings in crowds. A third important aspect of our organizations is our efficiency in electing and disposing of our officers. We arc. we believe, a thoroughly democratic, truly American group. Pomp or ceremony we find particularly distasteful. Our officers we blithely elected last fall and more blithely forgot. This attitude prevents them from gaining too much authority which would endanger our freedom. One earth rocking situation disturbed our complacency sometime in March when we heard via the grape vine that our favorite president had left school. Our alarm was momentary, however, as we were soon notified that one or two of the members had gotten us a new one. He is blond as was our last prexv, so most of the Juniors are unaware of the change. Another feature of our c'ass is the simplicity of ritual. We find Parliamentary law too elaborate. We did not originate the simple type of business meeting we have, but are merely following the precedent of the Junior classes of days long past. Our meetings are necessarily short, and we have found that by all talking at once we finish much more qucikly, which is. of course, our only aim. We. the Juniors, close our year of brilliant successes not with joy and gaiety but with sorrow and with tears. The spring of the year is to us the end of the year. It is not that we are distressed about leaving our organization, as most of us will be blessed Juniors for many years, but we are sad over the loss of five or six members who are to enter some upper class, the name of which I have forgotten. [168]Prom of Proms . . . with its charm and gayety over, but the memory lingers. by VIRGINIA WITTERS Twelfth annual Junior Prom honoring the senior class was held at the Coral Gables Country Club. April 21, from ten until two. Mem Olson's orchestra played for the dancing. Beautifully decorated, the Country Club formed a lovely background for the dancers. A canopy over the dance floor held swarms of varicolored balloons which were showered at midnight. Tables and chairs were painted in the orange, green, and white colors of the University. Around the front of the band stand were ranged shields l earing the different sorority and fraternity symbols in the colors of the various organizations. At midnight the grand march for the juniors and seniors began. It was led by Mel Patton, president of the junior class, and the Prom chairman. Joyce Christenson. a Chi Omega. The favors were presented at this time; they were small mother-of-pearl shieldshaped lockets with tiny gold-tilled chains, bearing the University of Miami seal in gold. For the first time in the history of the University, the senior class were guests of the Junior class at the dance. As another tribute to them, one dance was Joycr ChiUtrtiu.n mi I Mcl Patton Inullug the Grutul Unrell dedicated to the senior class and only seniors were allowed on the dance tloor. The prom was attended by more than 360 persons, most of whom participated in the Grand March. A special dance for the seniors and a rumba exhibition by Louis Molina were added features to the evening's entertainment and fun. Yes, it certainly was a gay evening. Fverything and everyone seemed gay. And the decorations turned the Country Club into a delightful fairyland. The lovely favors proved a pleasant surprise when they were presented at the close of the Grand March. The evening gowns were gorgeous and the variety of corsages showed that the boys have good taste when it comes to sending flowers for important occasions. Special guests for the evening included President and Mrs. Bowman K. Ashe, Mr. and Mrs. A. W. Koch. Mr. and Mrs. Franklin Harris. Miss Mary B. Merritt. Miss Bertha Foster. Dr. John Thom Holdsworth. I)r. Henry S. West, Dr. and Mrs. Russell Rasco, and Dr. and Mrs. Harold E. Briggs. Chaperones were Dr. and Mrs. S. W. Girriel, Mr. and Mrs. Otho V. Ovcrholser, Mr. and Mrs. Jack Harding. Mr. and Mrs. Hart Morris. and Mr. and Mrs. Ken Ormiston. Chairman Joyce Christenson was assisted by the following committees: decorations: Bob Olson and Gail Estabrook; place: Eddie Baumgarten; orchestra: Bill Hartnett and Al Lane; favors: Martha Dorn and Cliff Hendrick; chaperones: Jack Madigan and Winona Wehle: publicity: Bill Yarrington and Selma Phillips: tickets: Pat Wood. June Burr, and Mary Reed. [169] hupp) pronutrr Top row: David Abrams, Verdun R. Arries, La Rose Arrington, Frederic Ashe, George J. Back, William W. Bag by, F.llagene A. Barr. Second row: Edward H. Baumgarten. Mary Louise Becker, Carl Benson, Frank M. Berg, Dustin I). Bergh, Donald E. Bleeke, Frank H. Bueker. Third row: Irma Lynn Bullard, June Burr, Martha Cail, Cornelia Caravasios, Charles X. Carr, Everett L. Cline, Jr., Charles A. Cold. Fourth row: Mollie M. Connor, Jesse W. Cooke, Mary1 A. Crcal, Raymond Crcal, Walter R. Cunningham. John J. Dallas. Howard W. Davis. Fifth row: Kathryn I.. Davis, Ruth Ellen Davis, Alice Martha Dorn, Lewis Dorn. Lewis Duff, Ignatius Edwards, Rocco Famiglictti. Bottom row: Ethelyn Farmer, Curtis Ferrill, Leo Fisk, Lewis H. Fogle, Edward T. Foster, William A. Foster, Clarence T. Froscher. [170]Top row: Teresa I). Garcia, Bernard A. Garnell. Herbert (Hickman. Joseph Go’ightly, George William Greer, Robert Grimes. William I . Guerard. Second row: Paul K. Gustafson, William J. Hall. Bill A. Hardie, William C. Hartnett, Riva Leif Hemphill. Cliff E. Hendrick, Robert A. Hillstead. Third row: Richard J. Hiss, Rosemary Hoffman. John Homko, John C. Hopkins, Carl A. Jones. Anne Kuj erberg Beverly Lack. Fourth row: John R. Lake, Alfred F. Lane, Murry J. Lang, Edwin L. Lawrence, Robert Lichliter, I). A. Lones, William B. Lovett. Fifth row: Josephine Lumpkin. Jack Madigan. Harold C. Malcolm. Milton R. Mannheimer, Thelma M. Maremont. Daniel H. Mayer, Charlotte M. Meggs. Hottom row: Paul Miller. Ruth 11. Miller. Berenice E. Milliman, James S. Moore. Kathryn Morris, Margaret E. McLaughlin, Rosemarie F. Neal. [171]Top row: Helen A. Nielsen. Chick O'Domski, Harold E. Oesch, John W. Oespovich, Robert Olson, Frank Paskewich, Melvin K. Patton. Second row: Dorothy E. Paulk. Eunice L. Pearson. Selma Lee Phillips. Jack Plunkett. Miriam Pope, Peggie Price, George J. Prusoff. Third row: J. Quentin Rasmussen. Mary Louise Reed, Hilda E. Ringblom, Irving Rosenthal. George W. Rosner, Donald Sapp. Dorothy May Schooley. Fourth row: Elizabeth Schwinn. Nicholas D. Seminoff, Betty Mac Serpass, Grant I). Slater. Frank A. Witherill, Phyllis Sontag, Doss Tabb. Fifth reno: Jimmie Anne Thomas, Roy E. Thompson. Wallace P. Tyler, Martha H. Van Brunt. Anthony J. Vanden-berg. Winona Wehle, J. Carol Weinstein. Bottom row: Patricia Wood. Mary Worcester, Elizabeth Wylie, William H. Varrington. [17:]Our Graduates . . . have realized some of their goals. by BRAD BOYLE In late September of 1935 another bunch of green (linked neophytes held their first meeting for the purpose of electing class officers. As a result Jack Behr, blonde tennis star from New York, was named first president of the c'ass of 1939. By this time the Vigilance Committee was getting tough and less than a week later, headed by Sal del Mastro, they demanded that the lowly frosh put on an Amateur Night for the benefit of the upper-classmen. This proved to lie a huge success, and actually was a boon in more ways than one for much "hidden” talent was discovered that night. A little later in the year the class followed an established tradition and presented the annual “Freshman Frolics”. At this time Barbara Wertheimer was elected “Freshman Queen”. The following autumn found us lording it over tin-incoming class: but our newly won authority worked against us for a time and the class lost a good deal of the spirit of cooperation that had been present the year previous. It was regained, however, in time to put on a rather successful “Sophomore Cotillion” under the leadership of President Joe Thomas. Junior year found us more firmly entrenched in the University. With most of the requirements out of the way we had less worries and more time for extracurricular activities. With Joe Thomas again at the helm we began tilling the treasury with a series of pre-prom dances. On April 8. 1939 the Eleventh Annual Junior Prom was held at the Miami Biltmore Country Club. Music on this occasion was supplied by Bob Reinert and his “Miamilodians”. The Prom (CONTINUED ON PAGE 220) . . . and had lots of fun doing it. by VIRGINIA H ITTERS There were nearly 300 timid souls of us that bright September morning when we registered for our freshman year at the University of Miami. Timid, and knowing not one student from another. But we soon learned. Leaving the auditorium we were accosted by a burly, glowering individual who inquired if we were freshmen. Receiving an affirmative nod, he growled. “You mean ‘yes, sir.’ And let me tell you I'm Sal Mastro (here he shoved a paddle in our faces), head of the Vigilance Committee, and my word goes around here. Get your ‘dinks' and come back here.” So it began for nearly four long months, we were heckled by the dear V. C. who indicted paddlings and other punishments in a manner that has never been equalled. Non-attendance at a freshman meeting wasn't heard of in those by-gone days — not if you wished to eat your meals sitting down. “The Boiler Room” became significant words to the freshman herd as the upper classmen clamped down on us. Bonfires—yes. we had to build them. One week, harassed by the demand for wood and more wood, a group of frosh removed some wood from the rear of a garage. Strange to say. it happened to be lumber— and the owner demanded satisfaction. Poor us (we finally paid off the last remaining dollars with proceeds from the Junior Prom). Coming back the following year as sophomores, we attempted to train the new freshman class, only to find that our superior numbers had no effect on the horrible “brats.” We then turned to planning the sophomore coti’lion. This was difficult, for the class of '39 seemed to here acquire a habit (retained to the very day of graduation) of avoiding any and all class meetings. By the time we were juniors, we had learned to simply ignore the freshmen (unless, of course, interested in them for romantic purposes) and we let well enough alone. We smiled indulgently at the antics of the lower classmen and turned our thoughts to higher things. Of course, we had to consider the annual Junior Prom. Not to be outdone by preceding classes, we presented a bang-up dance at the Biltmore Country Club — managing to make it the first one that ever made any money. Well, this year, we proudly walked past admiring groups of lower-classmen as seniors. In deference to our exalted status, we received all sorts of consideration until we struck a few snags. There was the (CONTINUED ON PAGE 220. [174] Senior Claxx pri-sidoil Urail IloylcMawry I). Baker B.S. Richmond, Virginia John Ronald Bkhr B.S.B.A New York City, AM'. ASK I. 2. 3, 4; Claw President 1; "M" Club President •I; Tennis 2, 3, 4. Charles F. Fuehrer B.M. in Ed. Stryker, Ohio +MA Georgia Ann Burrell A.B. Miami, Fla. AZ 3; IRC 2. 3. 4. Secretary 2. 3; University of Southern California 3; Honors Literary Society 4. William C. Campbell B.S.B.A. Chattanooga, Tain. Edward Bradley Boyle A.B. Fort Jervis, AM'. Iron Arrow 3. 4. Chief’s Son. 3; A2K 1. 2. 3. 4; Vice Pres. 2; A 4; Interfraternity Council 2. 3, Secretary-Treasurer 2, 3; Student Senate 2, 3; President Class 4; Honors Literary Society 3. 4; Lead and Ink 3, 4: Ibis 2, 3, Sports Editor 3; Hurricane 2, 3, 4, Sports Editor 3, “Boiling Over" 3, 4; Constitution Revisions Committee 4; Treasurer Florida Intercollegiate Press Assn. 3; Football 1. 2, 3. Daniel J. Breinin B.S. Miami Beach, Fla. Transfer, College of the City of New York. TE+ 2. 3, 4. Secretary and Vice Chancellor; Business Manager Miami Mimic 2. Eric . Carlson B.S.B.A. Miami, Fla. •►MA 4; IRC 4; Intermurals 3, 4; Band 1. 2. 3. 4; Chorus 4. Dulcie V. Cavacnrro B.S. Miami, Fla. AXli 4. Florida State College for Women 4. Roger T. Brown B.S.BA. Hollywood, Fla. ’►MA 2, 3, 4, Treasurer 3, 4; Band 1, 2, 3, 4; Orchestra 1, 4; Mens Chorus 3, 4; Mixed Chorus 3, 4. [175] Patricia Cluney A.B. Coconut Grove AT 2, 3, 4; Historian 2. Pledge Captain 3, Vice President 4; -K 4, Charter Member 4; Vigilante Committee 2; Hur-rican 1; Women’s Chorus 4: Mixed Chorus 4. Miguel A. Colas B.S.B.A. Santiago, Cuba Iron Arrow 4; Who’s Who A monte Students In American Colleges and Universities 4; Ia nd and Ink 2, 3, 4. President 4; Ibis 3, 4; Hurricane 1, 2, 3. 4, Spanish Column: Latin American Intramural Team 1. 2, 3; IRC 1. 2. 3. 4. Vice Prescient 3. Pan American Chairman 4. Delegate Southeastern Conference. Vanderbilt 3: Y.M.C A. 2. 3. 4. Treasurer 4. Richard L. Cooper A.B. Ft. Wayne, hid. John Crkveling B.S. Miami, Fla. Mrs. Annalisk Crockett A.B. Miami, Fla. Jeanne Dinger A.B. St. Du Hois, Fa. Grove City College Transfer. George Bernard Dolan A.B. Water bury. Conn. HX 1. 2. 3. 4; Hurricane I. 2. 3, 4; Football 1, 2. 3; Boxing 1. 2. 3. 4; Golf 2. 3. 4: Intramural Champion 3; “M” Club 2. 3, 4; Glee Club 2. 3. 4; Newman Club 1, 2, 3, 4, Vice-President 4. Peter J. Dominick A.B. Detroit, Mich. Transfer, St. Peter's Jr. College. Band 3. 4. Philip F. Doucbt B.S.B.A. Miami, Fla. Newman Club 1. Cynthia Diamond A.B. Miami, Fla. ZIU; A E, Charter Member 4, Pledge Advisor 4. Jewish Cultural Society 2. 3. 4. Ruth Diestlehorst A.B. Coral Gables A 1. 2. 3. 4. Pledge Captain 3: KKI" Charter Member 4, Rush Captain 4; Panhellenic Council 2, 3. Treasurer 3; Junior Marshal 3: Swimming 1; Jr. Prom Committee 3; “Miss Florida Co-ed” 3; YAV.C.A. 1, 2; Dramatics 4. Stanley Duliuba A.B. Detroit, Mich. Fdward Dunn A.B. Fort Jervis, AM'. Iron Arrow 3, 4: ASK Secretary 3; Football I, 2, 3. 4, Captain I, 4; Basketball, Captain 4; Manager of Swimming Team 3; “M” Club 2. 3. 4. Vice-President 4. [176]Robert Edwards A.B. Coral Cables, Fla. Prom Committee 3; Band 1, 2. 3, 4; Orchestra 1. 2. 3. 4. Stella Edwards A.B. Versailles, Ky. AO, President 4; Panhellcnic Representative 4, Treasurer I; Honors Literary Society 4 ; Transfer Sacred Heart Junior College, Louisville, Ky., 2; Athletic Council Representative 4. Secretary 4. Philip M. Fknigson A.B. Passaic, XJ. Iron Arrow 3, 4; Who’s Who in Amer'can Universities and Colleges 4; Ibis 3, 4, feature editor 3, editor-in-chief 4; Lead and Ink 4; Snarks 1, 4; Honors Literary Society 3, 4; Hurricane 1: Delegate Florida Intercollegiate Press Convention 3; Campus Citizens, 4. Vera Fletcher A.B. Homestead, Fla. B+A 4; Glee Club 1; Y.W.C.A. 1. J. Raymond Fordham B.S.B.A Miami, Fla. A n President 3, Vice-President 4; Who’s Who in American Colleges 4; Student Gov’t, Senator 3, Vice-President 4, Finance Committee and President’s Cabinet 4; Assistant Business Manager Hurricane 2; Y.M.C.A. 2, 4; Delegate Youth Conference 3. Melvin Fox B.S. Miami Beach, Fla. Transfer New York University 2. [177] George J. Freeman A.B. Minneapolis, Minn. Seymour S. Friedman A.B. Brooklyn, X.V. Transfer Julliard School of Music, N. Y. 3: Orchestra 3, 4; Men’s Chorus 3; Band 3, 4; IRC 4. Mary Louise Gaddis A.B. Miami, Fla. AAA; Transfer Stetson University 3; Florida State Collegiate Archery Champion 3; Volleyball 3, 4, State Champion team 3; Archery Coach 3, 4; Athletic Council 4; Junior Marshal 3; Honors Literary Society 3, 4; Baptist Student Union 3, 4, Vice-President 4; Delegate B. S. U. Convention 3. I: Y.W.C.A 3. 4; Student Adviser Alpha Theta Sorority 4: Pan American Queen 3. John Galbraith B.S. FI. Palestine. Ohio ♦MA 3. 4. Frances Shirley Ginsberg A.B. Bethlehem, Pa. R. Joan Goeser A.B. Coral Gables, Fla. AT 1, 2, 3, 4, Pledge Captain 2, Vice-President 3, President 4. Publicity 2, 3; -K 4, char-ter member 4; Panhellcnic 3, 4, Publicity 4; Senator 1, Associate Justice of Honor Court 4; Women’s Athletic Council 1, 2, 3, President 2; Swimming 1; Hurricane 2, 3, 4, Society Editor 2, Womens' Sports Editor 3, Associate Editor 4, Advertisnig 4, Editorial Board 3, 4; Lead and Ink 4; Y.W.C.A. 1, 2, 3; Vigilance Committee 2. 3. 4.Betty Francis Goff A.B. Charleston, IF. Va. NKT t: at 1. 2. 3, 4, Treasurer 3, 4. President 3: -K 4, Charter Member 4; Panhell-enic Council 2, 3, Secretary 3; Who’s Who Among Students in American Colleges and Universities 4; Senator 3. Finance Board 3; Secretary, Student Body 4; President Florida Student Government Association 4; Y.W.C.A. 1, 2, 3, 4, Secretary 3; Secretary-Treasurer Sophomore Class 2; University Symphony Orchestra 1, 2. 3, 4; Hurricane 3. Mabel Goldman A.B. Miami, Fla. Virginia Goodrich A.B. Coral Gables, Fla. XU; IRC 4; Transfer University of Rollins 1. Joe X. Gorman B.S.BjV. Jacksonville, Fla. Jane Granlunp Duluth, Minn. Kloise Gcito A.B. Miami, Fla. Transfer, Florida State College 3. George Hamilton B.S.B.A. Somerville, Mass. IIX 1, 2, 3, 4; Senator 2; Honor Court 4; Football 1, 2, 3. I; Basketball 4; All Fraternity Center in Basketball 3; High Jump Champ Field Day 1. 2; "M” Club 4. Robert Hanck B.M. in Ed. Piqua, Ohio Iron Arrow 3. 4; S Z 2; 'I’MA 3. 4, Charter Member; Who’s Who Among Students in American Colleges and Universities 4; Symphonic Band 1. 2. 3. 4; Symphony Orchestra 1, 2, 3, 4; Glee Club 1, 2. 3. 4. Nell Harbeson A.B. Coral Gables, Fla. Helen Hickman B.S. in Ed. Macedonia, Iowa Burton H. Hines B.S.B.A. Hujjalo, AM’. Transfer, Cornell University: Glee Club 3. [178]Alfred Holt A.B. West bury, L.I., AM'. HO I, 2. 3. 4. Chaplain 1, 2. 3. 4. W. Richard Jackson A.B. Lake Worth, Fla. ♦A 1. 2. 3. 4. Edith Eleanor Horowitz A.B. Miami Beach, Fla. Honor Literary Society 4: Transfer, Florida State College; Fencing 3; Girl Debating 3; Jewish Cultural Society 3. 4. Virginia L. Horsley A.B. Coral Gables, Fla. 1, 2. 3, 4; KKT Charter Member 4; Athletic Representative 2, 4; University of Tennessee 3; Honors Literary Society 4; Secretary Junior Clas 3; Y.W.C.A. I. 2; V.C. 3; Hurricane 3. Alvin Robert Iba B.S.B.A. Miami, Fla. HAS 1. 2. 3. 4. Sgt.-nt-nrms 3. Plcdgcmastor 1; Student Senate 1. 2. 4; Swimming 1. 4; Wrestling 2. 3. Evelyn Isaac A.B. Coconut Grove, Fla. NKT 4; Z 1. Treas. of Pledge class 1; X'.l 2, 3, 4. Charter Member 2. Treasurer 2, 3, Secretary 4; Honors Literary Society 3, 4. Executive Council 4. Secretary 4; Secretary-Treasurer Junior Class: Secretary-Treasurer Senior Class; Y.W.C.A. 1, 2, 4; Hurricane 1; Vigilance Committee 2. Rcbilou Jackson A.B. Miami, Fla. NKT 3. 4; Z I. Vice-President. pledge class 1; XU 2, 3. 4. Charter Member 2. Secretary 2. Ritual Officer 3, President 4: Panhellonic Council 3, 4; HA Girl 3; Honors Literary Society 3. 4; Executive Council 4; Sponsor Georgia-Miami game 4; Jr. Prom Chairman 3: Y.W.C.A. 1. 2. [179] Gladys Patricia Johnson B.S.B.A. Miami, Fla. Estelle Kasanof A.B. Miami, Fla. OX'--’ 1. 2. 3. Sergeant-at-arms 3. Secretary 2; AE Charter Member 3. Treasurer 3. Rush Captain 3, 4, Ritualist 3, 4; Dramatics 1, 2. Frank E. Kerdyk B.S.B.A. Gloversville, AM'. ♦A 3, 4, Treasurer 4; A M2 Charter Member 3, 4, Secretary 4; Treasurer Student Body 4, Senate 4; President's Cabinet 4, Finance Committee 4; Hurricane 4; Fencing 2. 3. 4: Newman Club 1. 2. Treasurer 1. Mary Ei.lf.n Kimball A.B. Miami, Fla. A 2. 3. 4. Recording Secretary 3, 4; KKT Charter Member 4. Corresponding Secretary 4; Transfer. Florida State College; Hurricane 2; Y.W.C.A. 2.Norma Lee Simpson B.S. Miami, Fla. Zin 4; A+E Charter Member ■1; Transfer, University of Alabama 2; IRC 4. Louis Smith, Jr. B.S.B.A. St. Joseph, Fla. Transfer, University of Missouri 4. Kenneth Snapp B.M. in Ed. Bristol, hid. •KMA; Transfer, Gorhen College 2; University Chorus; Sinfonia Male Chorus; Symphonic Band; Symphony Orchestra. Freda Jean Spei .man A.B. Wilkes-Barre, Pa. NKT 3, 4, Secretary 4; 0X0 1, 2, 3, Historian 1, 2, Treasurer 3; AE4 Charter Member 3, 4, Secretary 3, Treasurer 3. 4; Lead and Ink 2, 3, 4, Secretary 4; Athletic Council, Secretary-Treasurer 3; Hurricane 1, 2. 3, 4. feature writer 3, circulation Manager 2, 3, Advertising Manager 2, 3; Ibis 1. 2, 3. 4, Associate Editor 4; Honors Literary Society 4; Junior Prom Committee 3. Ai.bf.rt A. Teeter B.S.B.A. Catherine Hull Tremblay A.B. Miami, Fla. Transfer, Stetson: Glee Club 2. 3, 4. Pearl Waldorf B.S.B.A. Miami, Fla. NKT 4; XIII Charter Member, President 4; Charter Member, Regina 4; Panhellenic Council 4; Ibia 3, 4: Hurricane 2, 3, 4; Debate Council 3, 4; Debate Team 3; IRC 4, Delegate to Southeastern Regional Conference, William and Mary College, and State Conference, Florida State College for Women; Jewish Cultural Society 2, 3. 4. Mae Musselxian Walters A.B. Miami, Fla. Transfer, Maryland State Teacher’s College: IRC 3. 4. Lillian Weiner B.S.B.A. Wood bridge, AM'. Transfer, Rider College; Independent Volleyball; Independent Basketball: IRC. Elizabeth, .V. J. Iron Arrow 4; MA 3, 4; Transfer, Columbia University 1936; Honors Literary Society 4; President’s Cabinet 4; Student Senate 4; Ibis 3, 4, Music Editor 4; Hurricane 4; Mgr. Varsity Tennis 2, 3, 4; Newman Club 2. 3, 4, President 3; IRC 2, 3; Men’s Chorus 3, 4; Mixed Chorus 3, 4. Harold Joseph Thomas A.B. White Castle, La. Iron Arrow 3. 4; IIX 1, 2, 3, 4; Who’s Who Among Students in American Colleges and Universities 4; Honors Liternry Society 4; President Student Body 4; President Junior Class 3; Hurricane 1. 2; Football 1; Freshman King 2; Newman Club 1. 2; IRC 2. 3. Robert H. Wente B.S.B.A. Cincinnati, Ohio IIX I, 2, 3, 4, Historian, Chaplain 1, Lieutenant Commander and Treasurer 2, Eminent Commander 3; Inter-Fraternity Council 2: intramural athletics; Transfer. University of Cincinnati 3; SAE 3. Stuart Wilmarth B.S.B.A. Hialeah, Fla. [ISO]Lorraine Roll A.B. Miami, Fla. AT 2. 3, 4; -K Charter Member 4, Historian 4; Y.W.C.A. 1. 2, 3, 4; Honors Literary Society 3, 4; IRC 3; Hurricane 4; Mixed Chorus 4. Audrey Hammer Romine A.B. Miami, Fla. B4 A 3, 4, Chapter Editor 4; Freshman Honorary Society 1; Athletic Council Representative 3; Y.W.C.A. 2. 3, 4. Executive Board 4; Honors Literary Society 3, 4; Hurricane 2, 3; Volleyball 4: Junior Prom Committee 3. Jesse Creed Rose B.S.ll.A. Camden, S. Car. Band 1; Baptist Student Union 4. Thomas Frederick Scheims A.B. Saddle River, Y. J. ASK 2. 3. 4. President 4; Inter-fraternity Council 4; Transfer, Bergen Junior College; Football 1, 2; Swimming 3; Wrestling 1; 170 lb. Wrestling Champion 1: Shot Put Champ'on 1; Life Saving Instructor U. of M. Red Cross 3. 4; Mens Chorus 3. Anne Searing A.B. Coral Gables, Fla. AT 2. 3. 4: 2K Charter Member 4; Who’s Who in American Colleges and Universities 3; Ibis 2, 3, 4, Business Manager 3; Honors Literary Society 4: Junior Prom Committee 3. Mildred Shknkan A.B. Miami Beach, Fla. Thelma Rosenberg B.S. in Ed. Miami, Fla. Trnnsfer, New York University 4. Marion CJ. Ryan B.S. in Ed. Opalocka, Fla. Clara Frances Sayers B.S. Homestead, Fla. [181] Hugh Shillington B.S.B.A. Miami, Fla. •IX 1, 2, 3, 4, Treasurer 3; Student Senator 4; Intramural Golf Champion 1, 2; Golf Squad 3. 4; Chairman Queen of Clubs Dance 2, 3. Margaret Shillington B.S. Miami, Fla. NKT 3. 4, President 4; A 1. 2, 3. 4, Historian 3; KKP Charter Member 4. Key correspondent 4; Freshman Honor Society 1; Hurricane 1, 2, 3, 4, Copy editor 2. Managing editor 3, Editor 4; Lead and Ink 3. 4, Treasurer 4; Honors Literary Society 4. Richard Simons B.S.B.A. Miami, Fla.Harley N'iestraht B.S.B.A. Miami, Fla. Symphonic Band 1. 2, 2. Sara Jane Owen 8.S. in K l. Miami, Fla. Doris Ruth Pace B.S. Clay, N.V. NKT 4; A4 1. 2, 3, 4, Treasurer 2, 3, Vice-President 4; KKI" Charter Member 4, Recording Secretary 4; Panhel-lenic Council 3, 4; Hurricane 1; Delegate Florida Intercollegiate Athletic Meet 3; Y.W. C.A. 1, 2, 3, Social Chairman 2: Jr. Prom Committee 3. John R. Parkinson. Jr. B.S.B.A. lie noil, Miss. IIA2 3, 4. Treasurer 3. 4; Freshman Law School Senator 4. Ruth Penney A.B. Miami, Fla. AKA 1; B+A Charter Member 2. 3. 4: Y.W.C.A. 1. 2. Stephen Pratt B.S.B.A. Glen Echo, Mil. A- ’!- 3, 4, Publicity Chairman 3. Program Chairman 4. Vice-President 4. Pledge Master 4; Hurricane 3, 4; Ibis Photographer 3, 4; Jr. Prom Committee 3; Symphonic Band 1. 2; Men's Chorus 3. 4: IRC 3. 4; Lead and Ink 4. Julian MinorQuarlbs B.S.B.A. Miami, Fla. HX 2, 3, 4, Historian 2, Treasurer 2. Secretary 3; Queen of Clubs Committee 2. 3; Intramural Lightweight Boxing Champion 2. Muriel Rkakoon A.B. Miami, Fla. Y.W.C.A. Raymond C. J. Reiner B.S.B.A. Wcehawken, A’. J. A'MJ Charter Member 3; President 4; 4-A 4; Associate Editor Mimic 2; Fencing 2. 3; Intramural Football 2, 3: Sophomore Dance Committee 2; Reunion Chairman 1, 2, 3, 4; Hurricane 1. 2, 3. 4, Advertising Manager 4; Ibis 3; Junior Marshal 3; Lead and Ink 4. Elaine Rheney A.B. Miami, Fla. A4 3. 4, Pledge Sec’y-Treas. 3; KKI Charter Member 4, Publicity Chairman 3, Activities Manager 4; Transfer, Ogontx Junior College 3; Y.W.C.A. 3, 4. Richard Leonard Ricci B.S. Port Chester, AM’. A-K 1, 2. Pledge Master 2; Senior Senator 4; Intramural Director Assistant 3. 4; Football 1. 2. Esther M. Rodel B.S. Monticcllo, AM’. Transfer, Beaver College 3; Glee Club 4. [182]Elizabeth Rose Knight A.It. Havana, Cuba AT 2, 3, 4, President Pledge Class 2, Secretary 2, 3; -K Charter member 4; Transfer, 1936, from U. of Richmond, Vn.; Volleyball 2, 3. 4: Basketball 2, 3, 4; YAV.C.A. 2. 3; Dramatics 2; Women's Chorus 3; IRC 2, 3. 4, Social Chairman 3, Treasurer 4. William Knocks B.S.B.A. Ft. Wayne, Inti. Evelyn E. Korn A. II. Brooklyn, AM'. OX» 1. 2. 3. William E. Laksoh B.S. Coral Gables, Fla. Frederic Marks A.II. Detroit, Mich. Eleanor Elizabeth Matteson A.B. Miami, Fla. NKT 3, 4; Who's Who in American Colleges and Universities 4; B4»A 2. 3, I, Charter Member 2. Treasurer 2, 3; Panhellonic Council 3, 4, President 4: AKA publicity I; IRC 1. 2. 3, 4. Pan American Chairman 2. President 3. Social Chairman 4; YAV.C.A. 1, 2, 3, 4, Treasurer 2, 4; Hurricane 3; Ibis 3, 4, Statistics Editor 4; Lead and ink 4. Virginia Eloisk Miles A. 15. Indianapolis, hid. A'l' 2. 3, Publicity Manager 3; KK1’ Charter Member 4; Junior Marshal 3; V.C. 2: YAV. C.A. 1, 2; IRC I; Pan American Queen 3; Dramatics 4. Clemence Levy A.B. Miami Beach. Fla. A E‘i‘ 2, 3. 4, Chairman of Scholarship Committee 3, Chapter Editor 4; Transfer, Vanderbilt University; Snnrks 4. Edmund Nash B.S.B.A. Miami, Fla. Hurricane I; Football 2. 3, 4. Equipment Manager 2, Freshman Manager 3, Student Varsity Manager 4; Newman Club 1, 2. 3, 4, Vice-President 2, Treasurer 3; Debating Council 3, 4. Rose Levy A.B. Miami, Fla. IRC 1, 4; Hurricane 1, 2; Cultural Society 1. 2. 3. 4: YAV.C.A. 2. [183] Martha N'kham A.B. Miami Beach, Fla. ZIH Charter Member, Secretary 4; A4'E 4, Recording Secretary 4; Athletic Council 4; Fencing 3; Jewish Cultural Society 2, 3, 4; Girls' Debating team 3.Sumner S. Wilson A.B. New Rochelle, N.Y. SN; Transfer, Mt. Union College and Stetson Law School; Literary Magazine 3; Hurricane 3, 4; Y.M.C.A. 3. 4; Varsity Mgr. of Busketball 4; Assistant Mgr. Football 3, 4; Intramural 3, 4. Virginia Witters B.S.B.A. Coral Gables, Fla. AT 3, 4; 2K Charter Member 4; Lead and Ink 4; Delegate to F.L.P.A. 3, Recording Secretary 4; Hurricane 1, 2, 3, 4. Society Editor 3. Associate Editor 4, Editorial Board 3, 4, Publicity 4; Y.W.C.A. 1, 2; Ibis 3. 4. Norman W. Worthington B.S.B.A. Hialeah, Fla. Iron Arrow 3. 4; MAS 1. 2; A441 3, 4; Who’s Who Among Students in American Colleges and Universities; Honors Literary Society 3, 4; Lead and Ink 4; Freshman Honor Society 1; Clerk of Honor Court 3; Senior Senator 4; Executive Cabinet Member; Constitutional Revision Committee 4; Hurricane Manager 2; M Book 4; Intramural Boxing: Y.M.C.A. 1. 2; IRC 2. 3. Secretary 3. Marie Farmer Wright A.B. Detroit, Mich. AT 2, 3. 4, Treasurer 3; 2K Charter Member 4; SAI 2; Symphonic Band I, 2, 3, 4; Symphonic Orchestra 1, 2, 3. 4; Women’s Chorus 3. Ruth Emilie Young B.S. Miami, Fla. B'FA 3, 4, President 4; Freshman Honor Society 1; Honorary Chemistry Society 1. 2. 3. 4. Secretary 2. Vice-President 3, President 4; Glee Club 4. Herbert M. Zimmerman B.S.B.A. Kansas City, Mo. Transfer, University of Texas. SENIORS NOT Samuel L. Abbott, B.S. New Hampshire PICTURED David Groves, A.B. Prairic-du-Chien, Wis. Sister Mary St. John Baird, B.S. in I'M. Miami Reach Pauline Klbinhbsselink, A.B. Hardin, -Montana Mrs. Hazel S. Blanchard. B.S. in Ed. Miami Edwin A. List, Mus. in Ed. Miami Louise Blue, A.B. Miami Carlos Montero. B.S.B.A. Sagua I.a Grande, Cuba Mrs. Laura M. Bowman, A.B. Opalocka, Fla. Agnes S. Nicholas, B.S. in Ed. Miami Charles Bobinski. B.S.B.A. Mrs. Elizabeth Brinson, B.S. in Ed. Ethel Cool, Mus. Chicago Coral Gables Miami Mrs. Mertie Olsen, B.S. in Ed. Preston J. Perkins, B.S.B.A. Coral Gables Oley X. Dietz, B.M. in Ed. Miami Mrs. Pauline Poster, B.S. in Ed. Waterville, Conn. Mrs. Marie Dorrence, A.B. Pittsburgh Mrs. Florence Reeves, Ed. Homestead, Fla. Hugh Marshall Dozier, A.B. Nashville Lester Rose, B.S. Coral Gables Gene Duncan, B.S.B.A. Pittsburgh Mrs. Lucille Rutland, A.B. Homestead, Fla. William Eakins, A.B. Coral Gables Henry A. Senior, B.S.B.A. Miami [»84]“Where to - Whieh Way?” j . . . ask the seniors; and only they can work out the answer. by ELLIOTT NICHOLS, JR. Man has long striven to attain a few dependable facts upon which to base his conduct. Whether he has ever, in any age, succeeded or whether he has consistently failed, is a matter of individual conjecture. There are those who tell us that mundane conditions, however admirable or deplorable, are inconsequential to him who places his heart upon the after-life reward. Yet this postulation does not regard the basis on which our search for stability is laid: the search for the fundamentals of as ideal a workaday world as possible. This problem is upon us again. In terrifying numbers graduates are soon to stream from our country's colleges and universities. Two hundred and fifty thousand young people have spent four years and not a little energy to acquire education, that they may fence for themselves in the world. Our own University is graduating one hundred and twenty-seven men and women this spring. They arc expected to show for their training certain qualities which will make them profitable additions to the social machinery. We are all aware that that machinery is not what it might be, that it puffs along in an amazingly hesitant manner, that it stops and starts and sputters. We know too. those of us who are graduating or who expect to graduate in time, that that machinery is more than a trifling problem demanding only a sane application of reading, writing, and arithmetic; rather, it is a monster itself, which, if not mollified, may very well push us from the scene of a moderately satisfactory life. Danger is adventure, and the outlook is not pessimistic. Here is a condition which demands, above all, intelligence; and then understanding, vision, sportsmanship, and liberality. Contrary to the current misconception, the past ten years of social and economic confusion have not diminished the opjiortunities for youth to find its work and its way in life. Present mal- adjustments are fairly crying out for new viewpoints, new energy, for a reasoned and a new optimism. If ten years ago a college graduate could look forward to the dubious benefits of an artificial easy-money job. today he may and indeed, he must look forward to an active participation in the honest program of cooperation without which the American ideals he cherishes may not be expected to endure. American adoration for business success has not l een shelved, but there has l een added to it a heartfelt common desire for, and recognition of, men and women whose interests include also a genuine and professional regard for communal responsibility. A modern world of ironic unpleasantness, of nations convulsed in weird inhumanities, of seeming regressions after centuries of faith in ultimate human progress. have awakened Americans to the fact that those civic occupations which they once considered onerous duties are really privileges, and that by exercising them they are making more secure the heritage they enjoy. Americans are more aware today than ever before that fraternity is the essence of democracy: they are more than ever awarding to conscientious community service the value it deserves. Here is a challenge flung with abandon at the rising young jieoplc of the world. To accept it. for those of us who have been privileged with special training, is to accept a responsibility which is our due. In our hands is placed the work of maintaining and improving the legacy of centuries of struggle. We must attempt to solve our problems bravely: if we are not brave the fabric of civilization may be torn savagely: great stone buildings are the products of fragile minds; they tall and decay, and remain lifeless and vacant, when the spirit that made them dies: art and music and science totter when the rumblings of war and pestilence sound beyond the horizon. [185]Faculty j C O L L E G E of LIB E R A L A R T S SCHOOL of ED VC AT I O N S C H O O L of B V S I X E S S A D M I X I S T R A T I O X Henry S. West, Dean of the College and of the School of Education. A.B.. Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. John Thom Holdsworth, Dean of the School of Business Administration. A.B., Now York University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. Harold E. Briggs. Professor of History. A.B., AM.. University of South Dakota; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Denman Fink, Professor of Painting. Portrait and Mural Artist, Illustrator. Exhibitor. John C. Gifford. Professor of Tropica! Forestry. B.S., Swarthmore College; D.Oec. (Doctor of Economics. University of Munich, Germany. Elmer V. Hjort. Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Bonn College. Iowa; Ph.D.. University of Pittsburgh. Warren B. Longenecker. Professor of Mathematics and Mechanical Drawing. B.S.. M.E.E., Pennsylvania State College. W. H. McMastor. Professor of Religious Education. Ph.B., Mount Union College; B.D., Drew Theological Seminary: A. M., New York University; I).I).. Ohio Wesleyan University; LL.D., University of Pittsburgh. Allegheny College. Max F. Meyer, Research Professor of Psychology. Ph.D., University of Berlin. Germany. Jay F. W. Pearson. Professor of oology. B.S., M.S., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University of Chicago. Georgia May Barrett. Associate Professor of Psychology. B.S., A.M., Columbia University. Mary B. Merritt. Associate Professor of English. A.B.. Brenau College: A.M., Columbia University. Clarke Olney, Associate Professor of English. Ph.B.. Denison University: A. M.. Ph.D.. University of Pittsburgh. J. Paul Reed. Associate Professor of Sociology. A.B., Central College: A.M.. Ph.D., University of Chicago. John Henry Clouse, Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.E., Armour Institute. William P. Dismukes, Assistant Professor of French. B.A., M.A.. Vanderbilt University; Ph.D., University of Illinois. Stewart W. Girriel, Assistant Professor of Salesmanship and Marketing. B.S., University of Pennsylvania; A.B., A.M., University of Glasgow. W. L. Halstead. Assistant Professor of English. A.B., A.M., DePauw University; Ph.D.. University of Southern California. Eugene E. McCarty. Assistant Professor of Education. A. B.. Birmingham-Southern College; M.A., Columbia University. Rol ert E. McNicoll. Assistant Projessor of Latin American History and Institutions. A.B., University of Miami: M-V. Ph.D., Duke University. Sidney B. Maynard, Assistant Professor of Spanish. A.B., A.M., University of Nebraska. E. Morton Miller. Assistant Professor of Zoology. B.S.. Bethany College: M.S., University of Chicago. Leonard R. Muller. Assistant Professor of French and Spanish. A.B., University of Miami; A.M., Harvard University. J. Riis Owre, Assistant Professor of Spanish. A.B.. Williams College; A.M., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Walter S. Phillips, Assistant Professor of Botany. A.B., Oberlin College; Ph.D., University of Chicago. Katie Dean, Instructor in Education. Robert B. Downes, Instructor in Economics. A. B., University of Miami; A.M.. Middlebury College. Adaline S. Donahoo, Instructor in Education. A. B., Ohio University. Paul E. Eckel. Instructor in History. A.B., University of Miami: M.A.. University of Southern California. Sidney W. Head, Instructor in English. A. B., A. M.. Stanford University. Simon Hochberger, Instructor in Journalism. A. B.. M.A.. University of Missouri. [186] • A C V L T V Jacob H. Kaplan, Instructor in Philosophy. A.B., University of Cincinnati; Ph.l)., University of Denver. Natalie Grimes Lawrence. Instructor in English. A.B., Smith College. Lewis Leary. Instructor in English. B.S.. University of Vermont; A.M., Columbia University. Krnest McCracken. Instructor in Economics and Political Science. A. B., Georgetown College; M.A., University of Florida. John A. Mcl.eland, Instructor in Accounting. A. B., I.L.B., University of Miami. Walter Scott Mason. Instructor in English. A. B.. LL. B.. Cumberland University; M.A.. Peabody College. Richard Merrick. Instructor in Etching. Art Students' League of New York: student of Joseph Pennell. Robert Henri, and John Sloan. Opal Kuard Motter, Instructor in Dramatics. Anna Morgan School of Expression. Chicago. Otho V. Overholser. Instructor in Economics. A. B., LL. B., Ohio State University; M.A., Colorado State College. Melanie Rohrer Rosborough. Instructor in German. A. B., Hunter College: A.M., Columbia University. Otto F. Weber, Instructor in Accounting. Dorothy B. Miller. Librarian. A.B.. Bethany College: B. S. in Library Science. Carnegie Institute of Technology. F. E. Kitchens, Lecturer in Hygiene. M.D.. University of Tennessee. Max Shapiro. Lecturer in History. A.B., City College of New York; D.D., D.H.L., Jewish Theological Seminary of America. John J. Harding. Director of Athletics and Coach of Football. B.S., University of Pittsburgh. Hart Morris, Assistant Coach and Director of Intramural Athletics. B.S., University of Pittsburgh. Kenneth I.. Ormiston. Freshman Coach. B.S.. University of Pittsburgh. Chloe Mersen. Assistant in Education. L. I., Winona State Normal School. Iva C. Youmans, University Physician for Women. A. B., Converse College; M. I).. Johns Hopkins University. SCHOOL of LAW Russell Austin Rasco, Dean of the School of Law. A.B., A.M., LL.B., Stetson University. John M. Flowers. Assistant Professor of Law. B.S., Vanderbilt University; LL.B., University of Alabama. Lauffer T. Hayes. Assistant Professor of Law. B. S.. LL.B., University of Virginia: LL. M.. Harvard University. William J. Hester. Assistant Professor of Law. B.S., University of Pittsburgh; LL.B., University of Miami. George Edward Holt, Assistant Professor of Law. LL.B., Vanderbilt University. L. Earl Currv, Lecturer in Bankruptcy and Federal Procedure. LL.B., Stetson University; Referee in Bankruptcy. Hay ford O. Enwail, Lecturer in International Imw. LL.B., University of Florida. Robert McKenna, Instructor in Law. A.B., Dartmouth College: LL.B., University of Pittsburgh. James Henry Willock, Lecturer in Admiralty. B. L., M.A., Rutgers University. Lee M. Worley. Director of Trial Court. SCHOOL of MUSIC Bertha Foster, Dean of the School of Music. Graduate of Cincinnati College of Music; pupil of Wolsten-holme, London, England; Instructor, Lucy Cobb Institute; Professor, Florida State College for Women: Founder and Director, School of Musical Art, Jacksonville, Florida: Founder and Director, Miami Conservatory. Hannah Spiro Asher. Piano. Klindworth Conservatory'. Atlanta: pupil of Leopold Godowsky; Master School of the Academy of Music, Vienna; Ton-kuenstler Orchestra, Vienna; Instructor, Silesian Conservatory, Breslau. Germany. Joseph Barclay, Voice. A. B., University of Miami. Student of Mrs. Charles Lyon Krum. Joel Belov. Violin and Viola. Graduate of the Imperial Conservatory of Ekaterinoslav, Russia. Pupil of Carl Flesch and Leopold Auer; Pupil of Ernest Bloch in composition and orchestration; teacher at the Curtis Institute of Music, Peabody Institute of Music, and Frederick College. First Violinist with [187] ■• A C V L T Y the Philadelphia Symphony Orchestra; first violinist with the New York Philharmonic Orchestra. Founder, Belov String Quartet. Frances Hovey Bergh, Music Education. B.M., Chicago Musical College: M.M., American Conservatory, Chicago: Graduate work, Columbia University; pupil of Herbert Witherspoon and Oscar Saenger; Instructor, University of Minnesota. Edward Clarke, Lecturer. A.B., University of Toronto; student of Jean de Reskc and Oscar Seag’e, Paris; Teacher in American Conservatory and Bush Temple Conservator)', Chicago. Alan Collins. Theory and Cello. B.M.. M.M., Eastman School of Music. Albert Thomas Foster, Violin. Pupil of Alfred I)e Seve, Boston, Hans Lange, Frankfort-on-Main, Germany, and Arthur Catterall, London; Director of Symphony Orchestra and Instructor at Wellesley College. Henry Gregor, lecturer. Student, Imperial Conservatory of Music, Moscow. Graduate. Royal Academy of Music, Berlin. Studied under Heinrich Barth. Dr. Max Bruch. Leopold Wolf, Dr. Carl Krebs, Dr. George Simmel, University of Berlin. Warner Hardman. Piano. B.M., University of Miami. Sherwood Music School. Chicago, Illinois. Franklin Harris, Piano. Pupil of Carl Faelton, Jedlit-zki Schmidt, Sgambati. Luigi Galli; Composer of music for dramatic productions: teacher in Boston and New York. Mrs. Charles Lyon Krum, Voice. Student of Bouhy, Paris, France. For many years conducted studio in Fine Arts Building, Chicago. Carl Ruggles, Composition. Founded Winona Symphony: Conductor Worker’s Orchestra. Ranel School. N. Y.. Technical Director, International Composers’ Guild, X. Y. Compositions: “Angels,” representing America at Venice Festival: “Portals,” Conductorless Orchestra, X. Y. “Men and Mountains": Philharmonic Symphony Society, X. Y„ “Sun Treader," Paris Symphony. Berlin Philharmonic, Madrid Symphony, Barcelona Festival, representing U. S. in 1936. Walter Sheaffer, Band. Solo Clarinetist and assistant conductor in Pryors Band: first Clarinetist in Sousa's Band. Tom B. Steunenberg, Theory. B. Mus. Ed. Northwestern University; M.M., University of Michigan. Teacher of Theory, The College of Idaho. Joe Tarpley, Piano. B.M., University of Miami: pupil of Earle Chester Smith and Julian DeCray: pupil of Tobias Matthay, London. England. Laurence Tremblay. Clarinet. B.A., University of Miami ; pupil of the Schrcur School of Clarinet; pupil of M. F. Tinney, formerly first clarinetist of Chicago Opera Company: first clarinetist University of Miami Symphony Orchestra ami Symphonic Band. Arnold Volpe, Orchestration. Doctor of Music, Bogus-lawsky School, Chicago; pupil of Leopold Auer. Imperial Conservatory, Leningrad; Founder and first conductor, summer concerts, Lewisohn Stadium, New York City; Conductor Municipal Orchestra, New York City: Washington Opera Company; Director. Kansas City Conservatory of Music. [188]Symphony ()rchestra Arnold Voi.pe, Conductor EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE Bowman Foster Ashe Walter Sheapfer Bertha Foster Franklin Harris Arnold Volpe 'asili Lebedeff, Graduate Personnel Manager James B. Dolan. Librarian P E R SO .V :V E L VIOLINS Lewis Eley. Concertmaster Leo Fisk Stanley Biedron Peter Buonconsiglio Ben Lewkowitz Selma Einbinder Louis Luini Charlotte Hager Leah Krolick Dorothy Gordon Rachel Clarke Charlene Gould Robert Kistler Howard Fcinberg Joe Furmin Albert A. Tempkins James Hampton Alvin Levin Martin Smith George Fedick Arthur Hirsch Donald Bleeke Maxine Baker Boris Ellison Helen Nielsen Bill Costen Ruth Davis Glady Goff Audrey Thomas VIOLAS Joel Belov Fredric Marks Albert T. Foster Anna Dalida Harry Estersohn Arthur Willinger Clayton Honrichs James B. Dolan CELLOS Alan Collins Florence Geschwind Edward Brombach Irwin Borodkin Betty Goff Pauline Kleinhesselink Irving Ziek Bernard Sokolow BASSES Mary Creel Paul Barbuto Harold Zinn Mildred Zinn Sanford Silberstein Lloyd von Hadcn OBOES Bennie Sinkus Victor Tnntalo ENGLISH HORN Victor Tantalo FLUTES Robert Baasch George Freeman James Politis PICCOLO James Politis CLARINETS Seymour Friedman Ray Creal BASS CLARINET Bob Edwards BASSOONS Robert Eisenmnn Walter Peterson FRENCH HORN Vasili Lebedeff Sanford Seigelstein Frank Bueker Frank Berg Herbert Laswell TRUMPETS Robert Hance Kenneth Snapp D. A. Lones Norwood Dalman TROMBONES Carlyle Snider Charles Lyons Charles Wood TUBA Harold Oesch TYMPANI Rex Hall PERCUSSION Keith Avey Edmund Ryder Vernon Gregory HARPS Marie Wright Blanche Krell PIANO Warner Hardman Symphonic Band Walter E. Siieakfer, Conductor Robert Hance, Ass't Conductor Laurence Tremblay, Graduate Manager MEM PERU OP THE PAN!) (alto) David Phillips (alto) Stanley Biedron (tenor) Fred Reiter (baritone) John Fouche (bass) HARPS Marie Wright Blanche Krell FLUTES George Freeman Robert Baasch James England Edward Melchen James Politis Donald Gordon OBOES Victor Tantalo Bennie Sinkus Roger Brown ENGLISH HORN Victor Tantalo BASSONS Robert Reinert Robert Eisenmnn Walter Peterson CORNETS Robert Hance Norwood Dalman Kenneth Snapp 1). A. Lones Don Chadderdon Louis Bontlglio Joseph Prime Donald Rodgers Charles Lovett Herbert Blimbaum BARITONE Tom Hilbish Earl Heidick FIRST CLARINETS Laurence Tremblay Seymour Friedman Tony Vnndenberg Stanley Dulimba Eric Carlson Tom Gorman William Lautz Bob Aitken SECOND CLARINETS Ray Creal Harold Walbeck William Peyraud Alfred Heilman Walter Falk Sherwood Lavine Frank Sessler Ira Bullock Edwin List ALTO CLARINET Landis Smith BASS CLARINET Bob Edwards SAXAPIIONE Harry Logan (alto) George Strahlem STRING BASS Mary Creel FRENCH HORN Vasili Lebedeff Sanford Seigelstein Frank Bueker Hunter Blake Frank Berg Herbert Laswell Geri Walker Leland Rees TROMBONES Charles Buehrer Charles Wood Herbert Spitalny John Lyons Ralph Freeman Marvin Wildman Don McCarthy BASS TROMBONE Carlyle Snider TUBA William Knoche Harold Oesch Glenn Gregory Floyd Brown John Parrott Leon Stark TYMPANI Rex Hall PERCUSSION Keith Avey Edmund Ryder Vernon Gregory [189]Sophomore Class Members Philip W. Ackerman Virginia C. Alien James J. Anderson Naomi Anderson David C. Andre James Lloyd Annin Anna Louise Arnold Dorothy R. Ashe Frederic H. Ashe Keith L. Avey Betty Lou Baker Mazine C. Baker Paul F. Barbuto Susan Barnes Michael Barto Jerome S. Bass Eleanor Beckstrom Carl Emil Benson Clarence E. Bill Benjamin M. Bird William H. Black Stanley Blackman Philip D. Bodman Joseph Bonanno Matthew Borek Rita V. Bornstein Beulah E. Bouyoa Edgar W. Bowen, Jr. Lyman D. Bradford Geraldine Brannon James B. Brickcll Gertrude G. Brown Frederick S. Bull Casimer S. Burg Alberta E. Burke Dorothy M. Campbell Betty J. Carey Arthur Carlson Leo Clarke Norman E. Clook Albert R. Cohen Alvin H. Cohen Eugene Cohen John E. Corceran William R. Costen Rachel Covitch Robert I. Crane Louis H. Daley George E. Dawkins, Jr. Grace H. Day Arthur C. Dean Elaine M. Devery H. Lorentz Dimmig Joseph H. Dixon James B. Dolan Maria E. Domingucs John F. Douglas Doris R. Doyle Daniel S. Dubbin Ignatius Loyola Edwards Selma B. Einbinder Eunice Ellis James E. England Rocco Famiglietti Harry Estersohn William Feldman John J. Fitting Terrence Fox Charles C. Franklin Marion Freed Inza H. Fripp Cecile B. Gaddis James Lloyd Galbraith Hyman P. Galbut Eleanor M. Gardner Billy M. Gay Florence Geschwind George H. Gillespie James H. Gilman, Jr. Eugene Glick James G. Goeser Gladys Goff Joseph R. Golighty Herbert M. Graham I aura M. Green Glann A. Gregory Robert C. Grimes Frances A. Gross Murray Grossman Edward E. Grubb Charles L. Guimento Martha E. Haapala Charlotte M. Hager William G. Hamby Elsie A. Hamilton Charles D. Handy Jackie F. Harkness Elizabeth S. Harris Griffin T. Hawkins Betty Maude Hayes Harry A. Hayward Catherine F. Hefinger Earl L. Heidick Alfred H. Heilman Pauline Henderson Tom Hilbish Arthur Hirsch Charles G. Hodges George L. Hollnhan Frank L. Hopkins Richard L. Hornbrook June J. Hyams Theodore E. Jackson Donald D. Jacobx Stanley R. Jamison Roger W. Jarman Jane E. Johnsen Barbara H. Johnson Bettie M. Johnson Paul Kamens Dorothy Kantrowitz Lawrence M. Kaplan Walter Kelley Ronald R. Kerfoot Edgar L. Keuling Grace L. Kieswetter S. 1. Chevalier King Sidney L. Kline Ethel B. Koger Kay Kostibas Blanche Krell John Kurucza James E. Kutz Jean L. Lambert Alfred T. Lang Humes Lasher Irving S. Lebowitz Lucile D. Lefkowitz Lois Faye Lenitt Pen Lewkowitz Mary Lineaweavcr John H. Lipscomb George A. Litchfield Sylvia I. Locke John Loesch Robert D. Long Virginia Longabaugh Louis Luini Anita Maer Morris Madarsky Leslie Mann, Jr. T. J. Manscne Jack L. Mardui William T. Markey Charles P. Mattman Horace L. McLinden Miriam G. Mehaffey E. Virginia Mestrezat Harold I). Meyer Paul T. Miller Jean Anne Moore Mary E. Moore Eileen M. Murphey Eugene Neff Bertha Neham William R. Nelson Alfred F. Nesbit Elliott S. Nichols Xenophene G. NicholB Ray Joseph Noppenberg Lewis A. Oates Chick O’Domski Peggy O’Donnell Robert E. Olson Maston G. O'Neal Phillip S. Optner Frank L. Ostrander Jack A. Ott Patricia A. Ovcrbaugh Oscar T. Owre Rebeccah R. Parham George N. Parks Nelson Patterson Wimmiam D. Pallwey Edith Pearl Melvin Pellman Julian M. Peoples, Jr. Denise F. Penchina George T. Pero Miriam 1. Peterson George T. Pittard Elias Powell Herbert Potash Mrs. Eunice L. Preston Frances Mallory Power Jack W. Price Anthony Priest Robert H. Pritchard William H. Prusoff Harold R. Rashpis Justine Rainey Meridith Rentz Bill Reynolds Rosemary Reynolds Robert L. Rigncy Charles Roberts Elizabeth B. Robinson Charlotte Rodinsky Ruby L. Rubin Alida L. Roochvnrg I-awrence G. Ropes Elton P. Rosenblatt Elizabeth Rosencrantz Edith S. Rosencrans Alexander Roth Millicent H. Roth Aura 0. Routh Anne Rubin Abe Rudner Charles M. Ryder Edmund B. Ryder Phyllis Salter Daniel G. Satin Edward C. Saunders [190]Clarice Schnatterbeck Bernal L. Schooley Charles E. Schwartz Herman F. Schwarzencck Stanley L. Segal Alexander Shustin J. H. Shott Seymour J. Simon Bernard C. Shiriro Bennie A. Sinku Munroe Singer Carlyle J. Snider Crumpton L. Snowden Bernard Sokolow Jack I. Somberg Sidney J. Spectcrman Leon Stark Dan C. Squires Milton Peter Stern Ernest Stern Catherine Stewart Lee A. Strickland Helen Syian Edward B. Styles James Doss Tabb Victor J. Tantalo John Teeter Audrey O. Thomas Henry M. Tonkin Arthur James Tracy David Marshall Turner Velma A. Turner Jeanne Van Devore Harold M. Walbek George R. Waldeck Mary Joyce NValsh Theodore K. Wayne William B. Weaver Pat Weiland Mary Ellen Whalen Gilbert H. White Lloyd M. Whyte Jacques Wilson Kathleen S. Wilson Ruth M. Wilson Joe E. Winburn Peter E. Winogar Ethel Wynne Wolberg Paul J. Wolfe Charles II. Wood Margaret Winifred Wood Marie M. Young Phyllis T. Young Morris D. Zamft Irving Zekaria Mildred Zinn Juniors Not Pictured Virginia Lee Aldrich Maynard A. Abrams William Y Atkinson Atalie Barnett Lilyan Beeres William A. Blair John Bolnsh M. Irwin Borodkin Eugene Boyle Helen A. Brady Arnold Broder John G. Burkhalter Roberta Butler Saul L. Canter Garland Cassell Joyce Christianson Mary C. Clarke Daniel H. Cochrane Stuart A. Cohen Beatrice Collins Cecil A. Creasy Norwood Dalman Anne B. Dobbins Mrs. Jessie A. Davison Virginia R. Dorman Joan L. Ellis David X. Elsasser Gail A. Estabrook Beatrice H. Ettinger Malcolm T. Evans Ethel C. Failey Anna M. Keltybcrger Monte Forester Selma V. Gorst Campbell Gillespie Robert J. Goldcamp Selden E. Goldstein Donald A. Gordon Vernon L. Gregory Arthur F. Hackney James H. Hampton Daniel F. Hang Clayton R. Henrichs Velma Howell Valerie Howitt Hurry V. Jacobson Walter R. Kichcfski Charlotte King Ivan Levine Harold I. Leviton Monroe P. Lifton Pauline S. Lowry Vincent E. McCormick Steve F. McCrimmon John L. Noppenberg Harry E. Parker John V. Parrott Jimmy Poore Harriet M. Post Herbert Potash Grace M. Poteet Sylvia Raichick Stan J. Raski Warren G. Reid Adele V. Rickel Lester J. Rose Francis E. Rowell Donald R. Salisbury Carl Sapp Harold F. Schramm Max Silver Lucy Snowo Virginia M. Spaulding Robert H. Starr Grant Stockdale Robert I. Trogden James Henry Turner Alma Jeanne Walker Mrs. Hilda B. Weir Mrs. Antonia Weissbuch Willomette Williamson Howard Zentner Irving Zick [1911Freshman Class Members Robert V. A del m an Daniel Ahern Sue Allen Natalie Allison George W. Anders Edward F. Amsden Samuel A. Archibald Charles H. Arington Julia M. Arthur Elizabeth Ashworth Evelyn R. Auslander Benjamin F. Axclroad Alexander Azzolini Charles C. Baake Robert J. Baasch Donald A. Baker Winston H. Barnard Harry S. Bast Thomas R. Baumgartner James A. Bonnet Marcus Bernard Bergh Helen R Bernstein Jeanette Bernstein Earl L. Ncusso Ruby Berry Joe Bizzaro Hunter L. Blake Lawrence Blank Rose Blank Herbert Blimbaum Jacquelcc Blue Herman Blumcnkranx Dan G. Bochicchio Alvalyn R. Boege Mary Phoebe Bolton Paul Kenneth Bolyard Joe Benannc Louis J. Bonfiglio Leslie A. Bosley Raymond F. Bourne John C. Bower George Breitenbach Thomas V. Brennan Paul M Brick Sarah Elizabeth Brinson Edward G. Britton Edward W. Brombach Selma G. Bronston Emmett A. Brown Floyd Paul Brown, Jr. Marion F. Brown Louis Brownstein William Brunner Ira Van Bullock Peter A. Buonconsiglio John B. Burr Russell J. Burke John L. Byrne Edward D. Cameron James W. Cameron Alice J. Campbell Albert Capone John A. Carey Helen Cornelia Carmichael Diana R. Casey Nettie Lou Cassady Blanche W. Cavett Donald R. Chadderdon Joseph W. Chajkowski David L. Chollct Joe Church Lionel Clark Joseph J. Clark Peggy Cobbs Daniel Cohen Lynettc B. Cohen Samuel M. Cohen William D. Cohen Howard F. Cohn Marie I). Coleman John J. Colfer Edna M. Conrad Sam Conrad Susan A. Cook Mary A. Coover Claude Corrigan Charles R. Courtney Mildred E. Cox Adeline Critzer Irene M. Cropp Morris Crosky Robert C. Crowe Maria A. Cuhillas Frances H. Cummings Frank R. Cuellar John C. Cunningham Barbara J. Curran James E. Curran Evelyn J Daley Evalyn M. Daniel Robert T. Daniel Norman R. Davis Paul G. Davis William I). Davis Dorothy J. Davlin Pearsall J. Day Drake Dean Robert H. Decker Nenita Garcia De I.ago Earl Derbenti Donald L. Devane Randolph Dickens Irmgard Dietel Bob G. Dillard Robert P. Donaldson Thomas A. Donovan Millard F. Dougherty Beatrice A. Dresher Julius B. Drury Elizabeth R. Edwards Mary Elizabeth Edwards Norman K. Edwards Katheryn N. Ehrlich Robert H. Eiscnman Charles Eisenwinter Eugene II. Eley Ix wis Eley Boris Ellison Malvin Englander Paul Epstein Miriam Ettinger Luther L. Evans Charlotte Everett Walter Falk Louis A. Fasany George Fedlick Amado J. Fernandez Joseph Fetchko Marshall N. Bcver Allan Fink Virginia Fish Lee Carol Fisher Mary Nadine Forthman Harriet S. Foster John W. Fouche Harding S. Frankel Zellie A. Freedmnn W. E. Freas Frederick C. Freund Henry W. Fuller Albert W. Fulton Bette Ann Ganger Robert J. Garlick James A. Garvery Jack D. Gayle Florence Genet Maud Duval G Inter James O. Gilmor William E. Gillespie Jeanne M. Girt on Rosemary Glomb Kurt M. Gluck Martha C. Godard Hurold Goldberg Herman Goldberg Marvin J. Goldman Sally R. Goodkowsky Dorothy Gordon Tom F. Gorman Norman M. Gottlieb Mrs. Charlene S. Gould Jack L. Green Leonard J. Greenfield John F. Greenawalt Harry Grcenawall Aaron W. Gross Evelyn Gross Bernice R. Gurevitz Shirley Haimes Woodrow W. Hansen Richard M. Bardie Robert Hart Lester Harvey, Jr. Kenneth E. Hauser Dorothy Hawkins Eleanor Hays Margaret F. Hawley Harold William Hazen Marshall Head Sondel Hendel Janet Hesselbrock Mary Lee Hickman George I. Hiller Gerald W. HUlis Marianne Hitt Robert J. Hoban Fred P. Hodes Patricia Hollarn Henry Horton Carl Houck Milton E. Howland Jack Huguelet William R Hutson William M. Hynes Frances R. Isaac Richard Jacob Arthur H. James George S. Jamieson Bereryle Jeran Ennis Johnson James J. Johnson Ralph R. Johnson George M. Jones Robert Kallish Joanne Kanaar Nora Marie Kampmeyor Robert L Kaplan Frank A. Marcher [192]Herbert Kargher Helen A. Kaufman Thomas N. Kearne Edonand L. Kelley Raymond M. Kelley Thompson B. Kent Alice A. Routing Nat C. Kibble Marjorie A. Kirby Mary Alice Kirton Eleanor Kite-Powell Betty Anne Klefeker Margaret L. Knight David Konel Lenh Krolick Patricia D. Krouse Joseph A. Krutulin Robert R. Kurz Marian Landers Herbert B. Laswcll Frederick I.aubcnthall Emory B. Leathermnn Mary Lee Lee Rosemary Leroux Frank J. Lehn Betty Letaw Alvin I. Levin Harriet L. Levin Lenore S. Levy Jack Hall Lewis Carolyn Lichtenstetter Dorothy Lightman Thomas E. Lockhart Charles W. Lockwood Harold D. Logan Lawerence Long Mnryella Longoria David Lovcman Charles T. Lovett Dorothy M. Lowe Eugene B. Lunsford Harvey B. Lupion John C. Lyons Ruth M. MacDonald Eugene R. Mangnus Alice B. Magruder N’ofrey Mnnsonc Barbara S. Marley George B. Martin-Vegue Basil A. Mare)la John I). McCarthy Ernest L. McCartney Mary F. McClananhan Beryle O. McCluney Susan M. McConnell Peggy H. McGinnis Harry H. McLaren Randy S. Mebane [193] Helen Mcekins Edward W. Melchen Manuel Meneses Santo Messina George Metcalf Dorothy Milgram Bernard Millard Barnett H. Miller Virginia J. Miller William H. Moore John E. Morgan Joseph V. Mulvcy James J. Munloy Thomas L. Murphy Margaret J. Mustard Barbara A. Neufeld Eleanor Nichollas Rose M. Norcross Carmen Nunley Harry M. O’Dell James B. O'Mnicy Ramonu Elizabeth Orr Paul M. Pahules Phyllis L. Parman Eleanor L. Palmer Marjorie Paul Jennie K. Pavola Wallace R. Penney Stanford B. Perlman Walter E. Peterson William D. Peyrnud Louis Phillips Tom L. Phillips Catherine B. Finder Robert H. Poat Jumos B. Politis William T. Price Joseph B. Prime Daphne E. Pullan Donald R. Purdy George W. Purdy Helene Putnam John L. Quintby Celeste Raterman Wilbur W. Ray Lelnnd M. Rees John P. Reilly Howard Relkins Wilna G. Resnikoff William E. Rheney Lynwood Richardson Manuel Richter Mary O. Rife Hedwig L. Ringbloom Richard B. Roberts, III William J. Robinson Donald D. Rogers Marcella Rosenthal Irwin D. Rubin Rose E. Rubin Genevieve Rudy Walter B. Sams Frank J. Santacroce Helen L. Saunders Michael Schemer Theodore W. Schweider Ruth Janet Scerth Rose C. Segal Frank M. Sessler Ronald C. Shafer Henry R. Shaffer, Jr. Bernard Shapiro Eleanor E. Shapoff Betty Lou Shelley Sanford Siegelstein John P. Sigman Sanford Silberstein Arthur W. Silcox Janet Silverglade Jean A. Small Peter Smillic Charles D. Smith Earl C. Smith E. G. Smith Lavcme Smith Louise H. Smith Martin J. Smith Richard A. Smith Walter O. Snyder Violet F. Sonneborn Edna Dayne Sox Paula Spector Dorothy E. Spence Herbert Spitalny Mary L. Springer Bernard Stahl Zoo Stockier Leo Stein William F. Steiner Virginia Dare Steward Dorothy E. Steward George W. Strahlem Alton M. Strickland Dorothy E. Stuart Oscar Styles Robert M. Suddeth Robert W. Suit Jeremiah F. Sullivan Walter I). Swiridovich William E. Swope Robert J. Tallett Alberta M. Tnnonbaum Melvin A. Tnnonbaum Frank A. Taylor Frank H. Terry T. Rowland Thomas Frank A. Thomnson Margaret J. Thomason Edward Thompson Loraine M. Thompson Nancy E. Thompson John A. Tobin William J. Totterdale Janice E. Trazler Bernard J. Trobligor Gladys 0. Tubbs Dick A. Tucker Stanley F. Tucker Helen R. Turetsky Clarence E. Turner Robert B. Turner Jerome A. Turrell Marcella H. Ungar Elvira Valery Betty Jean Vnsvery Marion A. Vaughn Frank D. Venning Julius M. Volk Julius Walker Vadah M. Walker George C. Walsh Frank J. Walsh Jack Wants Paul C. Washburn Ruth II. Wasscr Norman C. Wayne Donald C. Weaver Harriet M. Weinberg Jack Wenger Vera Whitten David W. Wikt Kenneth T. Wilbur Joel Wilcox Marvin I. Wildman Lucy Jane Williams Richard J. Williams Verne O. Williams Margaret V. Wilson Jeanne Williamson Donald W. Winter Thomas Winikus Frank A. Witherill Bernard Wishncy Ethel H. Wolf Louis F. Woodruff Mary E. Worcester Samuel D. Worton William Wunder Margaret M. Wyant Robert J. Young Richard Zeller. Jr.WE DO N’T SELL ELECTRICITY! Surprising, perhaps, but true! The three most important ingredients of the service we sell are: Convenience, Dependability and Economy. When we were in school we learned that PERFORMANCE - not PROMISE - is what counts. Whenever you get out of school and set up housekeeping, give us a chance to prove what we mean. FLORIDA POWER LIGHT COMPANY Your Public Servants [195]The Best Dressed Men WEAR THE SCHWOB COMPANY 6-8-10 N. E. 1ST AVENUE MIAMI. FLORIDA nmroooo o o owtnnmr(f LETAW’S PHARMACY THE REXALL STORE 2t2 PONCE D1 I EON BLVD { PHONE 4 ? 800 ‘ J .S .8 ft» « «JUUUUUUULft! Compliments of the CORAL GABLES GROCERY "The Shopping Cent ft" Mer‘urv Huskamp Motor Company 242 ALHAMBRA ClRCI I:. CORA1. GABLES Pi ION 1- 4-2566 Uud Cart amt I ruckt Service Our University (CONTINUED FROM PAGET, love of play, and desire for recreation of a community as well as its student body, by maintaining various competitive sports and games, despite all criticism of these activities which may arise from time to time for one reason or another. The University of Miami will have an interesting future. The exact nature of its development no one can foretell. Climate and population trends, and the University's history promise much. Of three things we can be relatively sure. It will be a large University. It will not lack in ideas. It will not fail in its service to the life of its community and to the life of the nation. B. F. ASHE, President Education for Democracy • CONTINUED FROM PAGE Hi impressed with the duties of citizenship, not necessarily entering politics as a career, but to champion intelligent government. Another factor essential to the success of democratic government is that of choosing the proper kind of leaders. The importance of the type of men who carry on the various functions of government has been stressed since ancient times. A great statesman manv centuries ago in this regard said. "Such as are the lending men of the state, such is the state itself." But even with the choice of n capable candidate the voter’s responsibility does not end. He must be able to judge as to whether or not the leader is doing his duty. He must know the problems that his lenders are attempting to solve sufficiently well that he can distinguish success from failure, and thereby hold those that represent him to strict accountability. He must ever be on the alert against demngogues and political adventurers who promise much and accomplish little. It has been pointed out many times by political thinkers. that no matter how efficient and effective a government may be in form, it cannot make a people develop along lines where there is no will to develop, and that sooner or later, governments sink to the level of those who govern. Must we in America, which in many ways has been the cradle and experimental laboratory of democracy, admit that in spite of the genius of our early philosophers who conceived its ideals, and of the wisdom of our statesmen who shaped its destinies, and of the labor and the blood of thousands shed in its defense, democracy is doomed to failure? The college trained men and women of this country, many of whom will be the leaders of tomorrow, must eventually answer that question. May we hope that their answer will be no. [196]AM’S ERYICE TATI ON Phones: 4-1681. 4-1682 TAXIS-BAGGAGE TRAVEL BUREAU CARS I-OR HIRE mimiimuimii.nl. Cooperating Colleges t CONTI NT KD FROM PAflK Hi Russell A. Rasco has ably carried forward the work of hi.s father. Since the course of study has been approved by the Florida State Supreme Court, graduates of the School of Law will be licensed and admitted without examination to practice in the courts of Florida, provided they have reached the a tee of twenty-one and arc- of Rood moral character. The “Case method” is used as the method of instruction in the Law School. Selected cases are discussed and analyzed, thereby permitting the student to see the principle applied to the facts in the cases actually decided and to acquire ability to deal with the principal type of material that he must use in practice. Instruction is given in nearly all branches of common law and equity and fields of statute law, particularly the statute law of Florida. The School aims to give a broad conception of law. historically and fundamentally, rather than to teach legal rules nnd precedents of a single jurisdiction. Trial practice court courses are used to enable the student to become more familiar with actual court practice. Experienced trial lawyers preside over the court while the students are jurors. witnesses, and attorneys. Through this experience is gained and the development of the "legal mind" is begun. The School of Music has been headed by Miss Bertha Foster since the founding of the University in 1926. Through her a department has developed that gives to the music student excellent preparation for both concert work and teaching. Miss Foster and her faculty have created in the School of Music an atmosphere of love and respect for music, and the students are encouraged to take pride in their work. In 1926, John Thom Holdsworth, who had been previously connected with such universities as Pennsylvania, Pittsburgh, and Princeton, became the Dean of the School of Business Administration. The curriculum, then, was limited to a few courses in economics nnd government and these were taught by the Dean himself. The practical experience that Dean Holdsworth has had in the field of business, particularly banking, has enabled him to know what the business world desires in its younger executives. To meet this need, the program of the School has been continually expanded so that it now offers thorough preparation to the student planning to enter any field of business. Increasement in the number and content of courses presents the possibility of special ir.at ion on the part of the stu- A Government Chartered Savings Institution Which Has Always Paid 4' On Insured Savings FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION OF MIAMI 100 NORTHEAST FIRST AVENUE. MIAMI [197]Compliments of AMERICAN BANK AND TRUST COMPANY I59 N. L. MRS ! STREET Complete Bunking Service for Every Customer I A Good Place to Eat THE BLUEBIRD (FOR HAPPINESS) Sandwiches Steaks - Chickens Beers and Cold Drinks Tamiami Trail or Docclas Entrance dent, especially in his upper class years. Class room instruction by the text book and lecture method is enriched by round table discussions and by speakers from local concerns. This has resulted in not only giving the student a practical point of view on business, but also in affording him an opportunity to become acquainted with representatives of the business world into which he will enter upon graduations. In the past few years the University of Miami has made much progress. New courses have been added. There has been expansion in all fields. The faculty has more than doubled. The various departments have been improved through the setting of definite requirements for students majoring in particular fields. There are. though, still many improvements to be made in enlarging the curriculum offered on the undergraduate level; and it is toward the fulfillment of this objective that the leaders of the University will be expending the'r efforts in the future Administrators ICONTIM Kl FROM HACK lOi degree from the University in 193 1. Correspondence with prospective new freshmen and transfer students is carried on in the registrar's office, under the direction of Mr. Provin. He attempts to answer all inquiries a» to entrance and graduation requirements, giving specific information regarding the courses offered and degree requirements. His office supplies information concerning Florida teacher certificate rules and regulations. The registrar's office is charged with the responsibility of maintaining permanent records of all students’ grades and credits, earned: Mr. Provin and his staff advise students as to the proper courses to schedule in order to meet graduation requirements. The class schedules, a list of candidates for honor awards, and transcripts for students transferring elsewhere for undergraduate or graduate work are made up in this office. Having been Registrar since May of 1931, Mr. Provin was formerly Director of Physical Education and Athletics and Dean of Men during his thirteen years at the University. Seminole Bond Mortgage Co. ftKSt MORTOAGt StCURTTltS 227 228 SEYBOLD BLDG. MIAMI FLORIDA [198]An Enlightened View (OOSTINLT.O FROM PACJB ZJi institutions, and cultures. The conditioning of the individual by group life is analyzed along with the functioning of the social units and the inter-relationships of its members. Bach student selects a special problem to study. Supplementing his lectures with observations made while living in the Orient. Dr. Reed contributes color and interest to his classes. With his experience in research and field studies. Dr. Reed, who has a wide background of practical application, directs the students' efforts to best advantage. More specialized studies are done through student-professor conferences which are of invaluable assistance to the inexperienced investigator. This direct contact with the instructor is helpful to the student in snving of time and energy. Here methods, procedure, and suppositions are presented and criticized with practical application and adaptation afforded in a project selected by each student. Research and field work are carried on with class meetings which are used for discussion of methods and evaluation of concepts.—Mary Reed The Soirit of Youth (COXTlNl Rt) FROM PAGF. 3H modern Epicurean will not admit that the “actionary's" nrgument has much to stand on: the Epicurean will say. in answer. Our personal rights are safe in this country, why be so damned pessimistic? But are they safe? There seems to be incipient reaction setting in on the part of the “haves” against the “have-nots”. Many people are openly and secretly sympathetic toward the group of women in New Jersey who propose that people on relief should be deprived of the ballot; some even go as far as desiring that W.P.A. workers, too. should be denied the vote. But, perhaps, some of you agree to this proposal; then the rest of this story is not for you. But if you feel that such an outlook on government is undemocratic and downright reactionary, then you will want to hear about some of the things that we can help to change. How do people live in America, this supposed land of plenty, and where? I am going to summarize some of the things (Jranville Hicks tells about in his challenging book. I Like America: Fifty years ago, inspectors condemned many tenement houses in New York City as unfit places to live in. But people still pay rent for and live in half of these condemned houses. About a quarter of the city’s families now live in houses f|OQ] o oVocTrinnnroTnrirrtro'o 'o 8 c o c o a tnmnnf 5 3 Compliments of Belcher Oil Company OOP 000 0 0 ft 00 0 00 0 0 0000 0 0 0 0 000 0 0 000. Compliments OF A FRIEND Rodney Miller Building Construction EXTENDS HEARTIEST CONGRATULA TIONS CLASS OF 9 ■1220 PONCE Pi I EON BI VD. Phan, •♦.5151built before 1901—condemned, “old law" tenements . In 1932. the editors of Fortune magazine wrote a book, Homing America, and the conclusion they came to is this: “Less than half the homes in America measure up to minimum standards of health and decency." One third of all the families in the country exist on less than the maintenance budget that Harry Hopkins, former Federal Works Progress Administrator, says should be $1,375 in New York City for a family of five, (and which is much more in other parts of the country). This means that such families must make sacrificial choices between adequate food, clothing, housing, education, doctoring, and innumerable nec-ossitioa of everyday life. "In this group twice as many persons as in the rest of the population are laid up for periods of a week or more. Nearly twice as many have chronic diseases. For every day that a person with an income of over $3,000 is ill, a person with an income of less than $1,000 is ill three.” In New York City half a million children are growing up in families on relief. Such families fall forty percent below a maintenance standard of living and from fifteen to twenty-five percent below an emergency standard, according to Mayor La Cunrdiu's board of survey. Yet New York City provides for its unemployed better than any other city in the country. The American Association of Social Workers, in March. 1938, reported in another Investigation: "Malnutrition common among relief families throughout the country. Children kept from school because of lack of clothing . . . Wholesale evictions of relief families in communities where relief agencies are unable to pay rents . . . Low-paid jobs in private industries forcing full-time workers to seek supplemental aid." But what is the rounded story behind these statistics? You are all more or less conscious of the shaky conditions in business, in industrial cities, on the farms. And these few statistics have braced us with some concrete facts; they tell us that there are pressing things to be done. They arc especially valuable to us down here because they will not permit us to feel isolated from the less complacent parts of America. They show us the urgent need for change. Tack on a statement by Stuart Chase, and we can see that unless change comes soon, conditions will continue to get worse, and there will be. instead of recovery, continual repressions within repression nnd within depression . In 1933, Mr. Chnse wrote: "I think we are reasonably safe in concluding that no more than seventy-one men, working not more than forty-three hours a week, can now produce as much manufactured goods as one hundred men working fifty hours a week did in the period from 1923 to 1925." So, unless Compliments O F THE ROYAL PALM CLUB [200] Miami's Busiest- America's Larqeft,- IfW, Gloss IQcqgrfMMk.%kQVis 51 E.lFlaqler St. . 60 N.E. First St. our people can consume more Roods thnn they did in 15 29, there will undoubtedly continue to be pernmnent depression and unemployment. With these statistics as a skimpy background, we can grasp the perplexing problems that must be solved. How can we approach, specifically, a solution? Well, this I am unqualified to say, nor is this the place for a detailed presentation of economic and sociological ideas. But 1 do not hesitate to say that there is a way that attempts at solutions can be approached best; and that is the way of the spirit of youth: optimism, morale that helps us to grit our teeth and hit things hard, forward-looking instead of backward-looking plans. With this spirit of youth nt work in us, we will see that we can do away with many wrongs of our society, even the big wrong—poverty. By raising our national income to what it might be if production wore going full blast, and distributing it more justly, we could give every one a decent standard of living—the famed, “fabled” American standard of living. All the means of doing this are here: the farms, factories, mines, railroads, oil fields, and the millions of wasted people hoping and wanting to do constructive work. All we need to do is set the things and the people to work. A simple sentence. But how can we rearrange society thnt this can come about? A tremendous problem, but not an unsolvable one. The Chart of Plenty, the report of the National Survey of Potential Product Capacity, which was set up by the Civil Works Administration, says: "Our study of the supply and availability of raw materials indicated that, with the exception of forest products, the consumption requirements of the American people could be fully met in every category if physical factors were the only limit on production. "It would seem reasonable to conclude that mankind is on the threshold of a new era, an era in which its problem of material supplies will be dismissed from its central position, and the other problems of living will assume a dominant place. In other words, it would seem as if society is ready to produce and distribute food, clothing, shelter, etc., as automatically and easily as advanced civilizations today distribute water, and to concentrate its individual and collective genius on those vast unexplored fields which up till now have been surveyed only by favorably placed specialists.” We see the conditions as they are today and as they might be if social adjustments are made. If we want our America, the America of our muturity. to be different from what it is today: healthy instead of sick, economically secure for all instead of depressed by unemployment, truly democratic and thinking instead of bogied by your 1939 IBIS IS BOUND IN AN American Beauty Cover... WE HOPE IT MEETS WITH YOUR ENTHUSIASTIC APPROVAL. AMERICAN BEAUTY COVER COMPANY 2002 N. FIFI.D STRICT DALLAS. TF.XAS [201]COMPLIMENTS OF mODCL auncLru 4100 AURORA STREET - PHONE 4 - 2 5 4 9 economic ami cultixh superstition —then we. the youth, cannot remain unconcerned. To bring about change, we need intelligent, constructive thinking and much hard work. We must listen to a man like Granville Hicks when he says, "Poverty, after all these thousands of years, is now one of the evils about which something can be done. Not merely Tom Smith’ poverty or Frank Adams’, but poverty. Charity, from the point of view of the giver, is fine and humane. Charity, from the point of view of the recipient, may be better than nothing. But charity is not enough. More important, it is not necessary. It is foolish, sentimental. un-American to talk about relieving poverty when we can abolish it.” The big problem, this one of abolishing poverty; for if the world were freed from it, man could begin to use his untapped mental capacities to build a new, ethical culture. Now we are members of the new generation growing up to meet the problems that past societies have struggled with but have failed to solve. Perhaps we can solve most of them; perhaps none. More likely we will solve a few and leave the rest for our children and grandchildren to unravel. The number that we do adjust will undoubtedly be in the same ratio to the number of old, Victorian and outmoded methods of action that we discard; for our parents are trying to use these "righteous” ways today to meet the troubles of our perplexingly complex and dynamic society: and they are failing miserably. We must be bravo enough to use more advanced, more truly scientific social-methods; we must attack our problemx with the spirit of youth before that spirit either dies or atrophies into Hooverism. And the least the youth of the University of Miami can do — is to help make Miami a less sheltered place by taking the sunglasses away from our eyes and our minds out of our stomachs. Compliments of DOLLY MADISON STORES Hopkins Carter Hardware BOAT SERVICE 1 9 S MIAMI AVE PHONE 2-5194 COUFUUENIS OF THE OLD MILL DflD€ in Coral Gables at Ponce de I.eon and Coral Way © See i-.tidc fiont cover of phone book for all numbers. Jfteres one in your neighborhood [202]Pan Amcricanas (COXTINl'KI) l-TIOM PACK 201 topic from various angles by two or three speakers, this to be followed by open discussion. Thus, greater contribution toward intellectual comprehension may come about. Nucleus for closer cultural tics facilitated by similar climatic conditions. Mr. John A. Cleveland, Consul of Ecuador. Question: “The South is the number one economic opportunity of the United States.” In what respect will such an economic revival affect the University of Miami in regard to the cultural ties with Latin American Republics? Answer: If the South becomes economic opportunity number one, the changed status would operate to increase the enrollment at the University, and with this increase, contacts between southern students and their fellows from Spanish America would make for increasingly closer cultural ties among all Americans: a process facilitated by the admitted congeniality between peoples inhabiting territories with similar climatic conditions. Center for Commercial Relations Mr. Edward Hernandez, Consul of Cuba: Question: The Miami area is considered the strategic location for a Pan-American Exposition and international Merchandising Mart, where the products of both Americas may be displayed and murketed for the mutual benefit of all concerned. If this project be realized, will it not bring the University of Minmi a brilliant future as a Pan-American University? Answer: Considering the willingness expressed by all American nations represented at the last Pan-American Conference at Lima. Peru, of an intense commercial and intellectual inter-change among those nations, there is no doubt in my mind, that if the project of a Pan-American Exposition and International Merchandising Mart at Minmi becomes a reality, the University of Minmi has a great opportunity of consolidating through education, those ties established by commercial relations. Interpreter of a genuine Pan-American culture Mr. Avedano Lozada. Consul of Venezuela: Question: What does the University of Miami, the natural center where two cultures meet, offer toward the development of Pan-Americanism? Answer: The University of Miami, the southernmost institution of higher learning in the United States, located where two civilizations have their boundaries, can become interpreter SYBILS CLOTHES OF CHARM 74 ; S I 1ST STREET Y W.C A CORNER Lummis Garage 1805 PONCE DE i.EON BLVD. CORAI. GABLES Phone 4-2904 REPAIRS STORAGE Baldwin Mortgage Co. Baldwin Insurance Agency INCORPORATED ☆ SEYBOI.D 2-8181 BLDG. PHONE [203]PARISIAN CLEANERS Miami' Olden Bxtlusive Dtu Cleaning Plum Compliments oI FRED HOSE A HART HARDWARE CO. 44 N. E. 1ST ST. MIAMI. FLA. Skagseth Stationery Co.. Inc. MIAMI. FLORIDA MANGEL'S FEMININE APPAREI. I »o I AST FLAGLER STRPPT MIAMI. H A I'llONE l U Compliments of GEORGE L. DIXON CO. 1100 N. E 2nd AVENUE PHONE. 2-7635 Aragon Restaurant 244 ARAGON AVENUE Home Cooked Meals Compliments of Montsalvatge Drane Wholesale Candies, Cigars Fountain Supplies of a genuine Pan-American culture. Factor for the Pan-Americanism of Tomorrow I)r. Congalo J. Gallegos, Consul of Costa Rica and Secretary of the Consular Body of Miami: Question: Culture is a true basis of friendship and common feeling. In your opinion, what will Ik- the Pan-Americanism of tomorrow ami its relation to our University? Answer: The Pan-Americanism of tomorrow will mean the complete cooperation of all the nations of this continent in helping each other commercially, socially, politically, and culturally. An institution of higher learning like the University of Miami, because of its strategic location. has a great potential future in the attainment of these aims. Truth Essential to Understanding and Democracy Mr. Julio Gnlofrc. Consul of Colombia: Question: The ideal of the University of Miami is that through cducution, the peoples of the Americas might be brought into closer relationship and understanding. In pursuit of this aim. must the American youth, mainly the American students, know the unbiased truth in order that there be a better understanding and more cooperation between the American continents? Answer: La verdad es esoncial para un fir me intercambio educacional. No solo juzgo conven-iente y oportuno el ucercamiento intelectual entre las juventude de los Kstados Unidos do la America Latina, sino quo lo considero una im-periosa necesidad actual para salvar los principles democraticos que han regido la vida de nuestros pueblos. Center for Impartial Teaching Mr. Servero Alzftti, Jr., Consul of Mexico: Question to what extent do you think the exchange of cultural relations will bring continental solidarity and how can the University of Miami contribute toward this end in the future? Answer: A realistic continental solidarity will be achieved, primarily, through a more practical and less theoretical exchange of cultural relations. I believe that the University of Miami could very successfully contribute towards this end in the future, by suggesting the crystaliza-tion of a program of mutual exchange of tex . hooks relative to history, racial backgrounds, and arts of the Indo and Latin-American countries. It is obvious that an exchange of scholarships would be much more effective; however, the benefit would be mostly confined to isolated outstanding students and not general. Impartial teachings are the sole factors of contribution to domestic and international well-being, as well as to peace and truthful understanding among nations. [204]Most likely to succeed PALM BEACH SUITS G o O D A I. 1. COMPANY. CINCINNATI [20 S] TOWN AND SPORTS $15.50 PORMALS $18.50 SLACKS $4.75Bryant Office Supply Co.. Inc. NOTE BOOKS. PADS. tic. CF QUALITY 44 48 S. F. FIRST STREET MIAMI. FI CRIDA PHONE 2 0588 FLORIDA DAIRIES COMPANY 25 44 NORTH MIAMI AVENUE Phon: I 7554 MIAMI. FLORIDA A Forum for World Affairs (f'-OXTINL'RD FROM I'.MiK ». I.R.C. member : Bud McLinden, Preadient; Betty Lou Baker. Vice President; Leslie Mann, Secretary: Betty Knight. Treasurer: Dr. Robert E. McNicoll, Sponsor: Harry Kstersohn, Robert Eisenman, Alida Roochwarg, Dorothy Knntro-witz. Dorothy Gordon, Siil Friedman, Bernard Sokolow, Georgia Burrell, Peter Buonconsiglio, C. A. Cold, Eleanor Matteson. Berenice Milliman, Larry Long. George Jamieson, Alma Jean Walker, Frank Hopkins. Al Teeter, Clarice Schnatter-beck, B. G. Gurevitz, Rose Segal. Jane Traxler. Libby Torrence. Helen Meekins, Betty Gene Vasvary, Patricia Krouse, Jacques Wilson, Lorraine Thompson. Carlos Montero, Elizabeth Ashworth. Natalie Allison. Martha Goddard, Mao-Reed, Mae Walters. Rose Levy, Charles Eisen-wfnter, George Rosner, Riva Hemphill. Selma Einbinder, Elizabeth Schwinn, Mary Ella Longoria, Lillian Wiener, Helen Kaufman, Eric Carlson, Celeste Raterman. Peggy Wilson. Fid-ward Styles, James FI. Kutz. Teresa Garcia, Kathleen Wilson, Virginia Goodrich, Elizabeth Rosenkrantz, Amado FYrnandez, Adeline Crltzcr. Martha Noham, Arthur Dean, Pearl Waldorf. Edith Horowitz, Ted Wayne, Lloyd Whyte. Rosemary I.croux, Philip F'enigson, Mildred Zinn, Mrs. Weissbruch, Mguel Colas. Rosemarie Neal. Honorary members: Dr. J. Riis Owre, Dr. Hnr-o'd E. Briggs, Mr. Robert B. Downes, Mr. Paul E Eckel. The Advance of Unitv (C.ONTINL'IU) FROM I'.VOK ». which have only recently been augmented by agreements between Senor Aranha and the State Department. Dr. Paltee gave some idea of just what this new division of the Department of State hopes to accomplish. It hopes for the advancement of cultural relations between American countries both north and south, until now so badly neglected. because cf numerous causes, not the least of which is the fact that we have no centralized department of education and therefore no logical co-ordinating agency for the many private institution which in the past have attempted to foster this but in rather chaotic fashion. The program of the department, which at present is only tentative, calls for the exchange of student and teachers with each of the Southern republics in accordance with the Bueno Aires Treaty of 1936. It calls for the Increased circulafon of educational films, the intensive use of radio broadcasts, and the stimulation and support of [206]book concerns both in the translations and in the production at sufficiently low cost to meet the pocketbooks of the Latin Americans. The increase and improvement of relations with Latin America has occupied the minds of hundreds of United States citizens within recent months, many of whom have planned commercial, transportations!, and political means whereby this may be accomplished. Hut many have become convinced that the advancement of intellectual understanding and cultural relations is the most effective means for promoting pence on the American continent. By strengthening our own democracy, we constitute an effective barrier against foreign influence. The only means of fostering cultural relations and intellectual understanding is through education, the studying on our own part of their history, political, social, economic, and intellectual background. So it is with grout pride that we, the students of the University of Miami, should thank Dr. Ashe, Dr. | ' FRANK I. GOSSER 1 Doling in ftciifr Clam Pruprrm | SUITE 212 SHORELAND ARCADE t Phont 2-4265 Owro, and Dr. McNicoll for the opportunity of helping to make Miami serve as a cultural link between the two Americas and for presenting such celebrated and timely speakers on such vital subjects. The Newman Club »NTINTKII FKOM l»AC.K At Catherine Heflnger was recipient of the honor in the Miami chapter. Open meetings are held, but full membership is enjoyed only through initiation. Newman Club members: Catherine Heflnger, President; George Dolan. Vice-President: Jean Lambert, Secretary; Russell Burke. Treasurer; Father Thomas Comber, Chaplain: Aileen Murphy. Mary Ellen Whalen, Duval Gilmer. Ruth MacDonald, Joan Ellis, A1 Teeter. Jerry Sullivun, Alberta Burke, Dorothy Stuart, Eddie Nash. Clarice Schnatterbeck, Elizabeth Wylie. Rosemary Neal, Jerry O’Connell. James Kutz, Paul Barbuto, Rosemary Lcroux, John Byrne, Charles Smith, Bud Stern, Mary Ella Longoria. Grace Day, Peter Buonconsiglio, Therese Garcia. Honorary members: U. J. Hiss. John J. Harding, William J. Hester. T B. McGahey Motor Company, Inc. CHRYSLER - PLYMOUTH - Service and Sales MIAMI'S OLDEST CHRYSLER PLYMOUTH DISTRIBUTOR 1930 N. E. 2nd Ave. and 2020 Biscayne Blvd., Miami. Florida [207]An Understanding (COM'IM KI FROM PACK uished Dr. Meyer, who haive shown us that seeing eyes and open ears are worth more thnn all the test tubes and tiled floors in the world. DR. MAX FREDERICK MEYER For over a dozen years. Dr. Max Frederick Meyer has been fighting alone the tremendous odds of n scientific people who have to be shown before they will believe; it may take again as long before there is adequate proof to convince these skeptics. Dr. Meyer is the only person who has continued a certain feature of Alexander Graham Bell’s experiment for teaching the born-deaf to talk. Often called a fool for his faith, Dr. Meyer believes in Bell’s theory that the most efficient way to educate the deaf is to first teach the child to write phonetically by the use of short hnnd. Eight year old Virginia, the girl with whom Dr. Meyer is carrying out his experiment, is a frequent visitor to psychology classes. Sometimes coy and affectionate, but often impetuous, Virginia demonstrates to the class what she has learned. Quite clearly she says short words such as hope, cot. mouse, and father. Enthusiastically she plays a “game" of counting out amounts of change asked for by members of the class, from a pile of mixed coins which had been placed on the desk. With the use of her abacus Virginia does long division problems of the fifth grade level. Virginia’s mental health is normal. She certainly has no inferiority complex for she scampers around the room, runs in the hall and even jumps up on the desk to dance or pull the light cord. AlUfttif Wht « Huh «w i«-J Motof Oil Lr« Tim mil — Auto Attrtiofiii Geo. R. Rawlins ill P M« d, L «a Slid. Co.il G»Mr. l Soo 4 770 Dr. Meyer was born in Danzig, Germany; he received his Ph.D. at the University of Berlin and came to the United States in 1899. He was professor of Experimental Psychology at the University of Missouri for 30 years. Since 1932 he has been Professor of Psychology here at the University of Miami. Besides being a Phi Beta Kappa, and listed in “Who’s Who,” Professor Meyer is a member of the American Psychological Association, The Acoustical Society of America, and The American Speech Correction Association.—Harry V. Jacobson Story of an Actor M'.ONTIM KJ) I ROM PACK 70i ported chairs for the paid customers. Moon over Mulberry Street, featured Denise Penchinn, Albert Lehrman, and Larry Tremblay with pasta fassoli. We should have had names in lights for Marvin and Haimes in The Guardtman. Seven Si»tcra and Hungarian uniforms are trouble when they have to marry them off from the top. Three one-actors—a try-out of new ones. Different. A Slight Case of Murder and six cases of Marko's beer were mixed up by Damon Runyan for a lot of hilarity at the expense of the underworld. And in May — the Pulitzer Prize winner. You Can't Take It With You —fun and philosophy so blended, that you can’t tell where one leaves off and the other begins. William H. Gold Company FIRST MORTGAGE LOANS INSURANCE REAL ESTATE SECURITY Bl.DG. PHONE 2-7608 TO THE UNIVERSITY OF MIAMI and the GRADUATES of 19 39 Sincere congratulations on your accomplishments THE M I A M I DAILY X E W $ FLORIDA’S GREATEST EVENING NEWSPAPER [208]Wherever We May Roam (CONTINL'KD KHOM PAGB 61) FRENCH VILLAGE by PATRICK WEILAND The building of the French Village huddle close together beneath the Australian pines; bougainvilla and flame vines crawl up its white sides to the sharply inclined roof whose shingles resemble fresh cedar rather than tile. This unique set of buildings is the University of Miami boys' dorm. All college life is centered at the French Village. It is a haven for rest, study and hell raising (mostly hell raising) . . . especially when you take n bit of Bronx, mix in a portion of Buffalo, snr'nkle a dash of Chicago and garnish with Pennsylvania, Michigan and Minnesota, you have the most gosh-nwful conglomeration what ever crossed Pikes Peak and what a cosmopolitan dish. Under the watchful guidance of our beloved house-mother, Mrs. Pennet. we remain as angelic as Donald Duck with a halo. What a pal is Mrs. Cennet and she is as busy as a miniature camera bug with a su'tcare full of gadgets. She’s one of the gang, always there, ready to give out nickels for phone calls, stamps or towels, and whip away ghosts. Speaking fo phone calls, we find that 1»5 percent register dates with girls. most of them being successful. Take those nonchalant little incidents that so often come up to meet you on exquisite occasions, f’rinstance: when someone yells ‘Beach—,’ staircases echo back in bumps and fellows pile in Sam Conrad’s convertible, unless it be Wolf’s jitney-bus—then they don’t clamber, they just find a vacant seat and sit down. Funds are now being raised to erect a monument for the old Franklin, and will be set in a vacant lot west of the Village. By the way do you want to join the body beautiful club? Nearly all the fellows are sun worshippers. When Morpheus calls us unto her arms it is a 50-50 chance she’ll get us. Anything can happen . . . Occasionally there comes a time when somebody likes to study; some studious, spirited person sticks his head out the window and yells "Quiet!” Almost instantly comes half a dozen reverberating "Quiets" right back at him; this doesn’t let up for at least ten minutes. By the way, sticking your head out the window is dangerous hus'ness. Anyone walking down the street with a grapefruit and seeing that head — why that’s just as tempting as n sit down strike in a chair factory. Someone may yell “Cut your radio.” As a result everybody turns them on louder. One poor chap did that once, and he got not only the [209]clamorous calls of objection but also a brick through his window. In other words, the poor forlorn student leaves the window in complete despair. Full of remorse, despondence and with a wrinkled brow, he realizes that studying in the Village is as futile as a tack hammer vs. a spike. One night when all was quiet (quiet for the Village) and I was as discouraged as a fly trying to land on the hip of a female nite club entertainer. I decided to get a full night's rest because it was exam eve. Fighting began outside; riot spread rapidly and soon water, yes, buckets of water, were flying through the air. Water not be'ng adhesive enough, grapefruits were substituted. Our side, more powerful than the other gang, soon had them under control. To tell you the truth, they were as tame as riding a bucking horse on a dude ranch. When ammunition gave out and the west side of the Village became exhausted, the war was postponed to a later date. (Wars are never finished.) Graveyard quiet prevails when Coach Ormis-ton whips around the corner. At night the appearance of h{s car immed:atelv causes an awesome hush, known as “all quiet on the Village front." Onlv at this time does the Village retire to the house of restful slumber. But then there was thnt nite over in 3622 when it took the Gables Police Force to untangle "Boys’ Town." Will I never forget that night just before Christmas vacation when all the fellows were dreaming of the polar bears and home sweet home. Everything was peaceful because the fellows were leaving early in the morning for the north. It was along about midnite when Gerry Lyons came in (early). He says. "Listen, you phoney so and so," and grabs Bud Owre’s choice feather pillow and throws it at him. Dictator Owre gets up and then the riot catches fire. I took a hand in it myself and grabbed another pillow. During the battle, everybody was popping everybody else. Scene one dissolves in a shower of feathers. There was too much evidence: something had to be done about it. Why not distribute the evidence? We filled some waste baskets full of feathers and spread a cozy, fluffy layer all over Bart and Wolf, the sleeping beauties: pretty soon they began sputtering and spitting. They don’t like our game. Bart forgets his fetch-on up and says, “Gerry, you low-down son of a ----." Then Gerry began that croppy Buffalo laugh as happy as a wrecking yard foreman contemplating summer Sundays. The next thing that happened was splash, and a pail full of water drenched our boy Gerry. And so weaving through the balmy breezes comes sweet essence of culture in a boy’s dorm. The most predominating culture comes in the form of bull sessions. The Village fellas have ( Jr uen. Bn I ova. Elgin. H amilton Watck es at the Nationally Advertised Cash Prices On Small Weekly or Monthly Payments. NO INTEREST OR CARRYING CHARGES uva Jewel rv DIAMOND M ERCHANTS 129 E. Flagler Street [210]excelled in all intramural events. They have held titles in wrestling, basketball and handball, not mentioning minor talents. Of course the French Village offers advantageous means of study and homelike atmosphere as a result of the fine management of our optimistic Mrs. Rennet, who is as optimistic as a furniture salesman to a newly wed. To complete the picture, wo have the Or-mistons: Ken being our outstanding gridiron immortal and darling wife Mrs. Ormiston (why was I born three or four years too late?) If there ever were two swell people, they certainly are and what a perfect couple. 1 could go on and on about the French Village. It’s a great place—if you don’t weaken. I know we’ll be telling our grandchildren about the Village. The Y’s Build rONTINTKI FROM PAGE. fll Y.W.C.A. MEMBERSHIP ROLL President: Charlotte Mcggs; Vice President, Mary Reed: Secretary, Betty Lou Raker: and Treasurer, Eleanor Matteson; Program. Laura Green: Music. Edna Conrad: Arrangements, Audrey Romine; Social, Adelc Rickel: Publicity. Dorothy Hawkins; Freshmen Cabinet members. Lucy Williams, Dorothy Lowe and Phyllis Par-man. Advisory Board: Miss Mary B. Merritt, Mrs. Bowman F. Ashe, Mrs. Joseph E. McClain, Mrs. H. E. Chamberlain. Mrs. J. Paul Reed, Miss Faye Taylor. Sue Allen, Natalie Allison, La Rose Arrington. Julia Arthur, Dorohy Asho, Elizabeth Ashworth, Gloria Aumeryl. Betty Lou Baker. Ellagcno Barr. Sybil Barge, Jacquelee Blue, Beulah Bouyea. Sara Elizabeth Brinson, Marion Brown, Roberta Butler, Helen Carmichael, Mina Cavett, Mollie Connor. Adeline Critzcr, Irene Cropp, Barbara Curran. Evalyn Daniel, Dorothy Davlin, Mary Edwards. Eunice Ellis, Joan Ellis, Virginia Fish, Harriet Foster, Cecile Gaddis, Jeanne Girton, Martha Godard, Betty Goff, Eleanor Hays, Marianne Hitt, Evelyn Isaac, Francos Isaac, Barbara Johnson, Ennis Johnson, Nenita de Lago, Virginia Longabough, Josephine Lumpkin, Alice Boyd Magruder, Randy Mebane. Helen Meekins, Berenice Milliman, Betsy Moore. Rose Marie Nor-cross, Wilma Pope, Harriet Post. Daphne Pullen, Justine Rainey, Janet Scerth, Betty Mae Serpas. Betty Lou Shelley. Louise Smith. Virginia Spaulding, Dorothy Spence. Mary Springer, Dayno Sox, Jimmie Ann Thomas, Jo Thomason. Lorraine Thompson, Libby Torrence, Gladys Tubbs, Martha Van Brunt, Alma Jeanne Walker, Kathleen Wilson, Peggy Wilson. Willomctte Williamson, Margaret Wyant. In the Laboratory (CONTIM !.l FROM PAGE 17) to be dried and preserved just as are the twenty thousand or more specimens in the herbarium at the University. Many times rare plants are found or brought in, and added to the ever-growing collection. In addition to the pressed and dried plants in the herbarium at the University, there are at the Grant estate a large number of rare plants and trees which are being preserved in a living state. With this herbarium and living museum, we hope to have something that will attract botanists of the future to the University of Miami.—Hilda Ringbloom RESEARCH CHEMISTRY The advanced students who are majors in the Department of Chemistry are given many problems here that are not encountered in other sections of the country. For example, one of the many problems confronting the State of Florida is an outlet for the vast amount of citrus fruit going to waste at the present time. Citrus fruits contain chemicals that, separated out. have many commercial uses. Tin-two products of greatest importance are citric acid and citrus pectin. Citrus acid occurs in a free state in the juices of the genus citrus. It is found that a good lemon juice yields about 5.5 per cent of crystallized iCOSTIXl’KU ON PAGE 220. U 111The Ys Build Y. M. C. A. (CONTINUED FROM PAGE M pledged itself to service to the school. Its members take pride in its accomplishments as their own, and lend themselves willingly to carry forward its ideals. Y.M.C.A. members: Bill Hartnett, Joe Bonan-no, Sonny Loathermnn, Rocco Flamigetti, Jimmy Kees, Mike Rugglcs. Luther Evans, Gene Cone. Roy Thompson. Harry Torkin, Mel Fox. John Loesch. Joe Church. Ed Cameron, Bob Ta'.let, John Byrne, Michael Colas, Bud McLinden. Leslie Mann. Quentin Rasmussen, Larry Long. Lloyd White, Ray Fordham. Sponsor: Mr. Paul Eckel. A Yearbook (CONTINUED FROM PACK (at Now that our big peeve is down in print, we can say pleasanter things: for those who worked on the book, the work has been fun in spite of headaches. We thank Mr. Bland Bowers, the printer, for his much-needed help; without him, this Ibis, like all former Ibises, would be much less than it is. We thank Stephen Pratt and Mal-colmn Evans; without their fine pictures the book would huve been flat. We thank John Hopkins for his expert copyrending. And we thank Mr. Simon Hochberger. faculty advisor, for many practical suggestions. We hope you will read the Ibis for 1939—now, ten years from now, and to your grandchildren. We feel that it is a history book that will, perhaps, make history. The Snark (CONTINUED FROM PAGE NO could succeed in doing it. After the manuscript is read, it is carefully dissected and examined. No editorial board ever gave a story so much attention or tore it into so many pieces. That last phrase is meant both literally and figuratively. The writer then knows that giving life to a story requires more than a few paragraphs thrown together, an anemic plot, and a few carelessly portrayed characters. He realizes that writing is not easy but is a truly difficult business. West Flagler Kennel Club AMERICA’S MOST BEAUTIFUL GREYHOUND RACING TRACK [212]Every Snark ix a rather curious personality. The bite of the writing bug has affected them all in various ways. The less the bite the more normal they act. The more normal ones aren't taking their writing very seriously; consequently, no editor ever will either. But the afflicted ones—oh, they arc punchdrunk! Writers are very clannish and screwy. The Snark with “creative urge” running up and down his nervous system is a junior member of the writing profession. He holds himself aloof from the lower strata, reeks with self-importance, and very often fails to hear things the first time for his head is in a haze of plots and characters. Baptist Student Union (CONTINUKI) FROM PAGE To. Much credit must be given to the persons who aided our now organization. We are deeply grateful to .Miss Mary B. Merritt, our faculty advisor, and Miss Dorothy Sparks for their constant help and belief in the success of the B.S.U. of the University of Miami. We, of the B. S. U., are proud to be n part of an active organization of the B.S.U.’s in the South, and accept the slogan of "Maximum Christianity” as our ideal. Officers of the B.S.U. Council are: President, Lloyd Whyte; First Vice-President. Cecile Gad- dis; Second Vice-President, Roberta Butler; Third Vice President, Jimmie Ann Thomas; Secretary and Treasurer, Ellagene Barr; Reporter, Charles Franklin; B.T.U. Representative, Quentin Rassmusin: Sunday School Representative, Mary Louise Gaddis; Freshman Representative, Jacquelee Blue; Faculty Advisor, Miss Mary B. Merritt. The Ultimate Aim The ultimate aim of Southern Baptists in promoting work among students is to conserve for the churches, for the denominational work and for the Kingdom of God the least, ns well as the best and the most of our college students. Strategic indeed is this sector of the life of Southern Baptist. From the college student must necessarily come the leadership of the future. WHITIE’S. Inc. Ladies' Ready-to- Vear i06 E. FLAGLER ST. MIAMI. FLORIDA Frank Goyerv, Inc. 213 HALCYON ARCADE. MIAMI "Smart’y tailored clathet for the Uniaeruty man." BY EVER Y TEST GAS PROVES ITS SUPERIORITY For Cooking - Heating - Refrigeration ¥ UNSURPASSED IN DEPENDABILITY SPEED ECONOMY - CONTROL ABILITY ¥ ¥ ¥ PEOPLES WATER and GAS COMPANY [213] FT. LAUDERDALE MIAMI BEACH HOLLYWOODStraight Thinking (CONTINUED FROM PAGE 77) more than any other subject in college to develop this homely but extremely vital and valuable accomplishment. Though the aim of our Mathematics Department at the University of Miami has been to develop and further the above faculties it must not be thought that they have neglected pure mathematics. In fact it is through the study of pure mathematics that these faculties are best developed. The fact that many of our students have successfully transferred to leading engineering schools, should be proof enough of the high scholastic standards maintained by this department. Such attainment has been achieved on a somewhat curtailed schedule which has been able to offer only a maximum of three years study and a minor in mathematics to the conscientious student. In addition the department offers to the culturally minded student a well balanced course treating general mathematics as a Liberal Arts elective. Among probable new additions to the Mathematics curriculum next year can be listed a cultural calculus course for Liberal Arts students, Advanced Calculus, Vector Analysis, and a course in Mathematics Reading. The three unit Advanced Calculus course will serve to introduce the student to the Beta Functions and to Fourier Series. Vector Analysis, also to be a three unit course, will deal with mathematical treatment of forces and other vector quantities. These additions will for the first time, starting with the class of ’41, make it possible for students of the University of Miami to be graduated with a major in mathematics. Get That Girl (CONTINUED I'ltOM PACK 121» their nails. They aren't going to blackball anyone. One girl is being very aloof and bored. The only girl she was interested in was taken off the list last Thursday. The curtain closes for a few minutes while the meeting is opened. Atmosphere is one of mystery —maybe music would help. Curtain opens. Everyone is just where they were when curtain closed. President: First on the list is Lemmetia Look. Any discussion? 4th sister, timidly: She can high jump. 5:h sister: Wo have enough athletes. 18th sister: Well. I don’t hold it against the girl. TO THE University ol- Alia mi V A MOST IMPORTANT FACTOR IN THE CULTURAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE BEST PLACE TO LIVE UNDER THE SUN [214]but did you know that her father is a Democrat? 20:h aister: Family background is important. 4th aiater: She wears her dresses too long. 8th aiater: Not only that, hut I'm in her history class and the other day she walked in with her slip hanging a mile. 4th aiater, meekly: Maybe her slip strap broke. 6th aiater: No, i saw her at noon that day and it was still showing a good two inches. 8th aiater: I don’t think we want a girl of her type. Secretary: She isn't good Alpha Epsilon Gamma Upsilon material. Treaaurer: But we’ve given two parties just for her. Vice Preaident: And I’ve had her to lunch four times this week. 8th aiater: It’s good we realized our mistake in time. ,, ....................................... j Compliments of Hupp’s Soda Shop President: How many blackballs? (Counts hands) Lemmetia Look will not be given a bid (cheers) CURTAIN The Old Grads ASSOCIATION7 (CONTINU'D PHOM P.MJK SO. of the University, but with whom the alumni as individuals come in daily contact. The plan was well accepted and the University of Miami Alumni Buidling Fund became a fact. Nearly all of the original 250 Founders’ notes were subscribed at that meeting and. although no direct campaign is now in evidence, the trustees of tb" fund report a considerable number of new subscribers periodically. We feel that eventually these notes will enable us to make a permanent and valuable gift to our University. The Alumni Quarterly magazine is a publication comparable in sire and attractiveness to the publications of other alumni groups throughout the country, mo3t of whom are older, larger and richer thnn we. Homecoming this fall was held during the week-end of the Bucknell game, and resulted in a very encouraging number of participants. We DOBBS SPORT CLUB The Tyrolean can be improved. And the proof is Dobbs has done it! Note the new fell band, the graceful streamlined appearance. The felt is softer, more elegant—yet it holds its shape as only a Dobbs r lightweight can..... MIAMI REPRESENTATIVE Burdine’s [215]won the Kamo: then we went to the Grant estate, where Dr. and Mrs. Ashe entertained with a reception, complete with turkey, decorations and string music; and finally, we attended the Homecoming Dance at the Coral Gables Country Club. The social committee of the Association entertained alumni and their children at a Christmas Tree Party at the Ashes’ home December 19. A Snntu Claus was there, presents for everyone were under the tree on the terrace. The Association will entertain the graduating seniors on the day of the 1939 Annual Meeting, May 26, at the University.—Marge Christenson HOMECOMING tCONTlNUFn FROM PAOP. SI ness and glamour amidst friendly handshaking. The outdoor lights in the garden were low and indirect. The moon was the same old Miami moon. The odour of night blooming jasmine, the rustling of palms and tropical greenery was just the same as it always has been and always will be. Nothing has really changed. The graduates are still the same people. Friendly feuds are forgotten, or made light of. Former sweethearts introduce one another to husbands—strangers; old boy friends present a stranger wife—and we are proud of these new alumni-in-laws. Of some we ask the question, “How is the youngster?", and the answer is, "The youngsters are fine." Some of the gentlemen are thin of hair or defiantly bald. Perhaps there is a sag to the waist line as if perchance the chest had slipped down slightly. Some of the ladies of the alumni.— well, fashions are continually changing. Home coming is just like that when one comes home to Miami. For the third setting the alumni stepped into high geai for the dance. Many a university girl and boy has tripped the light fantastic in the moon-fiooded and palm-strewn patio. Many a romance, many a tear, and many n happy hour has seen the association of our students and alumni at the Coral Gables Country Club. But TANNER'S MEATS - GROCERIES Where the Best Costs Less and VEGETABLES STORES 1906 PONCE DE LEON BLVD. l»IIOTO ,IK l»IIY ★ ★ EQUIPPED TO CRAFTSMANSHIP ON COLLEGE RENDER HIGH QUALITY AND EXPIDITED SERVICE AND SCHOOL ANNUALS. NEW YORK CITY CORAL GABLES. FLORIDA [216] formerly of DARTMOUTH COLLEGE. HANOVER. NEW HAMPSHIREMagic City Engraving Company thanks the 19 59 Ibis for using its engravings Magic City Engraving Company PHONE 2-2742 Commercial Engraving Company PHONE 2-4648 Have merged into Engravers Incorporated •4.. % " ’v VJfe' ikir ■mm [217][81?] i j Y i n ’ • ■ i3aiviv i Ti.no a os xsnfJUST SO YOU’LL REMEMBER. M IAM I [219]the oldest grad cannot recall the time when the patio was so filled ns on this occasion. There was one alumnus there. Miami's oldest, who must have been deeply impressed with the colorful Bathe ring:. He has seen them come, go, and return for thirteen years, this old Brad has— he’s a fellow by the name of Ashe. His thoushts must have been, "These are my boys and girls. They have returned for homecoming. Tonight they are happy, and gay, nnd prosperous. The name of Miami must be written in their hearts as it is in m'ne, else they would not be here six hundred strong.”—R. B. Downes Our Graduates BOYLE lC.ONTINll-:i» FKOM PAfiK 17l was a rousing success. This year 1 have had the honor of being President of the class. Our group has probably seen ns rapid an expansion of its Alma Mater as any graduating class in history. This year we expected to lay down nnd let the juniors do the "dirty work" but the Student Refund Drive came along and we pitched in, along with the rest of the student body. Reflecting on the four years we’ve spent here we strike one sad note. It seems a shame that the freshmen classes of the past two years have been permitted to run wild. When we were freshmen we might have cursed the V. C.; but the strict enforcement of rules and the frequent “rat courts" worked for our benefit in the end. WITTERS (CONTINUED FROM PACK «7»i matter of whether or not to wear mortar boards when having our senior pictures taken. All fifteen of the loyal class-meeting-nttenders finally decided against the caps and turned the discussion to other lines. After heated debate about the pictures in general—President Brad Boyle uttered his now famous lines, “If we don’t like the pictures, we'll fool them. We just won't have our pictures in the Ibis. So there!” A1 Teeter echoed his sentiments and the meeting dispersed. Now. 127 strong, we will trip up to get those costly diplomas. We. in leaving, take with us Boyle and Teeter, who will probably join some political organization or refund drive. This dear students, is the last favor we can do for you. In the Laboratory (CONTINUED FHOJI PACK 2111 citric acid. It is prepared by neutralizing the liquid with calcium carbonate, decomposing the resultant calcium citrate by an equivalent amount of sulfuric acid nnd evaporating the liquid to the crystallizing point. It usually occurs ns a crystalline powder or in transparent colorless prisms. It is used in the manufacture of citrates, flavoring extracts, us a silvering agent, and as an ingredient in engraving. Citrus pectin occurs in the cell wall and also the cell contents. It is liberated by gentle hydrolysis with cold water in the presence of chloroform and touluene, which produces the methyl esters of poetic acid. The residue is then boiled with alcohol, dried and powdered. From this powdered product, the pectin is extracted by use of a solvent. The precipitate of this extraction Is then dried nnd powdered, and yields the citrus pectin. Putting these products on a commercial basis, with the aid of chenrsts. would solve the problem for the excess citrus crop. This would help the economic situation of the citrus fruit growers.—William E. Laesch “GO GETUM HURRICANES’’ It's easier with CUNNINGHAMS SPORTING GOODS I 31 SHYBOI.D ARCADE [220]University Photographers Stephen Pratt's pictures arc on pages: 7. 10 (bottom), II, 12, 15 (top), 19, 20. 22. 39, 42 (bottom), 44. 45. 46 (top), 49, 50, 51. 52, 56 (top), 57, 60. 61, 62, 69, 70 (bottom), 72, 73, 74, 75 (bottom), 76. 79, 85 (bottom), 88 (top), 89 (bottom). 90 (top), 91 (top and bottom), 93. 106. 107, 108. 114, 115, 1 16, 123, 124. 127, 128, 131. 132. 135, 136, 139, 140. 141, 143, 144, 148. 152. 155, 168, 174. Malcolm T. Evans’ pictures arc on yuges: • . 6. 47 (bottom) 59, 166. Monroe Singer's pictures arc on pages: 10 (top), 46 (bottom), 64. 66. 71. 77. 88 (bottom), 91 (center), III, 112, 113, 120, 147. Eric Carlson’s picture is on page 104 (top). C. H. Mottp.r's pictures arc on pages: 63. 70 (top), 109, 169. Walter S. Phillips' picture is on page 47 (top). N'ancv Dobbins’ picture is on page 89 (top). Samuel Abbott’s picture is on page 151. Burdines EXTENDS HEARTIEST Congratulations CLASS OF ’39 UNIVERSITY OF MIAMI [222] 5Twelve in a Row I wki.vk years ago. when the University was still pretty small potatoes, and the Hurricanes were known to only a handful of hinterlandcrs who lived in the wilderness that surrounded the old athletic field . . . we printed our first Ibis. Twelve years ago, the Ibis was. to most folk, a queer pinkish bird that lived in the Everglades. The Hurricane, except to its three staff members, was still something pretty dreadful that had happened in 1926: only two years before. University tennis consisted of a few casual matches over on the Granada Courts, held down as a rule by Denman Fink and I)r. McKibben. The athletic department consisted mostly of Cub Buck. Ernie Brett and their choice collection of football toughies, who considered themselves very lucky indeed to take [:«] a game from Southern or some other notoriously unathletic college. Twelve years ago there were 484 students enrolled, and it's our guess that the figures include all divisions. Twelve years ago one Frances Xavier James O'Brien, he of the bald pate and the many childers turned up at the print shop, announced that he wanted an Ibis printed. We didn't know what it was. But we've learned. Every year since somebody has turned up with an Ibis to print. Some years, they have been very, very good: others they have been just good. Two of them, in successive years, have been declared best in the stale. This, the 1939 Ibis, is printed by Parker. Parker ART PRINTING ASSOCIATION  .'„ .'i- . '


Suggestions in the University of Miami - Ibis Yearbook (Coral Gables, FL) collection:

University of Miami - Ibis Yearbook (Coral Gables, FL) online yearbook collection, 1936 Edition, Page 1

1936

University of Miami - Ibis Yearbook (Coral Gables, FL) online yearbook collection, 1937 Edition, Page 1

1937

University of Miami - Ibis Yearbook (Coral Gables, FL) online yearbook collection, 1938 Edition, Page 1

1938

University of Miami - Ibis Yearbook (Coral Gables, FL) online yearbook collection, 1940 Edition, Page 1

1940

University of Miami - Ibis Yearbook (Coral Gables, FL) online yearbook collection, 1941 Edition, Page 1

1941

University of Miami - Ibis Yearbook (Coral Gables, FL) online yearbook collection, 1942 Edition, Page 1

1942

1985 Edition, online yearbooks, online annuals 1970 Edition, online yearbooks, online annuals 1972 Edition, online yearbooks, online annuals 1965 Edition, online yearbooks, online annuals 1983 Edition, online yearbooks, online annuals 1983 Edition, online yearbooks, online annuals
FIND FRIENDS AND CLASMATES GENEALOGY ARCHIVE REUNION PLANNING
Are you trying to find old school friends, old classmates, fellow servicemen or shipmates? Do you want to see past girlfriends or boyfriends? Relive homecoming, prom, graduation, and other moments on campus captured in yearbook pictures. Revisit your fraternity or sorority and see familiar places. See members of old school clubs and relive old times. Start your search today! Looking for old family members and relatives? Do you want to find pictures of parents or grandparents when they were in school? Want to find out what hairstyle was popular in the 1920s? E-Yearbook.com has a wealth of genealogy information spanning over a century for many schools with full text search. Use our online Genealogy Resource to uncover history quickly! Are you planning a reunion and need assistance? E-Yearbook.com can help you with scanning and providing access to yearbook images for promotional materials and activities. We can provide you with an electronic version of your yearbook that can assist you with reunion planning. E-Yearbook.com will also publish the yearbook images online for people to share and enjoy.